QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 25, 2004

Securities Act Registration No. 333-114662
Investment Company Registration No. 811-21566



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM N-2

Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933
Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3
Post-Effective Amendment No. 
and/or
Registration Statement Under
The Investment Company Act of 1940
Amendment No. 3


BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Declaration of Trust)

100 Bellevue Parkway
Wilmington, Delaware 19809
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(888) 825-2257
(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Robert S. Kapito, President
BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust
40 East 52nd Street
New York, New York 10022
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)


Copies to:

Michael K. Hoffman, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
  Leondard B. Mackey, Jr., Esq.
Clifford Chance US LLP
31 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019

        Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:     As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


Title of Securities Being Registered
  Amount Being
Registered

  Proposed
Maximum Offering
Price per Unit

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price

  Amount of
Registration Fee


Common Shares, $.001 par value   27,000,000 shares   $20.00   $540,000,000   $68,418 (1)

(1)
$10,136 previously paid


         THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATES AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.




The information contained in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS Subject to Completion August     , 2004



                     Shares

 

GRAPHIC
BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust
Common Shares

Investment Objectives.     BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust (the "Trust") is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Trust's investment objective is to provide a high level of current income. The Trust, as a secondary objective, also seeks the preservation of capital to the extent consistent with its primary objective of high current income.

Investment Advisor.     The Trust's portfolio will be managed by BlackRock Advisors, Inc., the Trust's investment advisor, and BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., the Trust's sub-advisor (collectively, "BlackRock").

Portfolio Contents.     The Trust pursues its investment objectives by investing in a global portfolio of primarily floating and variable rate securities. The Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined herein) in floating and variable rate instruments of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including a substantial portion of its assets in senior, secured loans made to corporate and other business entities. The Trust may also invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in fixed rate instruments of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including developed and emerging markets debt, investment grade and high yield corporate debt, sovereign debt, and mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. Under normal market conditions, the Trust expects to invest at least 30% of its Managed Assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers. Initially, the Trust expects to invest approximately 30% of its Managed Assets in securities of emerging market issuers. Because of the protective features of senior loans (being both senior in a borrower's capital structure and secured by specific collateral), BlackRock believes, based on its experience, that senior loans tend to have more favorable loss recovery rates compared to most other types of below investment grade obligations which are subordinated and unsecured.

The Trust anticipates that, under current market conditions, substantially all of its portfolio will consist of below investment grade debt securities. Non-investment grade securities, commonly referred to as "junk bonds," are securities that are rated below investment grade by the national rating agencies that cover the security, or, if unrated, are determined to be of comparable quality by BlackRock. Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P"), and Fitch Ratings ("Fitch") consider securities rated below BBB- to be below investment grade and Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") considers securities rated below Baa3 to be below investment grade. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to an issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Senior loans and emerging market debt are generally rated below investment grade. The Trust's strategies may result in an above average amount of risk and volatility or loss of principal. The Trust cannot ensure that it will achieve its investment objectives.

No Prior History.      Because the Trust is newly organized, its shares have no history of public trading. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This risk may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period after completion of the public offering. The Trust's common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "BGT."

Borrowing.     The Trust currently anticipates issuing preferred shares approximately one to three months after the completion of this offering in an aggregate amount of up to 35% of its Managed Assets to buy additional securities. This practice is known as "leverage." The Trust may borrow from banks or other financial institutions. The Trust may also borrow through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and through the issuance of preferred shares. Under current market conditions, the Trust's present intention is to incur leverage in an amount equal to approximately 38% of its Managed Assets. The use of preferred shares and other borrowing techniques to leverage the common shares can create risks.

Before buying any common shares you should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in the Trust in "Risks" beginning on page 27. Certain of these risks are summarized in "Prospectus summary—Special Risk Considerations" beginning on page 5.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 
  Price to Public

  Sales Load(2)

  Proceeds to Trust


Per Share   $ 20.00   $ 0.90   $ 19.10

Total(1)   $     $     $  

(1)
The Trust has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to             additional common shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days of the date of this prospectus solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If such option is exercised in full, the total price to the public, sales load, estimated offering and organizational expenses and proceeds to the Trust will be $                                                , $                                                , $                                                and $                                                , respectively. See "Underwriting."
(2)
BlackRock Advisors, Inc. will pay additional compensation to Merrill, Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for certain after market support services. See "Underwriting." BlackRock Advisors, Inc. will pay UBS Securities LLC for services provided pursuant to a shareholder servicing agreement between UBS Securities LLC and BlackRock Advisors, Inc. See "Shareholder servicing agent, custodian and transfer agent." The total amount of the foregoing payments will not exceed 4.5% of the aggregate initial offering price of the common shares offered hereby.

In addition to the sales load, the Trust will pay organizational expenses and offering costs of the Trust up to an aggregate of $0.04 per share of the Trust's common shares. This amount may include a reimbursement of BlackRock Advisors, Inc.'s expenses incurred in connection with the offering of the Trust. BlackRock Advisors, Inc. has agreed to pay such organizational expenses and offering costs of the Trust to the extent they exceed $0.04 per share of the Trust's common shares. The aggregate organizational expenses and offering costs to be incurred by the Trust are estimated to be $848,247.

The underwriters expect to deliver the common shares to purchasers on or about             , 2004.

UBS Investment Bank Merrill Lynch & Co. Wachovia Securities

RBC Capital Markets

 

Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
Ryan Beck & Co.   J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc.

(continued from previous page)

You should read this prospectus, which contains important information about the Trust, before deciding whether to invest, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated                           , 2004, containing additional information about the Trust, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You can review the table of contents of the Statement of Additional Information on page 53 of this prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information by calling (888) 825-2257 or by writing to the Trust, or obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Trust) from the Securities and Exchange Commission's web site (http://www.sec.gov).

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The Trust has not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different or inconsistent information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Trust is not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, and the Trust's business, financial condition and prospects may have changed since that date.

The Trust's common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.

Until                           , 2004 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Prospectus summary   1
Summary of Trust expenses   13
The Trust   15
Use of proceeds   15
The Trust's investments   15
Portfolio securities   17
Borrowings and Preferred Shares   25
Risks   27
How the Trust manages risk   37
Management of the Trust   39
Net asset value   41
Distributions   42
Dividend reinvestment plan   42
Description of shares   44
Anti-Takeover provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust   46
Closed-end fund structure   48
Repurchase of shares   49
Federal income tax matters   49
Underwriting   51
Shareholder servicing agent, custodian and transfer agent   53
Legal opinions   53
Table of contents for the Statement of Additional Information   54
Privacy principles of the Trust   54


ii


Prospectus summary

This is only a summary. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common shares. You should review the more detailed information contained in this prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information.

THE TRUST

BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company. Throughout the prospectus, we refer to BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust simply as the "Trust" or as "we," "us" or "our." See "The Trust." The Trust offers investors the opportunity to receive a high level of current income, through a professionally managed portfolio of global floating and variable rate securities including senior, secured floating rate loans ("Senior Loans"), which are normally accessible only to financial institutions and large corporate and institutional investors, and are not widely available to individual investors. To the extent consistent with this primary goal, the Trust seeks to offer an opportunity for preservation of capital. Investments are based on BlackRock's internal research and ongoing credit analysis which is generally not available to individual investors. An investment in the Trust may not be appropriate for all investors. There is no assurance that the Trust will achieve its investment objectives. See "The Trust."

THE OFFERING

The Trust is offering             common shares of beneficial interest at $20.00 per share through a group of underwriters (the "Underwriters") led by UBS Securities LLC. The common shares of beneficial interest are called "common shares" in the rest of this prospectus. You must purchase at least 100 common shares ($2,000) in order to participate in this offering. The Trust has given the Underwriters an option to purchase up to             additional common shares to cover orders in excess of             common shares. BlackRock Advisors, Inc. has agreed to pay organizational expenses and offering costs (other than sales load) that exceed $0.04 per share. See "Underwriting."

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

The Trust's investment objective is to provide a high level of current income. The Trust, as a secondary objective, also seeks the preservation of capital to the extent consistent with its primary objective of high current income. The Trust will pursue its objectives by investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in a global portfolio of floating rate securities. As of the date of this prospectus, the Trust anticipates investing approximately 65% of its Managed Assets in Senior Loans. Investment in such floating rate instruments is expected to minimize changes in the underlying principal value of the loans, and therefore the Trust's net asset value, resulting from changes in market interest rates. Senior Loans are made to corporations, partnerships and other business entities which operate in various industries and geographical regions. Senior Loans pay interest at rates which are redetermined periodically by reference to a basic lending rate, primarily the London-Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), plus a premium. No assurance can be given that the Trust will achieve its investment objectives. See "The Trust's investments—Investment Objectives."

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The Trust will pursue its objectives by investing primarily in U.S. and non-U.S. Senior Loans and other variable and floating rate instruments.

Under normal conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in floating and variable rate instruments of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including a substantial portion of its assets in


1

Senior Loans made to corporate and other business entities. The Trust will provide shareholders with notice at least 60 days prior to changing this non-fundamental policy of the Trust unless such change was previously approved by shareholders. The Trust may also invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in fixed rate instruments of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including developed and emerging markets debt, investment grade and high yield corporate debt, sovereign debt, and mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities.

Under normal market conditions, the Trust expects that the average effective duration of its portfolio will be no more than 1.5 years. See "The Trust's investments."

The Trust anticipates that, under current market conditions, substantially all of its portfolio will consist of below investment grade debt securities. Non-investment grade securities, commonly referred to as "junk bonds," are securities that are rated below investment grade by a national rating agency covering the security, or if unrated, are determined to be of comparable quality by BlackRock. S&P and Fitch consider securities rated below BBB- to be below investment grade and Moody's considers securities rated below Baa3 to be below investment grade. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominately speculative characteristics with respect to issuers' capacity to pay interest and repay principal. See "Risks—Non-Investment Grade Securities Risk." The Trust may invest in individual securities of any credit quality.

The Trust may invest in illiquid securities and securities for which prices are not readily available without limit. See "The Trust's investments—Investment Policies."

Under normal market conditions, the Trust expects to invest at least 30% of its Managed Assets in non-U.S. securities. Initially, the Trust expects to invest approximately 30% of its Managed Assets in securities of emerging market issuers located in approximately 25 to 30 different countries. The Trust will generally invest in U.S. dollar-denominated securities or in non U.S. dollar-denominated securities for which currency exchange exposure versus the U.S. dollar has been hedged. However, the Trust may invest up to 10% of its Managed Assets in non-U.S. dollar denominated securities whose currency exchange exposure versus the U.S. dollar remains unhedged. Foreign and emerging markets investing may entail significant risks. See "Risks—Non-U.S. Securities Risk" and "Risks—Emerging Markets Risk."

INVESTMENT STRATEGY

BlackRock chooses securities and sectors that it believes will outperform other securities and sectors based on fundamentals and not just interest rates. BlackRock manages fixed income portfolios by using a strategy that invests in sectors of the fixed income market that BlackRock believes are undervalued and by moving out of sectors that BlackRock believes are fairly valued or overvalued. BlackRock researches and is active in analyzing the sectors which it believes are under, fairly and overvalued in order to achieve a portfolio's investment objectives. BlackRock has in-depth expertise in all sectors of the fixed income market. BlackRock specializes in managing fixed income portfolios against both published and customized benchmarks and has been doing this since the inception of its fixed income products in 1988.

In selecting securities for the Trust's portfolio, BlackRock will seek to identify issuers and industries that BlackRock believes are likely to experience stable or improving financial conditions. BlackRock believes this strategy should enhance the Trust's ability to seek total return. BlackRock's analysis includes:

–>
credit research on the issuers' financial strength;

–>
assessment of the issuers' ability to meet principal and interest payments;

–>
general industry trends;

–>
the issuers' managerial strength;

2

–>
changing financial conditions;

–>
borrowing requirements or debt maturity schedules; and

–>
the issuers' responsiveness to change in business conditions and interest rates.

BlackRock considers relative values among issuers based on anticipated cash flow, interest or dividend coverage, asset coverage and earnings prospects.

Under certain market conditions, the Trust may implement various temporary "defensive" strategies at times when BlackRock determines that conditions in the markets make pursuing the Trust's basic investment strategy inconsistent with the best interests of its shareholders. These strategies may include investing all or a portion of the Trust's assets in higher-quality, short-term income securities. See "Management of the Trust—Investment Philosophy."

BORROWINGS AND PREFERRED SHARES

The Trust currently anticipates issuing preferred shares of beneficial interest ("Preferred Shares") in an aggregate amount of up to 35% of its Managed Assets approximately one to three months after the completion of this offering to buy additional securities. This practice is known as "leverage." The Trust may borrow from banks and other financial institutions. The Trust may also borrow funds through reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls. The Trust's present intention is to incur leverage in an amount equal to approximately 38% of its Managed Assets. The Trust's leveraging strategy may not be successful. See "Risks—Leverage Risk."

Although the timing and other terms of the offering of Preferred Shares and the terms of the Preferred Shares will be determined by the Trust's board of trustees, the Trust expects to invest the net proceeds of any Preferred Shares offering in securities of the type discussed in this prospectus. The Preferred Shares will pay adjustable rate dividends based on shorter-term interest rates, which would be re-determined periodically by an auction process. The adjustment period for Preferred Share dividends could be as short as one day or as long as a year or more. So long as the Trust's portfolio is invested in securities that provide a higher rate of return than the dividend rate of the Preferred Shares, after taking expenses into consideration, the leverage will cause you to receive a higher rate of income than if the Trust were not leveraged. Money borrowed for investment purposes generally will pay interest or dividends based on shorter-term interest rates. If the rate of return, after the payment of applicable expenses of the Trust, on the bonds purchased by the Trust is greater than the interest or dividends paid by the Trust on borrowed money, the Trust will generate more income from such investments than it will need to pay interest or dividends on the borrowed money. If so, the excess income may be used to pay higher dividends to holders of common shares. However, the Trust cannot assure you that the use of leverage will result in a higher yield on the common shares. When leverage is employed, the net asset value and market price of the common shares and the yield to holders of common shares will be more volatile. See "Borrowings and Preferred Shares" and "Description of shares—Preferred Shares."

OTHER INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES

Although not intended to be a significant element in the Trust's investment strategy, from time to time the Trust may use various other investment management techniques that also involve certain risks and special considerations, including but not limited to:

–>
engaging in interest rate transactions;

–>
using options and financial futures;

–>
making forward commitments; and

–>
lending the Trust's portfolio securities.

3

See "Portfolio securities—Strategic Transactions."

INVESTMENT ADVISOR

BlackRock Advisors, Inc. ("BlackRock Advisors" or the "Advisor"), as the Trust's investment advisor, and BlackRock Advisors' affiliate, BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. ("BlackRock Financial Management" or the "Sub-Advisor", and together with BlackRock Advisors, "BlackRock"), as Sub-Advisor, will provide certain day-to-day investment management services to the Trust. BlackRock Advisors and BlackRock Financial Management both are wholly owned subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc., which is one of the largest publicly-traded asset management firms in the world with approximately $310 billion under management at June 30, 2004. The BlackRock organization has over 16 years of experience managing closed-end funds. At June 30, 2004, BlackRock advised a closed-end family of 51 active funds with approximately $14.2 billion in assets. Clients are served from BlackRock's headquarters in New York City, as well as offices in Wilmington, San Francisco, Boston, Edinburgh, Tokyo and Hong Kong. BlackRock, Inc. is a member of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. ("PNC"), one of the largest diversified financial services organizations in the United States, and is majority-owned by PNC and by BlackRock employees. BlackRock Advisors will receive an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to 0.75% of the average weekly value of the Trust's Managed Assets. "Managed Assets" means the total assets of the Trust (including any assets attributable to leverage) minus the sum of accrued liabilities (other than debt representing financial leverage). The liquidation preference of any Preferred Shares issued by the Trust is not a liability. BlackRock Advisors has voluntarily agreed to waive receipt of a portion of the management fee or other expenses of the Trust in the amount of 0.20% of the average weekly value of the Trust's Managed Assets for the first five years of the Trust's operations (through August 30, 2009), and for a declining amount for an additional three years (through August 30, 2012). See "Management of the Trust."

DISTRIBUTIONS

Commencing with the Trust's initial dividend, the Trust intends to make regular monthly cash distributions of all or a portion of its investment company taxable income to common shareholders. We expect to declare the initial monthly dividend on the Trust's common shares within approximately 45 days after completion of this offering and to pay that initial monthly dividend approximately 60 to 90 days after completion of this offering. Unless an election is made to receive dividends in cash, shareholders will automatically have all dividends and distributions reinvested in common shares through the Trust's Dividend Reinvestment Plan. See "Dividend reinvestment plan."

The Trust will pay common shareholders at least annually all, or a portion of, its investment company taxable income after the payment of dividends and interest, if any, owed with respect to any outstanding Preferred Shares or other forms of leverage utilized by the Trust. If the Trust realizes a long-term capital gain, it will be required to allocate such gain between the common shares and any Preferred Shares issued by the Trust in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class for the year in which the income is realized. See "Distributions" and "Borrowings and Preferred Shares."

LISTING

The Trust's common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "BGT." See "Description of shares—Common Shares."


4

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A. will serve as the Trust's custodian and EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. will serve as the Trust's transfer agent. See "Shareholder servicing agent, custodian and transfer agent."

SPECIAL RISK CONSIDERATIONS

No Operating History

The Trust is a newly organized, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. See "Risks—Newly Organized."

Market Discount Risk

Common shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at prices lower than their net asset value. Common shares of closed-end investment companies like the Trust that may invest in lower grade securities have during some periods traded at prices higher than their net asset value and during other periods traded at prices lower than their net asset value. The Trust cannot assure you that its common shares will trade at a price higher than or equal to net asset value. The Trust's net asset value will be reduced immediately following this offering by the sales load and the amount of the organization and offering expenses paid by the Trust. See "Use of proceeds." In addition to net asset value, the market price of the Trust's common shares may be affected by such factors as the Trust's use of leverage, dividend stability, portfolio credit quality, liquidity, market supply and demand and the Trust's dividend level, which is, in turn, affected by expenses and call protection for portfolio securities. See "Borrowings and Preferred Shares," "Risks," "Description of shares" and the section of the Statement of Additional Information with the heading "Repurchase of Common Shares." The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase common shares of the Trust if you intend to sell them shortly after purchase. See "Risks—Market Discount Risk."

Senior Loans Risk

The risks associated with Senior Loans are similar to the risks of non-investment grade securities, although Senior Loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to non-investment grade bonds, which are often subordinated and unsecured. See "Risks—Non-Investment Grade Securities Risk." Senior Loans' higher standing has historically resulted in generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization. In addition, because their interest rates are adjusted for changes in short-term interest rates, Senior Loans generally have less interest rate risk than non-investment grade bonds, which are typically fixed rate. The Trust's investments in Senior Loans are typically below investment grade and are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers. Such companies are more likely to default on their payments of interest and principal owed to the Trust, and such defaults could reduce the Trust's net asset value and income distributions. An economic downturn generally leads to a higher non-payment rate, and a Senior Loan may lose significant value before a default occurs. Moreover, any specific collateral used to secure a Senior Loan may decline in value or become illiquid, which would adversely affect the Senior Loan's value.

Economic and other events (whether real or perceived) can reduce the demand for certain Senior Loans or Senior Loans generally, which may reduce market prices and cause the Trust's net asset value per share to fall. The frequency and magnitude of such changes cannot be predicted.

Senior Loans and other debt securities are also subject to the risk of price declines and to increases in prevailing interest rates, although floating-rate debt instruments are substantially less exposed to this risk than fixed-rate debt instruments. No active trading market may exist for certain Senior Loans, which may impair the ability of the Trust to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such


5


assets and which may make it difficult to value the assets. Adverse market conditions may impair the liquidity of some actively traded Senior Loans.

Senior Loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity and are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the borrower. Senior Loans typically have a stated term of between five and nine years, and have rates of interest which typically are redetermined either daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually. Longer interest rate reset periods generally increase fluctuations in the Trust's net asset value as a result of changes in market interest rates. Senior Loans and other floating-rate debt instruments are subject to the risk of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. Such non-payment would result in a reduction of income to the Trust, a reduction in the value of the investment and a potential decrease in the net asset value of the Trust. Although Senior Loans in which the Trust will invest generally will be secured by specific collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the borrower's obligation in the event of nonpayment of scheduled interest or principal, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of a Borrower, the Trust could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Senior Loan. In the event that the Trust invests a portion of its assets in Senior Loans that are not secured by specific collateral, the Trust will not enjoy the benefits of collateralization with respect to such Senior Loans. In the case of collateralized Senior Loans, there is no assurance that sale of the collateral would raise enough cash to satisfy the Borrower's payment obligation or that the collateral can or will be liquidated. As a result, the Trust might not receive payments to which it is entitled and thereby may experience a decline in the value of its investment and its net asset value. If the terms of a Senior Loan do not require the borrower to pledge additional collateral, the Trust will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the borrower's obligations under the Senior Loans. To the extent that a Senior Loan is collateralized by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose all of its value in the event of bankruptcy of the borrower. Uncollateralized Senior Loans involve a greater risk of loss.

For a more detailed discussion of the characteristics and risks associated with Senior Loans, see "Portfolio securities—Senior Loans" and "Risks—Senior Loans Risk."

Variable Debt Risk

The absence of an active secondary market with respect to particular variable and floating rate instruments could make it difficult for the Trust to dispose of a variable or floating rate note if the issuer defaulted on its payment obligation or during periods that the Trust is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the Trust could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss with respect to such instruments. See "Risks—Variable Debt Risk."

Leverage Risk

The use of leverage through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar roll transactions, borrowing of money and the issuance of Preferred Shares to purchase additional securities creates an opportunity for increased common share net investment income dividends, but also creates risks for the holders of common shares. Leverage is a speculative technique that may expose the Trust to greater risk and increased costs. Increases and decreases in the value of the Trust's portfolio will be magnified when the Trust uses leverage. As a result, leverage may cause greater changes in the Trust's net asset value. The Trust will also have to pay interest and dividends on its borrowings, which may reduce the Trust's return. This interest expense may be greater than the Trust's return on the underlying investment. The Trust's leveraging strategy may not be successful.

Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned on the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense and fund expenses, that the market value of the securities sold by the Trust may decline below the price of the securities the Trust is obligated to


6


repurchase and that the securities may not be returned to the Trust. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed.

Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Trust is required to purchase may decline below the agreed upon repurchase price of those securities. If the broker/dealer to whom the Trust sells securities becomes insolvent, the Trust's right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted. Successful use of dollar rolls may depend upon BlackRock's ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed.

We anticipate that the money borrowed for investment purposes will pay interest or dividends based on shorter-term interest rates that would be periodically reset. The Trust intends to invest the proceeds of the money borrowed for investment purposes in bonds of the type described in this prospectus. So long as the Trust's bond portfolio provides a higher rate of return, net of Trust expenses, than interest and dividend rates on borrowed money, as reset periodically, the leverage may cause the holders of common shares to receive a higher current rate of return than if the Trust were not leveraged. If, however, long- and/or short-term rates rise, the interest and dividend rates on borrowed money could exceed the rate of return on bonds held by the Trust, reducing return to the holders of common shares. There is no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be successful. Leverage involves risks and special considerations for common shareholders, including:

–>
the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value, market price and dividend rate of the common shares than a comparable portfolio without leverage;

–>
the risk that fluctuations in interest rates on borrowings and short-term debt or in the interest or dividend rates on any leverage that the Trust must pay will reduce the return to the common shareholders;

–>
the effect of leverage in a declining market, which is likely to cause a greater decline in the net asset value of the common shares than if the Trust were not leveraged, which may result in a greater decline in the market price of the common shares;

–>
when the Trust uses financial leverage, the investment advisory fees payable to BlackRock will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage; and

–>
leverage may increase operating costs, which may reduce total return.

Certain types of borrowings by the Trust may result in the Trust being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage and Trust composition requirements. The Trust may be subject to certain restrictions on investments imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies, which may issue ratings for the short-term corporate debt securities or Preferred Shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or Trust composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act"). BlackRock does not believe that these covenants or guidelines will impede BlackRock from managing the Trust's portfolio in accordance with the Trust's investment objectives and policies. See "Borrowings and Preferred Shares" and "Risks—Leverage Risk."

Interest Rate Risk

The securities held in the Trust's portfolio could be affected by interest rate fluctuations. The value of Trust common shares will usually change in response to interest rate fluctuations. When interest rates decline, the value of fixed-rate securities can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of fixed-rate securities can be expected to decline. Although changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the value of variable and floating rate securities (due to the fact that rates only reset periodically), the values of these securities are substantially less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than fixed-rate instruments. Fluctuations in the value of the Trust's securities will not affect interest income on existing securities, but will be reflected in the


7

Trust's net asset value. The Trust may utilize certain strategies, including taking positions in futures or interest rate swaps, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the portfolio and decreasing the Trust's exposure to interest rate risk, although there is no assurance that it will do so or that such strategies will be successful. See "Risks—Interest Rate Risk."

Non-Investment Grade Securities Risk

The Trust will invest a substantial portion of its assets in securities that are below investment grade, including substantially all of the Trust's investments in Senior Loans and emerging markets debt securities. Non-investment grade securities are commonly referred to as "junk bonds." Investments in lower grade securities will expose the Trust to greater risks than if the Trust owned only higher grade securities. Because of the substantial risks associated with lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in common shares of the Trust, both in the short term and the long term.

Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust's net asset value. See "Portfolio Securities—Non-Investment Grade Securities" and "Risks—Non-Investment Grade Securities Risk."

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that one or more securities in the Trust's portfolio will decline in price, or fail to pay interest or principal when due, because the issuer of the security experiences a decline in its financial status. Under normal circumstances, the Trust will invest substantially all of its Managed Assets in securities that are rated Ba/BB or below or that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by BlackRock. The Trust's investments in non-investment grade securities, including substantially all of its investments in Senior Loans and emerging market debt securities, will expose it to a great deal of credit risk. The prices of these lower grade securities are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer's revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Securities of below investment grade quality are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer's capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due and therefore involve a greater risk of default. In addition, the Trust's use of credit derivatives will expose it to additional risk in the event that the bonds underlying the derivatives default. See "Risks—Credit Risk."

Non-U.S. Securities Risk

The Trust will invest in securities of non-U.S. issuers ("Non-U.S. Securities"). Such investments involve certain risks not involved in domestic investments. Securities markets in foreign countries often are not as developed, efficient or liquid as securities markets in the United States. Therefore, the prices of Non-U.S. Securities often are volatile. Certain foreign countries may impose restrictions on the ability of issuers of Non-U.S. Securities to make payments of principal and interest to investors located outside the country. In addition, the Trust will be subject to risks associated with adverse political and economic developments in foreign countries, which could cause the Trust to lose money on its investments in Non-U.S. Securities. The ability of a foreign sovereign issuer, especially an emerging market country, to make timely and ultimate payments on its debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the sovereign issuer's balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credits and investments, fluctuations of interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. See "Risks—Non-U.S. Securities Risk."


8

Emerging Market Risk

The Trust may invest in Non-U.S. Securities of issuers in so-called "emerging markets" (or lesser developed countries). Such investments are particularly speculative and entail all of the risks of investing in securities of Non-U.S. issuers but to a heightened degree. Foreign investment in certain emerging market issuers may be restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in certain emerging market issuers and increase the costs and expenses of the Trust. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domiciliaries of the countries and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors. See "Risks—Emerging Markets Risk."

Foreign Currency Risk

Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities in the Trust and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Trust's net asset value could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. In addition, certain countries, particularly emerging markets countries, may impose foreign currency exchange controls or other restrictions on the transferability or convertability of currency. See "Risks—Foreign Currency Risk."

Mortgage-Related Securities Risk

The risks associated with mortgage-related securities include: (1) credit risk associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties; (2) adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on mortgage-related securities secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties; (3) prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in value of the mortgage-related security; (4) loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and (5) decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates or prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral. See "Risks—Mortgage-Related Securities Risk."

Prepayment Risk

During periods of declining interest rates or for other purposes, borrowers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled. For fixed-income securities, such payments often occur during periods of declining interest rates, forcing the Trust to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as call or prepayment risk. Non-investment grade securities frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met ("call protection"). An issuer may redeem a non-investment grade security if, for example, the issuer can refinance the debt at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer. Senior Loans typically have no such call protection. For premium bonds (bonds acquired at prices that exceed their par or principal value) purchased by the Trust, prepayment risk may be enhanced. See "Risks—Prepayment Risk."

Asset-Backed Securities Risk

Asset-backed securities involve certain risks in addition to those presented by mortgage-related securities, including that these securities do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the underlying collateral as mortgage-related securities and are more dependent on the borrower's ability to pay; and credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the


9

protection of a number of state and Federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due; and most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have an effective security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. See "Risks—Asset-Backed Securities Risk."

Inflation Risk

Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from the Trust's investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real, or inflation adjusted, value of the Trust's common stock and distributions can decline and the interest payments on Trust borrowings, if any, may increase or the value of dividend payments on the Trust's preferred stock, if any, may decline. See "Risks—Inflation Risk."

Dividend Risk

Because most of the debt securities held by the Trust will have floating or variable interest rates, the amounts of the Trust's monthly distributions to its shareholders are expected to vary with fluctuations in market interest rates. Generally, when market interest rates fall, the amount of the distributions to shareholders will likewise decrease. See "Risks—Dividend Risk."

Non-Payment Risk

The debt securities in which the Trust invests are subject to the risk of non-payment of interest and principal. When a borrower or issuer fails to make scheduled interest or principal payments on a debt security, the value of the security, and hence the Trust's net asset value, and potentially the value of the Trust's shares of beneficial interest, may go down. While a senior position in the capital structure of a borrower may provide some protection with respect to the Trust's investments in senior loans, losses may still occur. See "Risks—Non-Payment Risk."

Collateralized Bond Obligations Risk

Income from the pool of lower grade securities collateralizing a collateralized bond obligation ("CBO") is typically separated into tranches representing different degrees of credit quality. The top tranche of CBOs, which represents the highest credit quality in the pool, has the greatest collateralization and pays the lowest interest rate. Lower CBO tranches represent lower degrees of credit quality and pay higher interest rates to compensate for the attendant risks. The bottom tranche specifically receives the residual interest payments ( i.e. , money that is left over after the higher tiers have been paid) rather than a fixed interest rate. The return on the lower tranches of CBOs are especially sensitive to the rate of defaults in the collateral pool, which increases the risk of the Trust losing its investments in lower CBO tranches. See "Risks—Collateralized Bond Obligations Risk."

Liquidity Risk

The Trust may invest in Senior Loans and other securities for which there is no readily available trading market or which are otherwise illiquid. Most Senior Loans are valued by an independent pricing service that uses market quotations of investors and traders in Senior Loans. The Trust may not be able to readily dispose of such securities at prices that approximate those at which the Trust could sell such securities if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Trust may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. In addition, the limited liquidity could affect the market price of the securities, thereby adversely affecting the Trust's net asset value and ability to make dividend distributions.

As a result, BlackRock will have to rely on third party service providers for valuation to a large extent. Economic and other events (whether real or perceived) can reduce the demand for certain Senior Loans


10


or Senior Loans generally, which may reduce market prices and cause the Trust's net asset value per share to fall. The frequency and magnitude of such changes cannot be predicted.

Some Senior Loans are not readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. Senior Loans generally are not listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system and no active trading market may exist for some of the Senior Loans in which the Trust will invest. Where a secondary market exists, the market for some Senior Loans may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Senior Loans that are illiquid may impair the Trust's ability to realize the full value of its assets in the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation of such assets and thus may cause a decline in the Trust's net asset value. The Trust has no limitation on the amount of its assets which may be invested in securities that are not readily marketable or are subject to restrictions on resale. See "Risks—Liquidity Risk."

Credit Derivatives Risk

The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If BlackRock is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Trust would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if BlackRock is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that a credit derivative position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being protected. The Trust's risk of loss in a credit derivative transaction varies with the form of the transaction. For example, if the Trust purchases a default option on a security, and if no default occurs with respect to the security, the Trust's loss is limited to the premium it paid for the default option. In contrast, if there is a default by the grantor of a default option, the Trust's loss will include both the premium that it paid for the option and the decline in value of the underlying security that the default option protected. See "Risks—Credit Derivatives Risk."

Strategic Transactions Risk

Strategic transactions in which the Trust may engage also involve certain risks and special considerations, including engaging in hedging and risk management transactions such as interest rate and foreign currency transactions, credit default swaps, options, futures, swaps and other derivatives transactions ("Strategic Transactions"). Strategic Transactions will be entered into to seek to manage the risks of the Trust's portfolio of securities or to enhance its total returns, but may have the effect of limiting the gains from favorable market movements. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance gains may be particularly speculative. Strategic Transactions involve risks, including that (1) the loss on the Strategic Transaction position may be larger than the gain in the portfolio position being hedged and (2) the derivative instruments used in Strategic Transactions may not be liquid and may require the Trust to pay additional amounts of money. Successful use of Strategic Transactions depends on BlackRock's ability to predict correctly market movements which, of course, cannot be assured. Losses on Strategic Transactions may reduce the Trust's net asset value and its ability to pay dividends if they are not offset by gains on the portfolio positions being hedged. The Trust may also lend the securities it owns to others, which allows the Trust the opportunity to earn additional income. Although the Trust will require the borrower of the securities to post collateral for the loan and the terms of the loan will require that the Trust be able to reacquire the loaned securities if certain events occur, the Trust is still subject to the risk that the borrower of the securities may default, which could result in the Trust losing money and a decline in the Trust's net asset value. The Trust may also purchase securities for delayed settlement. This means that the Trust is generally obligated to purchase the securities at a future date for a set purchase price, regardless of whether the value of the securities is more or less than the purchase price at the time of settlement. See "Risks—Strategic Transactions."


11

Market Disruption Risk

The war with Iraq, its aftermath and the continuing occupation of the country by coalition forces are likely to have a substantial impact on the United States and world economies and securities markets. The duration and nature of the war and occupation and the potential costs of rebuilding the Iraqi infrastructure and political systems cannot be predicted with any certainty. The war and occupation, terrorism and related geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead, to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. Those events could also have an acute effect on individual issuers or related groups of issuers. These risks could also adversely affect securities markets, interest rates, auctions, secondary trading, ratings, credit risk, inflation, deflation and other factors relating to the common shares. See "Risks—Market Disruption Risk."

Anti-Takeover Provisions

The Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended and restated (the "Agreement and Declaration of Trust") includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or convert the Trust to open-end status. These provisions could deprive the holders of common shares of opportunities to sell their common shares at a premium over the then current market price of the common shares or at net asset value. See "Risks—Anti-Takeover Provisions."

Tax Status

The Trust intends to elect to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company. As a regulated investment company, the Trust generally will not have to pay corporate-level federal income taxes on any ordinary income or capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders as dividends. To maintain its regulated investment company status, the Trust must meet specified source-of-income and asset diversification requirements and distribute annually at least 90% of its ordinary income and realized net short-term capital gains in excess of realized net long-term capital losses, if any. See "Federal income tax matters."


12


Summary of Trust expenses

The following table assumes the Trust incurs leverage in an amount equal to 38% of the Trust's Managed Assets (after the leverage is incurred), and shows Trust expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to common shares.

Shareholder Transaction Expenses

   
   
 
  Sales load paid by you (as a percentage of offering price)   4.50 %    
  Offering/organizational expenses borne by the Trust (as a percentage of offering price)(1)   1.0 %(2)    
  Dividend reinvestment plan fees   None (3)    
 
  Percentage of Net Assets
Attributable to Common Shares
(Assumes Leverage Incurred)(4)

 

 
Annual Expenses      
  Management fees   1.21 %
  Other expenses   0.40 %
   
 
    Total annual expenses   1.61 %(4)
  Fee and expense waiver   (0.32 )%(5)
   
 
    Net annual expenses   1.29 %
   
 
(1)
The Trust will pay organizational expenses and offering costs of the Trust (other than the sales load) up to an aggregate of $0.04 per share of the Trust's common shares. BlackRock Advisors has agreed to pay organizational expenses and offering costs of the Trust to the extent they exceed $0.04 per share of the Trust's common shares.

(2)
If the Trust offers Preferred Shares, the costs of that offering, estimated to be slightly more than 1.25% of the total amount of the Preferred Share offering (including the sales load paid to the underwriters for the Preferred Share offering), will effectively be borne by holders of the common shares and result in the reduction of the net asset value of the common shares. Assuming the issuance of preferred shares in an amount equal to 38% of the Trust's total assets (after issuance), those offering costs are estimated to be not more than approximately $1,161,938 or $0.16 per common share (0.80% of the offering price).

(3)
You will be charged a $2.50 service charge and pay brokerage charges if you direct the plan agent (as defined below) to sell your common shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.

(4)
The table presented below in this footnote estimates what the Trust's annual expenses would be stated as percentages of the Trust's net assets attributable to common shares. This table assumes the Trust is the same size as in the table above, but unlike that table above, assumes that no leverage is incurred. In accordance with these assumptions, the Trust's expenses would be estimated to be as follows:

 
  Percentage of Net Assets
Attributable to Common Shares
(Assumes No Leverage Incurred)

 

 
Annual Expenses      
  Management fees   0.75 %
  Other expenses   0.25 %
   
 
    Total annual expenses   1.00 %
  Fee and expense waiver   (0.20 )%(5)
   
 
    Net annual expenses   0.80 %
   
 
(5)
BlackRock Advisors has voluntarily agreed to waive receipt of a portion of the management fee or other expenses of the Trust in the amount of 0.32% of average weekly net assets attributable to common shares (0.20% of average weekly Managed Assets) for the first five years of the Trust's operations, 0.24% (0.15%) in year six, 0.16% (0.10%) in year seven and 0.08% (0.05%) in year eight. Without the waiver, "Total Annual Expenses" would be estimated to be 1.21% of average weekly net assets attributable to common shares and 0.75% of average weekly Managed Assets.

The purpose of the table above and the example below is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a holder of common shares, would bear directly or indirectly. The expenses shown in the table under "Other expenses" and "Total annual expenses" are based on estimated amounts for the


13


Trust's first year of operations and assume that the Trust issues 7,500,000 common shares. If the Trust issues fewer common shares, all other things being equal, these expenses would increase. See "Management of the Trust" and "Dividend reinvestment plan."

The following example illustrates the expenses that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in common shares (including the sales load of $45, the costs associated with this offering of $2 and the estimated Preferred Share offering costs assuming preferred shares are issued representing 38% of the Trust's total assets (after issuance) of $8.00), assuming (1) total net annual expenses of 1.29% of net assets attributable to the common shares in years one through five, increasing to 1.37% in year six, 1.45% in year seven, 1.53% in year eight, and 1.61% in year nine and (2) a 5% annual return: (1)(2)

 
  1 Year

  3 Years

  5 Years

  10 Years


Total expenses incurred   $67   $94   $122   $216
(1)
The example assumes that the estimated "Other expenses" set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Trust's actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.

(2)
Assumes waiver of fees and expenses of 0.24% of average weekly net assets attributable to common shares in year six (0.15% of average weekly Managed Assets), 0.16% (0.10%) in year seven and, 0.08% (0.05%) in year eight and assumes that leverage remains 38% of the Trust's capital throughout the periods reflected. BlackRock Advisors has not agreed to waive any portion of its fees and expenses beyond July 31, 2012. See "Management of the Trust—Investment Management Agreement."

The above example should not be considered a representation of future expenses.


14



The Trust

The Trust is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on April 20, 2004, pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. As a newly organized entity, the Trust has no operating history. The Trust's principal office is located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, and its telephone number is (888) 825-2257.


Use of proceeds

The net proceeds of the offering of common shares will be approximately $                     ($             if the Underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) after payment of the estimated organizational expenses and offering costs. The Trust will invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with the Trust's investment objectives and policies as stated below. We currently anticipate that the Trust will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds in securities that meet the Trust's investment objectives and policies within approximately three to six months after the completion of this offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in short-term securities.


The Trust's investments

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

The Trust's investment objective is to provide a high level of current income. The Trust, as a secondary objective, also seeks the preservation of capital to the extent consistent with its primary objective of high current income. The Trust will pursue its objectives by investing in a global portfolio of floating rate securities including investing a significant amount in U.S. and non-U.S. Senior Loans. Senior Loans are made to corporations, partnerships and other business entities which operate in various industries and geographical regions. Senior Loans pay interest at rates which are redetermined periodically by reference to a base lending rate, primarily LIBOR, plus a premium. It is anticipated that the proceeds of the Senior Loans in which the Trust will acquire interests primarily will be used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, refinancing and internal growth and for other corporate purposes of borrowers.

INVESTMENT POLICIES

Under normal market conditions, the Trust will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in floating and variable rate instruments of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including a substantial portion of its assets in senior, secured loans made to corporate and other business entities. The Trust will provide shareholders with notice at least 60 days prior to changing this non-fundamental policy of the Trust unless such change was previously approved by shareholders. As of the date of this prospectus, the Trust anticipates investing approximately 65% of its Managed Assets in Senior Loans. The Trust may also invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in fixed rate instruments of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including developed and emerging markets debt, investment grade and high yield corporate debt, sovereign debt, and mortgage-related and asset-backed securities.

Under normal market conditions, the Trust expects to have a duration of no more than 1.5 years (including the effect of anticipated leverage). In comparison to maturity (which is the date on which the issuer of a debt instrument is obligated to repay the principal amount), duration is a measure of the price volatility of a debt instrument as a result in changes in market rates of interest, based on the


15


weighted average timing of the instrument's expected principal and interest payments. Duration differs from maturity in that it takes into account a security's yield, coupon payments and its principal payments in addition to the amount of time until the security finally matures. As the value of a security changes over time, so will its duration. Prices of securities with longer durations tend to be more sensitive to interest rate changes than securities with shorter durations. In general, a portfolio of securities with a longer duration can be expected to be more sensitive to interest rate changes than a portfolio with a shorter duration. For example, a hypothetical portfolio with a duration of 1.5 years means that a 1% decrease in interest rates will increase the net asset value of the portfolio by approximately 1.5%; if interest rates increase by 1%, the net asset value will decrease by 1.5%. If this hypothetical portfolio were leveraged, its net asset value, in the example, may fall more than 1.5% because changes in the net asset value of the Trust are borne entirely by the common shareholders.

Under current market conditions, the Trust expects that substantially all of its portfolio will consist of below investment grade debt securities, commonly referred to as "junk bonds," rated as such at the time of investment, meaning that such bonds are rated by national rating agencies below the four highest grades or are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by BlackRock. S&P and Fitch consider securities rated below BBB- to be below investment grade and Moody's considers securities rated below Baa3 to be below investment grade. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to issuers' capacity to pay interest and repay principal. See "Risks—Non-Investment Grade Securities Risk." The remainder of the Trust's assets will be invested in investment grade debt securities. The Trust may invest in individual securities of any credit quality.

The Trust expects to invest at least 30% of its Managed Assets in securities of non-U.S. issuers. Initially, the Trust expects to invest approximately 30% of its Managed Assets in securities of emerging market issuers located in approximately 25 to 30 different countries. The Trust will generally invest in U.S. dollar denominated securities or in non U.S. dollar-denominated securities for which currency exchange exposure versus the U.S. dollar has been hedged. However, the Trust may invest up to 10% of its Managed Assets in non-U.S. dollar denominated securities whose currency exchange exposure versus the U.S. dollar remains unhedged. Investing in foreign and emerging markets securities may entail significant risks. See "Risks—Non-U.S. Securities Risk" and "Risks—Emerging Markets Risk."

The Trust may engage in foreign currency transactions, including foreign currency forward contracts, options, swaps and other strategic transactions in connection with its investments in Non-U.S. Securities.

The Trust may invest in illiquid securities and securities for which prices are not readily available without limit. The Trust may implement various temporary "defensive" strategies at times when BlackRock determines that conditions in the markets make pursuing the Trust's basic investment strategy inconsistent with the best interests of its shareholders. These strategies may include investing all or a portion of the Trust's assets in U.S. Government obligations and high-quality, short-term debt securities.

The Trust can borrow money to buy additional securities. This practice is known as "leverage." The Trust may borrow from banks or other financial institutions or through reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and other investment techniques. The Trust currently anticipates borrowing funds and/or issuing Preferred Shares in an aggregate amount of approximately 38% of its Managed Assets. See "Risks—Leverage Risk."


16



Portfolio securities

SENIOR LOANS

Senior Loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (the "Borrower"), are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the Borrower. The proceeds of Senior Loans primarily are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, refinancings and to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. Senior Loans typically have rates of interest which are redetermined either daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium or credit spread. These base lending rates are primarily the London-Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR"), and secondarily the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks (the "Prime Rate") and the certificate of deposit ("CD") rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.

Senior Loans typically have a stated term of between five and nine years, and have rates of interest which typically are redetermined either daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually. Longer interest rate reset periods generally increase fluctuations in the Trust's net asset value as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Trust is not subject to any restrictions with respect to the maturity of Senior Loans held in its portfolio. As a result, as short-term interest rates increase, interest payable to the Trust from its investments in Senior Loans should increase, and as short-term interest rates decrease, interest payable to the Trust from its investments in Senior Loans should decrease. Because of prepayments, BlackRock expects the average life of Senior Loans to be shorter than the stated maturity.

Senior Loans and other floating-rate debt instruments are subject to the risk of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. Such non-payment would result in a reduction of income to the Trust, a reduction in the value of the investment and a potential decrease in the net asset value of the Trust. There can be no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral securing a Senior Loan would satisfy the Borrower's obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal payments, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of a Borrower, the Trust could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a Senior Loan. The collateral securing a Senior Loan may lose all or substantially all of its value in the event of bankruptcy of a Borrower. Some Senior Loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate such Senior Loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to the holders of Senior Loans including, in certain circumstances, invalidating such Senior Loans or causing interest previously paid to be refunded to the Borrower. If interest were required to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Trust's performance.

Many Senior Loans in which the Trust will invest may not be rated by a rating agency, will not be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state securities commission and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available with respect to Senior Loans will generally be less extensive than that available for registered or exchange listed securities. In evaluating the creditworthiness of Borrowers, BlackRock will consider, and may rely in part, on analyses performed by others. Borrowers may have outstanding debt obligations that are rated below investment grade by a rating agency. Many of the Senior Loans in the Trust will have been assigned ratings below investment grade by independent rating agencies. In the event Senior Loans are not rated, they are likely to be the equivalent of below investment grade quality. Because of the protective features of Senior Loans, BlackRock believes that Senior Loans tend to have more favorable loss recovery rates as compared to more junior types of below investment grade debt


17


obligations. BlackRock does not view ratings as the determinative factor in its investment decisions and relies more upon its credit analysis abilities than upon ratings.

No active trading market may exist for some Senior Loans and some loans may be subject to restrictions on resale. A secondary market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair the ability to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the Trust's net asset value. In addition, the Trust may not be able to readily dispose of its Senior Loans at prices that approximate those at which the Trust could sell such loans if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Trust may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. During periods of limited supply and liquidity of Senior Loans, the Trust's yield may be lower. See "Risks—Liquidity Risk" and "Risks—Senior Loans Risk."

When interest rates decline, the value of a fund invested in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fund invested in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to decline. Although changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the value of Senior Loans (due to the fact that floating rates on Senior Loans only reset periodically), the value of Senior Loans is substantially less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than fixed-rate instruments. As a result, BlackRock expects the Trust's policy of investing a substantial portion of its assets in floating-rate Senior Loans will make the Trust less volatile and less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than if the Trust invested in fixed-rate obligations. Similarly, a sudden and significant increase in market interest rates may cause a decline in the value of these investments and in the Trust's net asset value. Other factors (including, but not limited to, rating downgrades, credit deterioration, a large downward movement in stock prices, a disparity in supply and demand of certain securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity) can reduce the value of Senior Loans and other debt obligations, impairing the Trust's net asset value.

The Trust may purchase and retain in its portfolio a Senior Loan where the Borrower has experienced, or may be perceived to be likely to experience, credit problems, including involvement in or recent emergence from bankruptcy reorganization proceedings or other forms of debt restructuring. Such investments may provide opportunities for enhanced income as well as capital appreciation, although they also will be subject to greater risk of loss. At times, in connection with the restructuring of a Senior Loan either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Trust may determine or be required to accept equity securities or junior debt securities in exchange for all or a portion of a Senior Loan.

The Trust may purchase Senior Loans on a direct assignment basis. If the Trust purchases a Senior Loan on direct assignment, it typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. The Trust may also purchase, without limitation, participations in Senior Loans. The participation by the Trust in a lender's portion of a Senior Loan typically will result in the Trust having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Trust may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of payments from the Borrower. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participations in a loan to a Borrower, and generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates. The Trust may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, the Trust assumes the credit risk associated with the Borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which the Trust intends to invest may not be rated by any nationally recognized rating service.


18


Given the current structure of the markets for loan participations and assignments, the Trust expects to treat these securities as illiquid.

BlackRock may use an independent pricing service or prices provided by dealers to value most loans and other debt securities at their market value. BlackRock will use the fair value method to value Senior Loans or other securities if market quotations for them are not readily available or are deemed unreliable. A security that is fair valued may be valued at a price higher or lower than actual market quotations or the value determined by other funds using their own fair valuation procedures. Because foreign securities trade on days when the common shares are not priced, net asset value can change at times when common shares cannot be sold.

NON-INVESTMENT GRADE SECURITIES

The Trust anticipates that, under normal market conditions, substantially all of its portfolio, including its investments in Senior Loans and emerging markets debt, will be invested in securities rated below investment grade, such as those rated Ba or lower by Moody's and BB or lower by S&P or securities comparably rated by other rating agencies or in unrated securities determined by BlackRock to be of comparable quality. Securities rated Ba by Moody's are judged to have speculative elements, their future cannot be considered as well assured and often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate. Securities rated BB by S&P or Fitch are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and, while such obligations have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative grade debt, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. Securities rated C are regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing. Securities rated D are in default and the payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears. When BlackRock believes it to be in the best interests of the Trust's shareholders, the Trust will reduce its investment in lower grade securities.

Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust's net asset value.

The prices of debt securities generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by fluctuating interest rates of securities also is inversely related to the coupon of such securities. Accordingly, lower grade securities may be relatively less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality securities of comparable maturity, because of their higher coupon. This higher coupon is what the investor receives in return for bearing greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with lower grade securities potentially can have a greater effect on the value of such securities than may be the case with higher quality issues of comparable maturity, and will be a substantial factor in the Trust's relative share price volatility.

Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could disrupt severely the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.


19

The ratings of Moody's, S&P and the other rating agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principal payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, BlackRock also will independently evaluate these securities and the ability of the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Trust invests in lower grade securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Trust's ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on BlackRock's credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.

EMERGING MARKETS INVESTMENTS

Investing in emerging market issuers may involve unique risks compared to investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. These securities may be U.S. dollar-denominated or non-U.S. dollar-denominated and include: (a) debt obligations issued or guaranteed by foreign national, provincial, state, municipal or other governments with taxing authority or by their agencies or instrumentalities, including Brady Bonds; (b) debt obligations of supranational entities; (c) debt obligations and other fixed-income securities of foreign corporate issuers; (d) debt obligations of U.S. corporate issuers; (e) debt securities issued by corporations that generate significant profits from emerging market countries; and (f) structured securities, including but not limited to, warrants, options and other derivatives, whose price is directly linked to emerging market securities or indices. The Trust may also invest in securities denominated in currencies of emerging market countries. Emerging market countries generally include every nation in the world except the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most countries located in Western Europe. There is no minimum rating criteria for the Trust's investments in such securities. Some of these risks do not apply to issuers in larger, more developed countries. These risks are more pronounced to the extent the Trust invests significantly in one country. Less information about non-U.S. issuers or markets may be available due to less rigorous disclosure and accounting standards or regulatory practices. Many non-U.S. markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets. In a changing market, BlackRock may not be able to sell the Trust's portfolio securities in amounts and at prices the Advisors consider reasonable. The U.S. dollar may appreciate against non-U.S. currencies or an emerging market government may impose restrictions on currency conversion or trading. The economies of non-U.S. countries may grow at a slower rate than expected or may experience a downturn or recession. Economic, political and social developments may adversely affect non-U.S. securities markets.

SOVEREIGN GOVERNMENT AND SUPRANATIONAL DEBT

The Trust may invest in all types of debt securities of governmental issuers in all countries, including emerging market countries. These sovereign debt securities may include: fixed income securities issued or guaranteed by governments, governmental agencies or instrumentalities and political subdivisions located in emerging market countries; fixed income securities issued by government owned, controlled or sponsored entities located in emerging market countries; interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of instruments issued by any of the above issuers; Brady Bonds, which are debt securities issued under the framework of the Brady Plan as a means for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external indebtedness; participations in loans between emerging market governments and financial institutions; or fixed income securities issued by supranational entities such as the World Bank or the European Economic Community. A supranational entity is a bank, commission or company established or financially supported by the national governments of one or more countries to promote reconstruction or development. Sovereign government and supranational debt involve all the risks described herein regarding foreign and emerging markets investments as well as the risk of debt moratorium, repudiation or renegotiation.


20

CORPORATE BONDS

The Trust may invest in corporate bonds. The investment return of corporate bonds reflects interest on the security and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates. The market value of a corporate bond also may be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation's performance and perceptions of the corporation in the market place. There is a risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES

The Trust may invest in asset-backed securities. Asset-backed securities are a form of structured debt obligations. The securitization techniques used for asset-backed securities are similar to those used for mortgage-related securities. The collateral for these securities may include home equity loans, automobile and credit card receivables, boat loans, computer leases, airplane leases, mobile home loans, recreational vehicle loans and hospital account receivables. The Trust may invest in these and other types of asset-backed securities that may be developed in the future. Asset-backed securities present certain risks that are not presented by mortgage-related securities. Primarily, these securities may provide the Trust with a less effective security interest in the related collateral than do mortgage-related securities. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.

MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES

Mortgage-related securities are structured debt obligations collateralized by pools of commercial or residential mortgages. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. These securities may include complex instruments such as collateralized mortgage obligations, stripped mortgage-backed securities, mortgage pass-through securities, interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits ("REMICs"), real estate investment trusts ("REITs"), including debt and preferred stock issued by REITs, as well as other real estate-related securities. The mortgage-related securities in which the Trust may invest include those with fixed, floating or variable interest rates, those with interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified index of interest rates and those with interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, as well as those that do not bear interest. The Trust may invest in residential and commercial mortgage-related securities, including residual interests, issued by governmental entities and private issuers, including subordinated mortgage-related securities.

COLLATERALIZED BOND OBLIGATIONS

The Trust may invest in collateralized bond obligations ("CBOs"), which are structured securities backed by a diversified pool of high yield, public or private fixed income securities. These may be fixed pools or may be "market value" (or managed) pools of collateral. The pool of high yield securities is typically separated into tranches representing different degrees of credit quality. The top tranche of CBOs, which represents the highest credit quality in the pool, has the greatest collateralization and pays the lowest interest rate. Lower CBO tranches represent lower degrees of credit quality and pay higher interest rates intended to compensate for the attendant risks. The bottom tranche specifically receives the residual interest payments ( i.e. , money that is left over after the higher tranches have been paid) rather than a fixed interest rate. The return on the lower tranches of CBOs is especially sensitive to the rate of defaults in the collateral pool. Under normal market conditions, the Trust expects to invest in the lower tranches of CBOs.


21


SECOND LIEN LOANS AND DEBT SECURITIES

The Trust may invest in loans and other debt securities that have the same characteristics as Senior Loans except that such loans are second in lien property rather than first. Such "second lien" loans and securities like Senior Loans typically have adjustable floating rate interest payments. Accordingly, the risks associated with "second lien" loans are higher than the risk of loans with first priority over the collateral. In the event of default on a "second lien" loan, the first priority lien holder has first claim to the underlying collateral of the loan. It is possible, that no collateral value would remain for the second priority lien holder and therefore result in a loss of investment to the Trust.

COLLATERALIZED LOAN OBLIGATIONS

The Trust may invest in certain asset-backed securities as discussed above. Asset-backed securities are payment claims that are securitized in the form of negotiable paper that is issued by a financing company (generally called a Special Purpose Vehicle or "SPV"). These securitized payment claims are, as a rule, corporate financial assets brought into a pool according to specific diversification rules. The SPV is a company founded solely for the purpose of securitizing these claims and its only asset is the risk arising out of this diversified asset pool. On this basis, marketable securities are issued which, due to the diversification of the underlying risk, generally represent a lower level of risk than the original assets. The redemption of the securities issued by the SPV takes place at maturity out of the cash flow generated by the collected claims.

A collateralized loan obligation ("CLO") is a structured credit security issued by an SPV that was created to reapportion the risk and return characteristics of a pool of assets. The assets, typically Senior Loans, are used as collateral supporting the various debt tranches issued by the SPV. The key feature of the CLO structure is the prioritization of the cash flows from a pool of debt securities among the several classes of CLO. The Trust does not currently expect that investments in CLOs will be a significant portion of its investment program ( i.e., no more than 5% of its Managed Assets).

SENIOR LOAN BASED DERIVATIVES

The Trust may obtain exposure to Senior Loans and baskets of Senior Loans through the use of derivative instruments. Such derivative instruments have recently become increasingly available. BlackRock reserves the right to utilize these instruments and similar instruments that may be available in the future. The Trust currently intends to invest in a derivative instrument known as the Select Aggregate Market Index ("SAMI"), which provides investors with exposure to a reference basket of Senior Loans. SAMIs are structured as floating rate instruments. SAMIs consist of a basket of credit default swaps whose underlying reference securities are senior secured loans. While investing in SAMIs will increase the universe of floating rate debt securities to which the Trust is exposed, such investments entail risks that are not typically associated with investments in other floating rate debt securities. The liquidity of the market for SAMIs will be subject to liquidity in the secured loan and credit derivatives markets. Investment in SAMIs involves many of the risks associated with investments in derivative instruments discussed generally below. The Trust may also be subject to the risk that the counterparty in a derivative transaction will default on its obligations. Derivative transactions generally involve the risk of loss due to unanticipated adverse changes in securities prices, interest rates, the inability to close out a position, imperfect correlation between a position and the desired hedge, tax constraints on closing out positions and portfolio management constraints on securities subject to such transactions. The potential loss on derivative instruments may be substantial relative to the initial investment therein.


22


CREDIT-LINKED NOTES

The Trust may invest in credit-linked notes ("CLN") for risk management purposes, including diversification. A CLN is a derivative instrument. It is a synthetic obligation between two or more parties where the payment of principal and/or interest is based on the performance of some obligation (a reference obligation). In addition to credit risk of the reference obligations and interest rate risk, the buyer/seller of the CLN is subject to counterparty risk. The Trust does not currently expect that investments in CLNs will be a significant portion of its investment program ( i.e., no more than 5% of its Managed Assets).

STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONS

In addition to credit derivatives and Senior Loan based derivatives, the Trust may, but is not required to, use various strategic transactions described below to generate total return, facilitate portfolio management and mitigate risks. Such strategic transactions are generally accepted under modern portfolio management and are regularly used by many mutual funds and other institutional investors. Although BlackRock seeks to use the practices to further the Trust's investment objectives, no assurance can be given that these practices will achieve this result.

The Trust may purchase and sell derivative instruments such as exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, financial futures, equity, fixed-income and interest rate indices, and other financial instruments, purchase and sell financial futures contracts and options thereon, enter into various interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors or collars and enter into various currency transactions such as currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts, currency swaps or options on currency or currency futures or credit transactions and credit default swaps. The Trust also may purchase derivative instruments that combine features of these instruments. Collectively, all of the above are referred to as "Strategic Transactions." The Trust generally seeks to use Strategic Transactions as portfolio or risk management to seek to protect against possible adverse changes in the market value of securities held in or to be purchased for the Trust's portfolio, protect the value of the Trust's portfolio, facilitate the sale of certain securities for investment purposes, manage the effective interest rate exposure of the Trust, protect against changes in currency exchange rates, manage the effective maturity or duration of the Trust's portfolio or establish positions in the derivatives markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing or selling particular securities. The Trust may use Strategic Transactions to enhance potential gain, although the Trust will commit variation margin for Strategic Transactions that involve futures contracts in accordance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission.

Strategic Transactions have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying assets, the possible default of the other party to the transaction or illiquidity of the derivative instruments. Furthermore, the ability to successfully use Strategic Transactions depends on BlackRock's ability to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. Thus, the use of Strategic Transactions may result in losses greater than if they had not been used, may require the Trust to sell or purchase portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Trust can realize on an investment or may cause the Trust to hold a security that it might otherwise sell. The use of currency transactions can result in the Trust incurring losses as a result of the imposition of exchange controls, suspension of settlements or the inability of the Trust to deliver or receive a specified currency. Additionally, amounts paid by the Trust as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to Strategic Transactions are not otherwise available to the Trust for investment purposes. A more complete discussion of Strategic Transactions and their risks is contained in the Trust's Statement of Additional Information.


23

NON-U.S. SECURITIES

The Trust will initially invest at least 30% of its Managed Assets in securities issued by foreign countries, their agencies or instrumentalities or by non-U.S. companies. The Trust will consider a company a non-U.S. company if it meets one or more of the following tests: (i) such company was organized outside the United States; (ii) such company's primary business office is outside the United States; (iii) the principal trading market for such company's assets are located outside the United States; (iv) 50% or more of such company's securities are located outside the United States; or (v) 50% or more of such issuer's revenues are derived from outside the U.S. Foreign securities markets generally are not as developed or efficient as those in the United States. Securities of some non-U.S. issuers are less liquid and more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Similarly, volume and liquidity in most foreign securities markets are less than in the United States and, at times, volatility of price can be greater than in the United States.

Because evidences of ownership of such securities usually are held outside the United States, the Trust would be subject to additional risks if it invested in foreign securities, which include possible adverse political and economic developments, seizure or nationalization of foreign deposits and adoption of governmental restrictions which might adversely affect or restrict the payment of principal and interest on the foreign securities to investors located outside the country of the issuer, whether from currency blockage or otherwise.

CREDIT DERIVATIVES

The Trust may engage in credit derivative transactions. There are two broad categories of credit derivatives: default price risk derivatives and market spread derivatives. Default price risk derivatives are linked to the price of reference securities or loans after a default by the issuer or borrower, respectively. Market spread derivatives are based on the risk that changes in market factors, such as credit spreads, can cause a decline in the value of a security, loan or index. There are three basic transactional forms for credit derivatives: swaps, options and structured instruments. The Trust currently intends to invest primarily in credit default swaps. A credit default swap is an agreement between two counterparties that allows one counterparty (the "seller") to be "long" a third party credit risk and the other party (the "buyer") to be "short" the credit risk. Typically, the seller agrees to make regular fixed payments to the buyer with the same frequency as the underlying reference bond. In exchange, the seller typically has the right upon default of the underlying bond to put the bond to the buyer in exchange for the bond's par value plus interest.

OTHER INVESTMENT COMPANIES

The Trust may invest up to 10% of its Managed Assets in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies that invest primarily in securities of the types in which the Trust may invest directly. The Trust generally expects to invest in other investment companies either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as the period shortly after the Trust receives the proceeds of the offering of its common shares, or during periods when there is a shortage of attractive opportunities in the fixed income market. As a shareholder in an investment company, the Trust would bear its ratable share of that investment company's expenses, and would remain subject to payment of the Trust's advisory and other fees and expenses with respect to assets so invested. Holders of common shares would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Trust invests in other investment companies. BlackRock will take expenses into account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment in an investment company relative to available bond investments. The securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the same leverage risks to which the Trust is subject. As described in this prospectus in the sections


24


entitled "Risks" and "Borrowings and Preferred Shares," the net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares. Investment companies may have investment policies that differ from those of the Trust. In addition, to the extent the Trust invests in other investment companies, the Trust will be dependent upon the investment and research abilities of persons other than BlackRock.


Borrowings and Preferred Shares

The Trust currently anticipates issuing Preferred Shares approximately one to three months after this offering in an aggregate amount of approximately 35% of its Managed Assets to purchase additional securities. Under current market conditions, the Trust intends to issue Preferred Shares or otherwise incur leverage in an amount equal to approximately 38% of its Managed Assets. This practice is known as "leverage." The Trust may borrow from banks and other financial institutions and may also borrow funds using such investment techniques and in such amounts as BlackRock may from time to time determine. Of these investment techniques, the Trust expects primarily to use reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions. Changes in the value of the Trust's bond portfolio, including securities bought with the proceeds of the leverage, will be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. If there is a net decrease, or increase, in the value of the Trust's investment portfolio, the leverage will decrease, or increase (as the case may be), the net asset value per common share to a greater extent than if the Trust were not leveraged. During periods in which the Trust is using leverage, the fees paid to BlackRock for advisory and sub-advisory services will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Trust's Managed Assets, including the proceeds from the issuance of Preferred Shares and other leverage. Leverage involves greater risks. The Trust's leveraging strategy may not be successful.

REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

Borrowings may be made by the Trust, through reverse repurchase agreements under which the Trust sells portfolio securities to financial institutions such as banks and broker dealers and agrees to repurchase them at a particular date and price. Such agreements are considered to be borrowings under the Investment Company Act. The Trust may utilize reverse repurchase agreements when it is anticipated that the interest income to be earned from the investment of the proceeds of the transaction is greater than the interest expense of the transaction.

DOLLAR ROLL TRANSACTIONS

Borrowings may be made by the Trust through dollar roll transactions. A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by the Trust of a mortgage-backed or other security concurrently with an agreement by the Trust to repurchase a similar security at a later date at an agreed-upon price. The securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate and stated maturity as those sold, but pools of mortgages collateralizing those securities may have different prepayment histories than those sold. During the period between the sale and repurchase, the Trust will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Trust, and the income from these investments will generate income for the Trust. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Trust compared with what the performance would have been without the use of dollar rolls.


25


PREFERRED SHARES

Although the Trust is authorized, under the Investment Company Act, to issue Preferred Shares in an amount up to 50% of its total assets less its liabilities and indebtedness, the Trust anticipates that under current market conditions it will offer Preferred Shares representing no more than 35% of the Trust's Managed Assets immediately after the issuance of the Preferred Shares. If, as a result of market conditions, or any other reason, the Trust does not issue Preferred Shares, the Trust will limit its borrowing to 33 1 / 3 % of the Trust's Managed Assets. The Preferred Shares would have complete priority upon distribution assets over the common shares. The issuance of Preferred Shares will leverage the common shares. Although the timing and other terms of the offering of Preferred Shares and the terms of the Preferred Shares would be determined by the Trust's board of trustees, the Trust expects to invest the proceeds of any Preferred Shares offering in bonds of the type discussed in this prospectus. The Preferred Shares will pay adjustable rate dividends based on shorter-term interest rates, which would be re-determined periodically by an auction process. The adjustment period for Preferred Share dividends could be as short as one day or as long as a year or more. So long as the Trust's portfolio is invested in securities that provide a higher rate of return than the dividend rate of the Preferred Shares, after taking expenses into consideration, the leverage will cause you to receive a higher rate of income than if the Trust were not leveraged.

Under the Investment Company Act, the Trust is not permitted to issue Preferred Shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Trust's total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness of the Trust, is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares ( i.e. , the liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Trust's total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness of the Trust). In addition, the Trust is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its common shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Trust's total assets is at least 200% of the liquidation value of its outstanding Preferred Shares plus its outstanding liabilities and indebtedness. If Preferred Shares are issued, the Trust intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary in order to maintain coverage of any Preferred Shares of at least 200%. In addition, as a condition to obtaining ratings on the Preferred Shares, the terms of any Preferred Shares issued are expected to include asset coverage maintenance provisions which will require a reduction of indebtedness or the redemption of the Preferred Shares in the event of non-compliance by the Trust and may also prohibit dividends and other distributions on the common shares in such circumstances. In order to meet redemption requirements, the Trust may have to liquidate portfolio securities. Such liquidations and redemptions, or reductions in indebtedness, would cause the Trust to incur related transaction costs and could result in capital losses to the Trust. Prohibitions on dividends and other distributions on the common shares could impair the Trust's ability to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code"). If the Trust has Preferred Shares outstanding, two of the Trust's trustees will be elected by the holders of Preferred Shares voting separately as a class. The remaining trustees of the Trust will be elected by holders of common shares and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class. In the event the Trust failed to pay dividends on Preferred Shares for two years, holders of Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the trustees of the Trust.

Currently under the Investment Company Act, the Trust is not permitted to incur indebtedness unless immediately after such borrowing the Trust has asset coverage of at least 300% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of indebtedness ( i.e. , such indebtedness may not exceed 33 1 / 3 % of the value of the Trust's total assets). Additionally, under the Investment Company Act, the Trust may not declare any dividend or other distribution upon any class of its shares, or purchase any such shares, unless the aggregate indebtedness of the Trust has, at the time of the declaration of any such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase, an asset coverage of at least 300% after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution, or purchase price, as the case may be.


26


The Trust will be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for Preferred Shares issued by the Trust. These guidelines are expected to impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Trust by the Investment Company Act and may limit the ability of the Trust to borrow money through the use of reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls and may limit the ability of the Trust to engage in Strategic Transactions. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede BlackRock from managing the Trust's portfolio in accordance with the Trust's investment objectives and policies.

The Trust may also borrow money in an amount equal to 5% of its total assets as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including the payment of dividends and the settlement of securities transactions which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of Trust securities.

Assuming that leverage will represent approximately 38% of the Trust's Managed Assets, the interest and dividends paid on leverage is a blended annual average rate of 1.50%, the income generated by the Trust's portfolio (net of estimated expenses) must exceed 0.57% in order to cover the interest and dividend payments related to the leverage. Of course, these numbers are merely estimates used for illustration. Actual interest rates on the leverage will vary frequently and may be significantly higher or lower than the rate estimated above.

The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission. It is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on common share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income and changes in the value of bonds held in the Trust's portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio returns experienced or expected to be experienced by the Trust. See "Risks." The table further reflects leverage using leverage representing, in the aggregate, 38% of the Trust's Managed Assets, net of expenses, and the Trust's currently projected blended average annual interest and dividend rate of 1.50%.

Assumed Portfolio Total Return (Net of Expenses)   (10.00) % (5.00) % 0 % 5.00 % 10.00 %
Common Share Total Return   (17.05) % (8.98) % (0.92) % 7.15 % 15.21 %

Common share total return is composed of two elements—the common share dividends paid by the Trust (the amount of which is largely determined by the net investment income of the Trust after paying dividends and interest on its leverage) and gains or losses on the value of the securities the Trust owns. As required by Securities and Exchange Commission rules, the table above assumes that the Trust is more likely to suffer capital losses than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0% the Trust must assume that the interest it receives on its debt security investments is entirely offset by losses in the value of those bonds.


Risks

The net asset value of, and dividends paid on, the common shares will fluctuate with and be affected by, among other things, the risks described below.

NEWLY ORGANIZED

The Trust is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company and has no operating history.


27


MARKET DISCOUNT RISK

As with any stock, the price of the Trust's common shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If common shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. Whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of common shares of the Trust will not depend directly upon the Trust's net asset value, but will depend upon the market price of the common shares at the time of sale. Since the market price of the common shares will be affected by such factors as the relative demand for and supply of the common shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust, the Trust cannot predict whether the common shares will trade at, below or above net asset value or at, below or above the public offering price. Common shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Common shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. The Trust's common shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their common shares in a relatively short period of time after completion of the initial offer because net asset value will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by a 4.5% sales load charge and organizational expenses and offering costs paid by the Trust.

SENIOR LOANS RISK

As in the case of junk bonds, Senior Loans may be rated in lower grade rating categories, or may be unrated but of lower grade quality. As in the case of junk bonds, Senior Loans can provide higher yields than higher grade income securities, but are subject to greater credit and other risks. Although Senior Loan obligations often are secured by pledges of assets by the Borrower and have other structural aspects intended to provide greater protection to the holders of bank loans than the holders of unsecured and subordinated securities, there are also additional risks in holding Senior Loans. In particular, the secondary trading market for Senior Loans is not well developed, and therefore, Senior Loans present increased market risk relating to liquidity and pricing concerns.

The Trust may acquire Senior Loans of Borrowers that are experiencing, or are more likely to experience, financial difficulty, including Senior Loans of Borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection. Although Senior Loans in which the Trust will invest generally will be secured by specific collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the Borrower's obligation in the event of nonpayment of scheduled interest or principal, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event that the Trust invests a portion of its assets in Senior Loans that are not secured by specific collateral, the Trust will not enjoy the benefits of collateralization with respect to such Senior Loans. In the case of collateralized Senior Loans, there is no assurance that sale of the collateral would raise enough cash to satisfy the Borrower's payment obligation or that the collateral can or will be liquidated. As a result, the Trust might not receive payments to which it is entitled and thereby may experience a decline in the value of its investment and its net asset value. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation may not occur and the court may not give Lenders the full benefit of their senior positions. If the terms of a Senior Loan do not require the Borrower to pledge additional collateral, the Trust will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the Borrower's obligations under the Senior Loans. To the extent that a Senior Loan is collateralized by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose all of its value in the event of bankruptcy of the Borrower. Uncollateralized Senior Loans involve a greater risk of loss.


28


VARIABLE DEBT RISK

The absence of an active secondary market with respect to particular variable and floating rate instruments could make it difficult for the Trust to dispose of a variable or floating rate note if the issuer defaulted on its payment obligation or during periods that the Trust is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the Trust could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss with respect to such instruments.

NON-INVESTMENT GRADE SECURITIES RISK

The Trust will invest a substantial portion of its assets in securities that are below investment grade, including substantially all of the Trust's investments in Senior Loans and emerging market debt. Non-investment grade securities are commonly referred to as "junk bonds." Investments in lower grade securities will expose the Trust to greater risks than if the Trust owned only higher grade securities. Because of the substantial risks associated with lower grade securities, you could lose money on your investment in shares of the Trust, both in the short-term and the long-term.

Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities. Adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust's net asset value.

Securities rated Ba by Moody's are judged to have speculative elements, their future cannot be considered as well assured and often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate. Securities rated BB by S&P or Fitch are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and, while such obligations have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative grade debt, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. Securities rated C by Moody's are regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing. Securities rated D by S&P are in default and the payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.

Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could disrupt severely the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.

LEVERAGE RISK

Leverage risk is the risk associated with the borrowing of funds and other investment techniques, including the issuance of the Preferred Shares by the Trust, to leverage the common shares.

Leverage is a speculative technique which may expose the Trust to greater risk and increase its costs. Increases and decreases in the value of the Trust's portfolio will be magnified when the Trust uses leverage. For example, leverage may cause greater swings in the Trust's net asset value or cause the Trust to lose more than it invested. The Trust will also have to pay interest on its borrowings or dividends on its preferred shares, reducing the Trust's return. This interest expense and/or dividend payment may be greater than the Trust's return on the underlying investment. There is no assurance that the Trust's leveraging strategy will be successful.


29


Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risks that the interest income earned in the investment of the proceeds will be less than the interest expense, that the market value of the securities sold by the Trust may decline below the price of the securities the Trust is obligated to repurchase and that the securities may not be returned to the Trust.

Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Trust is required to purchase may decline below the agreed upon repurchase price of those securities. If the broker/dealer to whom the Trust sells securities becomes insolvent, the Trust's right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted. Successful use of dollar rolls may depend upon BlackRock's ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed.

If leverage is employed, the net asset value and market value of the common shares will be more volatile, and the yield to the holders of common shares will tend to fluctuate with changes in the shorter-term interest rates on the leverage. If the interest rate on the leverage approaches the net rate of return on the Trust's investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to the holders of the common shares would be reduced. If the interest rate on the leverage exceeds the net rate of return on the Trust's portfolio, the leverage will result in a lower rate of return to the holders of common shares than if the Trust were not leveraged. Because the intermediate and long-term bonds included in the Trust's portfolio will typically pay fixed rates of interest while the interest rates on the leverage vary from time to time, this could occur even when both long-term and short-term rates rise. In addition, the Trust will pay (and the holders of common shares will bear) any costs and expenses relating to any leverage. Accordingly, the Trust cannot assure you that the use of leverage would result in a higher yield or return to the holders of the common shares.

Any decline in the net asset value of the Trust's investments will be borne entirely by the holders of common shares. Therefore, if the market value of the Trust's portfolio declines, the leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of common shares than if the Trust were not leveraged. This greater net asset value decrease will also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for the common shares. In extreme cases, the Trust might be in danger of failing to maintain the required 200% or 300% asset coverage, or of losing its ratings on any Preferred Shares issued or the Trust's current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the interest payments on indebtedness or the dividend requirements on any Preferred Shares. In order to counteract such an event, the Trust might need to reduce its indebtedness and to liquidate investments in order to fund a redemption of some or all of the Preferred Shares. Liquidation at times of low bond prices may result in capital losses and may reduce returns to the holders of common shares.

While the Trust may from time to time consider reducing leverage in response to actual or anticipated changes in interest rates in an effort to mitigate the increased volatility of current income and net asset value associated with leverage, there can be no assurance that the Trust will actually reduce leverage in the future or that any reduction, if undertaken, will benefit the holders of common shares. Changes in the future direction of interest rates are very difficult to predict accurately. If the Trust were to reduce leverage based on a prediction about future changes to interest rates, and that prediction turned out to be incorrect, the reduction in leverage would likely reduce the income and/or total returns to holders of common shares relative to the circumstance where the Trust had not reduced leverage. The Trust may decide that this risk outweighs the likelihood of achieving the desired reduction to volatility in income and share price if the prediction were to turn out to be correct, and determine not to reduce leverage as described above.

The Trust may invest in the securities of other investment companies. Such securities may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the leverage risks described above. This additional leverage may, under certain market conditions, reduce the net asset value of the Trust's common shares and the returns to the holders of common shares.


30


INTEREST RATE RISK

Certain securities held in the Trust's portfolio could be affected by interest rate fluctuations. The value of Trust common shares will usually change in response to interest rate fluctuations. When interest rates decline, the value of fixed-rate securities can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of fixed-rate securities can be expected to decline. Although changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the value of variable and floating rate securities (due to the fact that rates only reset periodically), the values of these securities are substantially less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than fixed-rate instruments. Fluctuations in the value of the Trust's securities will not affect interest income on existing securities but will be reflected in the Trust's net asset value. The Trust may utilize certain strategies, including taking positions in futures or interest rate swaps, for the purpose of reducing the interest rate sensitivity of the portfolio and decreasing the Trust's exposure to interest rate risk, although there is no assurance that it will do so or that such strategies will be successful. The Trust is intended to have a relatively low level of interest rate risk.

CREDIT RISK

Credit risk is the risk that an issuer of a security will become unable to meet its obligation to make interest and principal payments. In general, lower rated securities carry a greater degree of risk that the issuer will lose its ability to make interest and principal payments, which could have a negative impact on the Trust's net asset value or dividends. Under normal circumstances, the Trust will invest substantially all of its portfolio in securities that are rated Ba/BB or below by Moody's, S&P or Fitch or that are unrated but judged to be of comparable quality by BlackRock. The Trust's investments in non-investment grade securities, including substantially all of its investments in Senior Loans and emerging markets debt, will expose it to a great deal of credit risk. These securities are subject to a greater risk of default. The prices of these lower grade securities are more sensitive to negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer's revenues or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Lower grade securities tend to be less liquid than investment grade securities. The market values of lower grade securities tend to be more volatile than investment grade securities. In addition, the Trust's use of credit derivatives will expose it to additional risk in the event that the bonds underlying the derivative default. In addition, the Trust's use of credit derivatives will expose it to additional risk in the event that the bonds underlying the derivatives default.

NON-U.S. SECURITIES RISK

Investing in Non-U.S. Securities may involve certain risks not involved in domestic investments, including, but not limited to: (1) future foreign economic, financial, political and social developments; (2) different legal systems; (3) the possible imposition of exchange controls or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions; (4) lower trading volume; (5) much greater price volatility and illiquidity of certain foreign securities markets; (6) different trading and settlement practices; (7) less governmental supervision; (8) high and volatile rates of inflation; (9) fluctuating interest rates; (10) less publicly available information; and (11) different accounting, auditing and financial record keeping standards and requirements.

Certain countries in which the Trust may invest historically have experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate fluctuations, large amounts of external debt, balance of payments and trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty and instability. The cost of servicing external debt for certain of these countries will generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are


31


adjusted based upon international interest rates. In addition, with respect to certain foreign countries, there is a risk of: (1) the possibility of expropriation of assets; (2) confiscatory taxation; (3) difficulty in obtaining or enforcing a court judgment; (4) economic, political or social instability; and (5) diplomatic developments that could affect investments in those countries. Certain investments in foreign securities also may be subject to foreign withholding taxes. Dividend income from foreign corporations may not be eligible for the reduced rate for qualified dividend income. In addition, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as: (1) growth of gross domestic product; (2) rates of inflation; (3) capital reinvestment; (4) resources; (5) self-sufficiency; and (6) balance of payments position.

The ability of a foreign sovereign issuer, especially an emerging market country, to make timely and ultimate payments on its debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the sovereign issuer's balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credits and investments, fluctuations of interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities or whose economy depends on certain strategic imports could be vulnerable to fluctuations in international prices of these commodities or imports. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than dollars, its ability to make debt payments denominated in dollars could be adversely affected. If a sovereign issuer cannot generate sufficient earnings from foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on continuing loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks and multinational organizations. Additional factors that may influence the ability or willingness to service debt include, but are not limited to, a country's cash flow situation, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of its debt service burden to the economy as a whole, and its government's policy towards the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and other international agencies to which a government debtor may be subject. Initially, 30% of the Trust's portfolio is expected to be issued by issuers located in countries considered to be emerging markets, and such foreign sovereign and foreign corporate debt investments are particularly speculative, as discussed below in "Risks—Emerging Markets Risk."

The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. Heightened risks of investing in emerging market sovereign debt include:

–>
Risk of default by a governmental issuer or guarantor. In the event of a default, the Trust may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor; and

–>
Risk of restructuring certain debt obligations (such as Brady Bonds).

This may include reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments or requiring lenders to extend additional credit, which may adversely affect the value of these investments. There may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a U.S. company, and foreign companies may not be subject to accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to or as uniform as those of U.S. companies. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in the country's balance of payments, it could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances.

As a result of these potential risks, BlackRock may determine that, notwithstanding otherwise favorable investment criteria, it may not be practicable or appropriate to invest in a particular country. The Trust may invest in countries in which foreign investors, including BlackRock, have had no or limited prior experience.


32

The Trust may engage in foreign currency transactions, including foreign currency forward contracts, options, swaps and other strategic transactions in connection with its investments in Non-U.S. Securities.

EMERGING MARKETS RISK

Investing in securities of issuers based in underdeveloped emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in Non-U.S. Securities to a heightened degree. These heightened risks include: (i) greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the market for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in lack of liquidity and in price volatility; and (iii) certain national policies which may restrict the Trust's investment opportunities, including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests.

In addition to brokerage commissions, custodial services and other costs relating to investment in emerging markets are generally more expensive than in the United States. Such markets have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. The inability of the Trust to make intended securities purchases due to settlement problems could cause the Trust to miss attractive investment opportunities. An inability to dispose of a security due to settlement problems could result in losses to the Trust due to subsequent declines in the value of the security.

Foreign investment in certain emerging market issuers may be restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in certain emerging market issuers and increase the costs and expenses of the Trust. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domiciliaries of the countries and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors. Certain emerging market countries may also restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests. Emerging market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in an emerging market country's balance of payments, the country could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. The Trust could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any restrictions on investments. Investing in local markets in emerging market countries may require the Trust to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the Trust.

FOREIGN CURRENCY RISK

Because the Trust may invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates may affect the value of securities in the Trust and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments. Currencies of certain countries may be volatile and therefore may affect the value of securities denominated in such currencies, which means that the Trust's net asset value could decline as a result of changes in the exchange rates between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar. In addition, certain countries, particularly emerging markets countries, may impose foreign currency exchange controls or other restrictions on the transferability or convertability of currency.


33


MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES RISK

The risks associated with mortgage-related securities include:

–>
credit risks associated with the performance of the underlying mortgage properties and of the borrowers owning these properties;

–>
adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, which are more likely to have an adverse impact on mortgage-related securities secured by loans on certain types of commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties;

–>
prepayment risk, which can lead to significant fluctuations in value of the mortgage-related security;

–>
loss of all or part of the premium, if any, paid; and

–>
decline in the market value of the security, whether resulting from changes in interest rates or prepayments on the underlying mortgage collateral.

PREPAYMENT RISK

During periods of declining interest rates or for other purposes, the Borrowers may exercise their option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled. For fixed income securities, such payments often occur during period of declining interest rates, forcing the Trust to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as call or prepayment risk. Non-investment grade bonds frequently have call features that allow the issuer to redeem the security at dates prior to its stated maturity at a specified price (typically greater than par) only if certain prescribed conditions are met ("call protection"). An issuer may redeem a high yield obligation if, for example, the issuer can refinance the debt at a lower cost due to declining interest rates or an improvement in the credit standing of the issuer. Senior Loans typically have no such call protection. For premium bonds (bonds acquired at prices that exceed their par or principal value) purchased by the Trust, prepayment risk may be enhanced.

ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES RISK

Asset-backed securities involve certain risks in addition to those presented by mortgage-related securities:

–>
primarily, these securities do not have the benefit of the same security interest in the underlying collateral as mortgage-related securities and are more dependent on the borrower's ability to pay;

–>
credit card receivables are generally unsecured, and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and Federal consumer credit laws, many of which give debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due; and

–>
most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have an effective security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. There is a possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be able to support payments on these securities.

34

COLLATERALIZED BOND OBLIGATIONS RISK

Income from the pool of lower grade securities collateralizing CBOs is typically separated into tranches representing different degrees of credit quality. The top tranche of CBOs, which represents the highest credit quality in the pool, has the greatest collateralization and pays the lowest interest rate. Lower CBO tranches represent lower degrees of credit quality and pay higher interest rates to compensate for the attendant risks. The bottom tranche specifically receives the residual interest payments ( i.e. , money that is left over after the higher tiers have been paid) rather than a fixed interest rate. The return on the lower tranches of CBOs are especially sensitive to the rate of defaults in the collateral pool, which increases the risk of the Trust losing its investments in lower CBO tranches.

INFLATION RISK

Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from the Trust's investment will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real, or inflation adjusted, value of the Trust's common stock and distributions can decline and the interest payments on Trust borrowings, if any, may increase or the value of dividend payments on the Trust's Preferred Shares, if any, may decline.

DIVIDEND RISK

Because most of the debt securities held by the Trust will have floating or variable interest rates, the amounts of the Trust's monthly distributions to its shareholders are expected to vary with fluctuations in market interest rates. Generally, when market interest rates fall, the amount of the distributions to shareholders will likewise decrease.

NON-PAYMENT RISK

The debt securities in which the Trust invests are subject to the risk of non-payment of interest and principal. When a borrower or issuer fails to make scheduled interest or principal payments on a debt security, the value of the security, and hence the Trust's net asset value, and potentially the value of the Trust's shares of common stock, may go down. While a senior position in the capital structure of a borrower may provide some protection with respect to the Trust's investments in senior loans, losses may still occur.

LIQUIDITY RISK

The Trust may invest in Senior Loans and other securities for which there is no readily available trading market or which are otherwise illiquid. The Trust may not be able to readily dispose of such securities at prices that approximate those at which the Trust could sell such securities if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Trust may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. In addition, the limited liquidity could affect the market price of the securities, thereby adversely affecting the Trust's net asset value and ability to make dividend distributions.

Most Senior Loans are valued by an independent pricing service that uses market quotations of investors and traders in Senior Loans. As a result, BlackRock will have to rely on third party service providers for valuation to a large extent. Economic and other events (whether real or perceived) can reduce the demand for certain Senior Loans or Senior Loans generally, which may reduce market


35


prices and cause the Trust's net asset value per share to fall. The frequency and magnitude of such changes cannot be predicted.

Some Senior Loans are not readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. Senior Loans generally are not listed on any national securities exchange or automated quotation system and no active trading market may exist for some of the Senior Loans in which the Trust will invest. Where a secondary market exists, the market for some Senior Loans may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. Senior Loans that are illiquid may impair the Trust's ability to realize the full value of its assets in the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation of such assets and thus may cause a decline in the Trust's net asset value. The Trust has no limitation on the amount of its assets which may be invested in securities which are not readily marketable or are subject to restrictions on resale.

MARKET DISRUPTION RISK

The war with Iraq, its aftermath and the continuing occupation of that country by coalition forces are likely to have a substantial impact on the U.S. and world economies and securities markets. The duration and nature of the war and occupation and the potential costs of rebuilding the Iraqi infrastructure and political systems cannot be predicted with any certainty. The war and occupation, terrorism and related geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead, to increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. Those events could also have an acute effect on individual issuers or related groups of issuers. These risks could also adversely affect securities markets, interest rates, auctions, secondary trading, ratings, credit risk, inflation, deflation and other factors relating to the common shares.

CREDIT DERIVATIVES RISK

The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If BlackRock is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Trust would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if BlackRock is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that a credit derivative position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being protected. The Trust's risk of loss in a credit derivative transaction varies with the form of the transaction. For example, if the Trust purchases a default option on a security, and if no default occurs with respect to the security, the Trust's loss is limited to the premium it paid for the default option. In contrast, if there is a default by the grantor of a default option, the Trust's loss will include both the premium that it paid for the option and the decline in value of the underlying security that the default option protected.

STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONS

Strategic Transactions in which the Trust may engage also involve certain risks and special considerations, including engaging in hedging and risk management transactions such as interest rate and foreign currency transactions, credit default swaps, options, futures, swaps and other derivatives transactions. Strategic Transactions will be entered into to seek to manage the risks of the Trust's portfolio of securities or enhance total returns, but may have the effect of limiting the gains from favorable market movements. The use of Strategic Transactions to enhance gains may be particularly speculative. Strategic Transactions involve risks, including (1) that the loss on the Strategic Transaction position may be larger than the gain in the portfolio position being hedged and (2) that the derivative


36


instruments used in Strategic Transactions may not be liquid and may require the Trust to pay additional amounts of money. Successful use of Strategic Transactions depends on BlackRock's ability to predict correctly market movements which, of course, cannot be assured. Losses on Strategic Transactions may reduce the Trust's net asset value and its ability to pay dividends if they are not offset by gains on the portfolio positions being hedged. The Trust may also lend the securities it owns to others, which allows the Trust the opportunity to earn additional income. Although the Trust will require the borrower of the securities to post collateral for the loan and the terms of the loan will require that the Trust be able to reacquire the loaned securities if certain events occur, the Trust is still subject to the risk that the borrower of the securities may default, which could result in the Trust losing money, which would result in a decline in the Trust's net asset value. The Trust may also purchase securities for delayed settlement. This means that the Trust is generally obligated to purchase the securities at a future date for a set purchase price, regardless of whether the value of the securities is more or less than the purchase price at the time of settlement.

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

The Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust contains provisions limiting (1) the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust, (2) the Trust's freedom to engage in certain transactions and (3) the ability of the Trust's board of trustees or shareholders to amend the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust. These provisions of the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust may be regarded as "anti-takeover" provisions. These provisions could have the effect of depriving the shareholders of opportunities to sell their common shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Trust in a tender offer or similar transaction. See "Anti-Takeover provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust."


How the Trust manages risk

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS

The Trust has adopted certain investment limitations designed to limit investment risk. These limitations are fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common shares and, if issued, Preferred Shares voting together as a single class, and the approval of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Shares voting as a separate class. Among other restrictions, the Trust may not invest 25% or more of the value of its total assets in any one industry, provided that securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities will not be considered to represent an industry.

The Trust may become subject to guidelines which are more limiting than its investment restrictions in order to obtain and maintain ratings from Moody's or S&P or another rating agency on the Preferred Shares that it intends to issue. The Trust does not anticipate that such guidelines would have a material adverse effect on the Trust's common shareholders or the Trust's ability to achieve its investment objectives. See "Investment Objectives and Policies" in the Statement of Additional Information for a complete list of the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies of the Trust.

MANAGEMENT OF INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE TO LIMIT LEVERAGE RISK

The Trust may take certain actions if short-term interest rates increase or market conditions otherwise change (or the Trust anticipates such an increase or change) and the Trust's leverage begins (or is


37


expected) to adversely affect common shareholders. In order to attempt to offset such a negative impact of leverage on common shareholders, the Trust may shorten the average maturity of its investment portfolio (by investing in short-term securities) or may reduce its indebtedness or extend the maturity of outstanding Preferred Shares or unwind other leverage transactions. The Trust may also attempt to reduce the leverage by redeeming or otherwise purchasing Preferred Shares. As explained above under "Risks—Leverage," the success of any such attempt to limit leverage risk depends on BlackRock's ability to accurately predict interest rate or other market changes. Because of the difficulty of making such predictions, the Trust may never attempt to manage its capital structure in the manner described in this paragraph. If market conditions suggest that additional leverage would be beneficial, the Trust may sell previously unissued Preferred Shares or Preferred Shares that the Trust previously issued but later repurchased.

STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONS

The Trust may use various investment strategies designed to limit the risk of bond price fluctuations and to preserve capital. These strategies include using swaps, financial futures contracts, options on financial futures or options based on either an index of long-term securities or on taxable debt securities whose prices, in the opinion of BlackRock, correlate with the prices of the Trust's investments.


38



Management of the Trust

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS

The board of trustees is responsible for the overall management of the Trust, including supervision of the duties performed by BlackRock. There are eight trustees of the Trust. A majority of the trustees will not be "interested persons" as defined in the Investment Company Act. The names and business addresses of the trustees and officers of the Trust and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under "Management of the Trust" in the Statement of Additional Information.

INVESTMENT ADVISOR AND SUB-ADVISOR

BlackRock Advisors acts as the Trust's investment advisor. BlackRock Financial Management acts as the Trust's sub-advisor. BlackRock Advisors, located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, and BlackRock Financial Management, located at 40 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10022, are wholly owned subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc., which is one of the largest publicly traded investment management firms in the United States with approximately $310 billion of assets under management at June 30, 2004. BlackRock manages assets on behalf of institutional and individual investors worldwide through a variety of equity, fixed income, liquidity and alternative investment products, including the BlackRock Funds SM and BlackRock Liquidity Funds. In addition, BlackRock provides risk management and investment system services to institutional investors under the BlackRock Solutions® name.

The BlackRock organization has over 16 years of experience managing closed-end funds. At June 30, 2004, BlackRock advised a closed-end family of 51 active funds with approximately $14.2 billion in assets. Clients are served from the company's headquarters in New York City, as well as offices in Wilmington, San Francisco, Boston, Edinburgh, Tokyo and Hong Kong. BlackRock, Inc. is a member of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., one of the largest diversified financial services organizations in the United States, and is majority-owned by PNC and by BlackRock employees.

INVESTMENT PHILOSOPHY

BlackRock chooses securities and sectors that it believes will outperform other securities and sectors based on fundamentals and not just interest rates. BlackRock manages fixed income portfolios by using a strategy that invests in sectors of the fixed income market that BlackRock believes are undervalued by moving out of sectors that BlackRock believes are fairly or overvalued. BlackRock researches and is active in analyzing the sectors which it believes are under, fairly and overvalued in order to achieve a portfolio's investment objective. BlackRock has in-depth expertise in all sectors of the fixed income market. BlackRock specializes in managing fixed income portfolios against both published and customized benchmarks and has been doing this since the inception of its fixed income products in 1988.

In selecting securities for the Trust's portfolio, BlackRock will seek to identify issuers and industries that BlackRock believes are likely to experience stable or improving financial conditions. BlackRock believes this strategy should enhance the Trust's ability to seek total return. BlackRock's analysis includes:

–>
credit research on the issuers' financial strength;

–>
assessment of the issuers' ability to meet principal and interest payments;

–>
general industry trends;

39

–>
the issuers' managerial strength;

–>
changing financial conditions;

–>
borrowing requirements or debt maturity schedules; and

–>
the issuers' responsiveness to change in business conditions and interest rates.

BlackRock considers relative values among issuers based on anticipated cash flow, interest or dividend coverage, asset coverage and earnings prospects.

The BlackRock organization's philosophy has not changed since the inception of the firm. The technology that enables BlackRock to implement its investment strategies, however, is constantly evolving. BlackRock's commitment to maintaining and developing its state-of-the-art analytics in the most efficient manner is manifest in (1) the development of proprietary tools, (2) the use of external tools to assist in its analysis and (3) the integration of all of these tools into a unique portfolio level risk management system. By continually updating its analytics and systems, BlackRock attempts to better quantify and evaluate the risk of each investment decision.

BlackRock's style is designed with the objective of generating excess returns with lower risk than its benchmarks and competitors. The use of these advanced analytics attempts to provide real time analysis of a vast array of risk measures designed to measure the potential impact of various strategies on total return. As a result BlackRock seeks to add consistent value and control performance volatility consistent with the Trust's investments.

BLACKROCK'S PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT TEAM

BlackRock uses a team approach to managing its portfolios. BlackRock believes that this approach offers substantial benefits over one that is dependent on the market wisdom or investment expertise of only a few individuals.

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

Pursuant to an investment management agreement between BlackRock Advisors and the Trust, the Trust has agreed to pay for the investment advisory services and facilities provided by BlackRock Advisors a fee payable monthly in arrears at an annual rate equal to 0.75% of the average weekly value of the Trust's Managed Assets (the "management fee"). BlackRock has voluntarily agreed to waive receipt of a portion of its management fee in the amount of 0.20% of the average weekly value of the Trust's Managed Assets for the first five years of the Trust's operations (through August 30, 2009), and for a declining amount for an additional three years (through August 30, 2012). The Trust will also reimburse BlackRock Advisors for certain expenses BlackRock Advisors incurs in connection with performing certain services for the Trust. In addition, with the approval of the board of trustees, a pro rata portion of the salaries, bonuses, health insurance, retirement benefits and similar employment costs for the time spent on Trust operations (other than the provision of services required under the investment management agreement) of all personnel employed by BlackRock Advisors who devote substantial time to Trust operations may be reimbursed to BlackRock Advisors. Managed Assets are the total assets of the Trust, which includes any proceeds from the Preferred Shares, minus the sum of accrued liabilities (other than indebtedness attributable to leverage). This means that during periods in which the Trust is using leverage, the fee paid to BlackRock Advisors will be higher than if the Trust did not use leverage because the fee is calculated as a percentage of the Trust's Managed Assets, which include those assets purchased with leverage.


40

Management of the Trust

In addition to the management fee of BlackRock Advisors, the Trust pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its trustees (other than those affiliated with BlackRock Advisors), custodian, transfer and dividend disbursing agent expenses, legal fees, leverage expenses, rating agency fees listing fees and expenses, fees and expenses of independent auditors and its counsel and counsel to the independent trustees, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any.

For the first eight years of the Trust's operation, BlackRock Advisors has undertaken to waive its investment advisory fees and expenses payable by the Trust in the amounts, and for the time periods, set forth below:

Twelve Month Period Ending

  Percentage Waived (As a Percentage of
Average Weekly Managed Assets)*

August 30, 2005**   0.20%
August 30, 2006   0.20%
August 30, 2007   0.20%
August 30, 2008   0.20%
August 30, 2009   0.20%
August 30, 2010   0.15%
August 30, 2011   0.10%
August 30, 2012   0.05%

*
Including net assets attributable to Preferred Shares or other leverage.

**
From the commencement of operations.

BlackRock Advisors has not undertaken to waive any portion of the Trust's fees and expenses beyond August 30, 2012 or after termination of the investment management agreement.


Net asset value

The net asset value of the common shares of the Trust will be computed based upon the value of the Trust's portfolio securities and other assets. Net asset value per common share will be determined daily on each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for business as of the close of the regular trading session on the New York Stock Exchange. The Trust calculates net asset value per common share by subtracting liabilities (including accrued expenses or dividends) from the total assets of the Trust (the value of the securities plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received) and dividing the result by the total number of common shares of the Trust.

The Trust's fixed income investments will be valued utilizing one or more pricing services approved by the Trust's board of trustees. Most Senior Loans are valued by an independent pricing service that uses market quotations of investors and traders in Senior Loans. Economic and other events (whether real or perceived) can reduce the demand for certain Senior Loans or Senior Loans generally, which may reduce market prices and cause the Trust's net asset value per share to fall. The frequency and magnitude of such changes cannot be predicted. As a result, BlackRock will have to rely on third party service providers for valuation to a large extent. Short-term debt securities having a remaining maturity of 60 days or less when purchased and debt securities originally purchased with maturities in excess of 60 days but which currently have maturities of 60 days or less may be valued at cost adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Any securities or other assets for which current market quotations are not readily available are valued at their fair value as determined in good faith under procedures established by and under the general supervision and responsibility of the Trust's board of trustees. Because foreign securities trade on days when the common shares are not priced, net asset value can change at times when common shares cannot be sold.


41



Distributions

Commencing with the Trust's initial dividend, the Trust intends to make regular monthly cash distributions of all or a portion of its investment company taxable income to common shareholders. We expect to declare the initial monthly dividend on the Trust's common shares within approximately 45 days after completion of this offering and to pay that initial monthly dividend approximately 60 to 90 days after completion of this offering. The Trust will pay common shareholders at least annually all, or a portion of, its investment company taxable income after the payment of dividends and interest, if any, owed with respect to any outstanding Preferred Shares or other forms of leverage utilized by the Trust. If the Trust realizes a long-term capital gain, it will be required to allocate such gain between the common shares and any Preferred Shares issued by the Trust in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class for the year in which the income is realized.

Various factors will affect the level of the Trust's income, including the asset mix, the average maturity of the Trust's portfolio, the amount of leverage utilized by the Trust and the Trust's use of hedging. To permit the Trust to maintain a more stable monthly distribution, the Trust may from time to time distribute less than the entire amount of income earned in a particular period. The undistributed income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Trust for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of income actually earned by the Trust during that period. Undistributed income will add to the Trust's net asset value and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed income will deduct from the Trust's net asset value. Shareholders will automatically have all dividends and distributions reinvested in common shares of the Trust issued by the Trust or purchased in the open market in accordance with the Trust's dividend reinvestment plan unless an election is made to receive cash. See "Dividend reinvestment plan."


Dividend reinvestment plan

Unless the registered owner of common shares elects to receive cash by contacting the Plan Agent, all dividends declared for your common shares of the Trust will be automatically reinvested by EquiServe Trust Company N.A. (the "Plan Agent"), agent for shareholders in administering the Trust's Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the "Plan"), in additional common shares of the Trust. If a registered owner of common shares elects not to participate in the Plan, you will receive all dividends in cash paid by check mailed directly to you (or, if the shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by EquiServe Trust Company N.A., as dividend disbursing agent. You may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all dividends in cash by sending written instructions or by contacting EquiServe Trust Company N.A., as dividend disbursing agent, at the address set forth below. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by contacting the Plan Agent before the dividend record date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other distribution. Some brokers may automatically elect to receive cash on your behalf and may re-invest that cash in additional common shares of the Trust for you. If you wish for all dividends declared on your common shares of the Trust to be automatically reinvested pursuant to the Plan, please contact your broker.

The Plan Agent will open an account for each common shareholder under the Plan in the same name in which such common shareholder's common shares are registered. Whenever the Trust declares a dividend or other distribution (together, a "dividend") payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in common shares. The common shares will be acquired by the Plan Agent for the participants' accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized


42


common shares from the Trust ("newly issued common shares") or (ii) by purchase of outstanding common shares on the open market ("open-market purchases") on the New York Stock Exchange or elsewhere.

If, on the payment date for any dividend, the market price per common share plus estimated brokerage commissions is greater than the net asset value per common share (such condition being referred to herein as "market premium"), the Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in newly issued common shares, including fractions, on behalf of the participants. The number of newly issued common shares to be credited to each participant's account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the net asset value per common share on the payment date; provided that, if the net asset value per common share is less than 95% of the market price per common share on the payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per common share on the payment date.

If, on the payment date for any dividend, the net asset value per common share is greater than the market value per common share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition being referred to herein as "market discount"), the Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in common shares acquired on behalf of the participants in open-market purchases.

In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any dividend, the Plan Agent will have until the last business day before the next date on which the common shares trade on an "ex-dividend" basis or 30 days after the payment date for such dividend, whichever is sooner (the "last purchase date"), to invest the dividend amount in common shares acquired in open-market purchases. It is contemplated that the Trust will pay monthly dividends. Therefore, the period during which open-market purchases can be made will exist only from the payment date of each dividend through the date before the next "ex-dividend" date which typically will be approximately ten days. If, before the Plan Agent has completed its open-market purchases, the market price of a common share exceeds the net asset value per common share, the average per common share purchase price paid by the Plan Agent may exceed the net asset value of the common shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer common shares than if the dividend had been paid in newly issued common shares on the dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to open market purchases, if the Plan Agent is unable to invest the full dividend amount in open market purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Agent may cease making open-market purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the dividend amount in newly issued common shares at the net asset value per common share at the close of business on the last purchase date; provided that, if the net asset value per common share is less than 95% of the market price per common share on the payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per common share on the payment date.

The Plan Agent maintains all shareholders' accounts in the Plan and furnishes written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by shareholders for tax records. Common shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent on behalf of the Plan participant, and each shareholder proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Agent will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held under the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.

In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees which hold shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of common shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder's name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.


43


There will be no brokerage charges with respect to common shares issued directly by the Trust. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred in connection with open-market purchases. The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any Federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends. See "Federal income tax matters." Participants that request a sale of shares through the Plan Agent are subject to $2.50 sales fee and a $0.15 per share sold brokerage commission.

The Trust reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.

All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Agent at EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., P.O. Box 43011, Providence, Rhode Island 02940-3011, telephone: (800) 699-1236.


Description of shares

COMMON SHARES

The Trust is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to an Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated as of April 20, 2004, as amended. The Trust is authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.001 per share. Each common share has one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully paid and non-assessable, except that the trustees shall have the power to cause shareholders to pay expenses of the Trust by setting off charges due from shareholders from declared but unpaid dividends or distributions owed the shareholders and/or by reducing the number of common shares owned by each respective shareholder. The holders of common shares will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Trust unless all accrued dividends and interest and dividend payments with respect to the Trust's leverage have been paid, unless certain asset coverage (as defined in the Investment Company Act) tests with respect to the leverage employed by the Trust are satisfied after giving effect to the distributions and unless certain other requirements imposed by any rating agencies rating any Preferred Shares issued by the Trust have been met. See "—Preferred Shares" below. All common shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Trust will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its common shares.

The Trust has no present intention of offering any additional classes or series of shares other than the possible issuance of Preferred Shares. Any additional offerings of shares will require approval by the Trust's board of trustees. Any additional offering of common shares will be subject to the requirements of the Investment Company Act, which provides that shares may not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of sales load, except in connection with an offering to existing holders of common shares or with the consent of a majority of the Trust's outstanding voting securities.

The Trust's common shares have been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "BGT."

Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering of common shares by the amount of the sales load and organizational expenses and offering costs paid by the Trust. See "Use of proceeds."

Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Trust do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional common shares or sell shares already held, the shareholder may do so by trading through a broker on the New York Stock


44

Exchange or otherwise. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade on an exchange at prices lower than net asset value. Shares of closed-end investment companies like the Trust that invest in bonds have, during some periods, traded at prices higher than net asset value and, during other periods, have traded at prices lower than net asset value. Because the market value of the common shares may be influenced by such factors as dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), call protection on its portfolio securities, dividend stability, portfolio credit quality, net asset value, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust, the Trust cannot assure you that common shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. The common shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not purchase the common shares if you intend to sell them soon after purchase. See "Borrowings and Preferred Shares" and the Statement of Additional Information under "Repurchase of Common Shares."

PREFERRED SHARES

The Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that the Trust's board of trustees may authorize and issue Preferred Shares with rights as determined by the board of trustees, by action of the board of trustees without the approval of the holders of the common shares. Holders of common shares have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued.

The Trust may elect to issue Preferred Shares as part of its leverage strategy. If Preferred Shares are issued, the Trust currently intends to issue Preferred Shares representing approximately 35% of the Trust's Managed Assets immediately after the Preferred Shares are issued. The board of trustees also reserves the right to change the foregoing percentage limitation and may issue Preferred Shares to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act, which currently limits the aggregate liquidation preference of all outstanding Preferred Shares to 50% of the value of the Trust's total assets less liabilities and indebtedness of the Trust. We cannot assure you, however, that any Preferred Shares will be issued. Although the terms of any Preferred Shares, including dividend rate, liquidation preference and redemption provisions, will be determined by the board of trustees, subject to applicable law and the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, it is likely that the Preferred Shares will be structured to carry a relatively short-term dividend rate reflecting interest rates on short-term bonds, by providing for the periodic re-determination of the dividend rate at relatively short intervals through an auction, remarketing or other procedure. The Trust also believes that it is likely that the liquidation preference, voting rights and redemption provisions of the Preferred Shares will be similar to those stated below.

LIQUIDATION PREFERENCE

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Trust, the holders of Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution, which is expected to equal the original purchase price per Preferred Share plus accrued and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, before any distribution of assets is made to holders of common shares. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of Preferred Shares will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Trust.

VOTING RIGHTS

The Investment Company Act requires that the holders of any Preferred Shares, voting separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two trustees at all times. The remaining trustees will be elected by holders of common shares and Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class. In


45


addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any other class of senior securities outstanding, the holders of any Preferred Shares have the right to elect a majority of the trustees of the Trust at any time two years' dividends on any Preferred Shares are unpaid. The Investment Company Act also requires that, in addition to any approval by shareholders that might otherwise be required, the approval of the holders of a majority of any outstanding Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class, would be required to (1) adopt any plan of reorganization that would adversely affect the Preferred Shares, and (2) take any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the Investment Company Act, including, among other things, changes in the Trust's subclassification as a closed-end investment company or changes in its fundamental investment restrictions. See "Anti-Takeover provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust." As a result of these voting rights, the Trust's ability to take any such actions may be impeded to the extent that there are any Preferred Shares outstanding. The board of trustees presently intends that, except as otherwise indicated in this prospectus and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Preferred Shares will have equal voting rights with holders of common shares (one vote per share, unless otherwise required by the Investment Company Act) and will vote together with holders of common shares as a single class.

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, will be required to amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences, rights or powers of holders of Preferred Shares so as to affect materially and adversely such preferences, rights or powers, or to increase or decrease the authorized number of Preferred Shares. The class vote of holders of Preferred Shares described above will in each case be in addition to any other vote required to authorize the action in question.

REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SALE OF PREFERRED SHARES BY THE TRUST

The terms of the Preferred Shares are expected to provide that (1) they are redeemable by the Trust in whole or in part at the original purchase price per share plus accrued dividends per share, (2) the Trust may tender for or purchase Preferred Shares and (3) the Trust may subsequently resell any shares so tendered for or purchased. Any redemption or purchase of Preferred Shares by the Trust will reduce the leverage applicable to the common shares, while any resale of shares by the Trust will increase that leverage.

The discussion above describes the possible offering of Preferred Shares by the Trust. If the board of trustees determines to proceed with such an offering, the terms of the Preferred Shares may be the same as, or different from, the terms described above, subject to applicable law and the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust. The board of trustees, without the approval of the holders of common shares, may authorize an offering of Preferred Shares or may determine not to authorize such an offering, and may fix the terms of the Preferred Shares to be offered.


Anti-Takeover provisions in the Agreement and Declaration of Trust

The Agreement and Declaration of Trust includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Trust or to change the composition of its board of trustees. This could have the effect of depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control over the Trust. Such attempts could have the effect of increasing the expenses of the Trust and disrupting the normal operation of the Trust. The board of trustees is divided into three


46


classes, with the terms of one class expiring at each annual meeting of shareholders. At each annual meeting, one class of trustees is elected to a three-year term. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the board of trustees. A trustee may be removed from office by the action of a majority of the remaining trustees followed by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of the respective trustee.

In addition, the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the Trust's board of trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, to approve, adopt or authorize certain transactions with 5% or greater holders of the outstanding shares of all outstanding classes or series of beneficial interest of the Trust and their associates, unless the transaction has been approved by at least 80% of the trustees, in which case "a majority of the outstanding voting securities" (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. For purposes of these provisions, 5% or greater holder of the outstanding shares of all outstanding classes or series of beneficial interest of the Trust (a "Principal Shareholder") refers to any person who, whether directly or indirectly and whether alone or together with its affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of all outstanding classes or series of beneficial interest of the Trust.

The 5% holder transactions subject to these special approval requirements are:

–>
the merger or consolidation of the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust with or into any Principal Shareholder;

–>
the issuance of any securities of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder for cash;

–>
the sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Trust to any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for the purpose of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period; or

–>
the sale, lease or exchange to the Trust or any subsidiary of the Trust, in exchange for securities of the Trust, of any assets of any Principal Shareholder, except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than 2% of the total assets of the Trust, aggregating for purposes of such computation all assets sold, leased or exchanged in any series of similar transactions within a twelve-month period.

To convert the Trust to an open-end investment company, the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust requires the favorable vote of a majority of the board of the trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of shares of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such amendment has been approved by at least 80% of the trustees, in which case "a majority of the outstanding voting securities" (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required. The foregoing vote would satisfy a separate requirement in the Investment Company Act that any conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company be approved by the shareholders. If approved in the foregoing manner, conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company could not occur until 90 days after the shareholders' meeting at which such conversion was approved and would also require at least 30 days' prior notice to all shareholders. Conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company would require the redemption of any outstanding Preferred Shares, which could eliminate or alter the leveraged capital structure of the Trust with respect to the common shares. Following any such conversion, it is also possible that certain of the Trust's investment policies and strategies would have to be modified to assure sufficient portfolio liquidity. In the event of conversion, the common shares would cease to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange or other national securities exchanges or market systems.


47


Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time, except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the Investment Company Act, at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of a redemption. The Trust expects to pay all such redemption requests in cash, but reserves the right to pay redemption requests in a combination of cash or securities. If such partial payment in securities were made, investors may incur brokerage costs in converting such securities to cash. If the Trust were converted to an open-end fund, it is likely that new shares would be sold at net asset value plus a sales load. The board of trustees believes, however, that the closed-end structure is desirable in light of the Trust's investment objectives and policies. Therefore, you should assume that it is not likely that the board of trustees would vote to convert the Trust to an open-end fund.

To liquidate the Trust, the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, requires the favorable vote of a majority of the board of trustees followed by the favorable vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of each affected class or series of the Trust, voting separately as a class or series, unless such amendment has been approved by at least 80% of trustees, in which case "a majority of the outstanding voting securities" (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust shall be required.

For the purposes of calculating "a majority of the outstanding voting securities" under the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, each class and series of the Trust shall vote together as a single class, except to the extent required by the Investment Company Act or the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust with respect to any class or series of shares. If a separate vote is required, the applicable proportion of shares of the class or series, voting as a separate class or series, also will be required.

The board of trustees has determined that provisions with respect to the board of trustees and the shareholder voting requirements described above, which voting requirements are greater than the minimum requirements under Delaware law or the Investment Company Act, are in the best interest of shareholders generally. Reference should be made to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the full text of these provisions.


Closed-end fund structure

The Trust is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company (commonly referred to as a closed-end fund). Closed-end funds differ from open-end funds (which are generally referred to as mutual funds) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a stock exchange and do not redeem their shares at the request of the shareholder. This means that if you wish to sell your shares of a closed-end fund you must trade them on the market like any other stock at the prevailing market price at that time. In a mutual fund, if the shareholder wishes to sell shares of the fund, the mutual fund will redeem or buy back the shares at "net asset value." Also, mutual funds generally offer new shares on a continuous basis to new investors, and closed-end funds generally do not. The continuous inflows and outflows of assets in a mutual fund can make it difficult to manage the fund's investments. By comparison, closed-end funds are generally able to stay more fully invested in securities that are consistent with their investment objectives, and also have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments, and to use certain investment strategies, such as financial leverage and investments in illiquid securities.

Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a discount to their net asset value. Because of this possibility and the recognition that any such discount may not be in the interest of shareholders, the Trust's board of trustees might consider from time to time engaging in open-market repurchases, tender offers for shares or other programs intended to reduce the discount. We cannot guarantee or assure,


48


however, that the Trust's board of trustees will decide to engage in any of these actions. Nor is there any guarantee or assurance that such actions, if undertaken, would result in the shares trading at a price equal or close to net asset value per share. The board of trustees might also consider converting the Trust to an open-end mutual fund, which would also require a vote of the shareholders of the Trust.


Repurchase of shares

Shares of closed-end investment companies often trade at a discount to their net asset values, and the Trust's common shares may also trade at a discount to their net asset value, although it is possible that they may trade at a premium above net asset value. The market price of the Trust's common shares will be determined by such factors as relative demand for and supply of such common shares in the market, the Trust's net asset value, general market and economic conditions and other factors beyond the control of the Trust. See "Net asset value." Although the Trust's common shareholders will not have the right to redeem their common shares, the Trust may take action to repurchase common shares in the open market or make tender offers for its common shares. This may have the effect of reducing any market discount from net asset value.

There is no assurance that, if action is undertaken to repurchase or tender for common shares, such action will result in the common shares trading at a price which approximates their net asset value. Although share repurchases and tenders could have a favorable effect on the market price of the Trust's common shares, you should be aware that the acquisition of common shares by the Trust will decrease the total net assets of the Trust and, therefore, may have the effect of increasing the Trust's expense ratio and decreasing the asset coverage with respect to any Preferred Shares outstanding. Any share repurchases or tender offers will be made in accordance with requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Investment Company Act and the principal stock exchange on which the common shares are traded.


Federal income tax matters

The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Trust and its shareholders. The discussion reflects applicable tax laws of the United States as of the date of this prospectus, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") retroactively or prospectively. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting the Trust and its shareholders (including shareholders who hold large positions in the Trust) and the discussion set forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors to determine the tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.

The Trust intends to elect and to qualify for special tax treatment afforded to a regulated investment company under subchapter M of the Code. As long as it so qualifies, in any taxable year in which it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its (i) investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest, the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses and other taxable income other than net capital gain (which consists of the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss) reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and (ii) its net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions) the Trust (but not its shareholders) will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax to the extent that it distributes its investment company taxable income and net realized capital gains. The Trust intends to distribute substantially all of such income.


49


Dividends paid by the Trust from its ordinary income or from an excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses (together referred to hereinafter as "ordinary income dividends") are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income to the extent of the Trust's earning and profits. Due to the Trust's expected investments, in general, distributions will not be eligible for a dividends received deduction allowed to corporations and will not qualify for the reduced rate on qualified dividend income allowed to individuals. Distributions made from an excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses ("capital gain dividends"), including capital gain dividends credited to a shareholder but retained by the Trust, are taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gains, regardless of the length of time the shareholder has owned Trust shares. The maximum tax rate on net long-term capital gain of individuals is reduced generally from 20% to 15% (5% for individuals in lower brackets) for such gain realized on or after May 6, 2003 and before January 1, 2009. Distributions in excess of the Trust's earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax basis of a holder's shares and, after such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gains to such holder (assuming the shares are held as a capital asset). Generally, not later than 60 days after the close of its taxable year, the Trust will provide its shareholders with a written notice designating the amount of any qualified dividend income, if any, or capital gain dividends and other distributions.

The sale or other disposition of common shares of the Trust will generally result in capital gain or loss to shareholders. Any loss upon the sale or exchange of Trust shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed capital gain dividend) by the shareholder. A loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of the Trust will be disallowed if substantially identical shares are acquired (whether through the automatic reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date that the shares are disposed of. In such case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Present law taxes both long-term and short-term capital gains of corporations at the rates applicable to ordinary income. For non-corporate taxpayers, short-term capital gains will currently be taxed at the maximum rate of tax applicable to ordinary income while long-term capital gains generally will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%.

Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to shareholders even though they are reinvested in additional shares of the Trust. If the Trust pays a dividend in January which was declared in the previous October, November or December to shareholders of record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend will be treated for tax purposes as being paid by the Trust and received by its shareholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.

The Trust is required in certain circumstances to backup withhold on taxable dividends and certain other payments paid to non-corporate holders of the Trust's shares who do not furnish the Trust with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to a shareholder may be refunded or credited against such shareholder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

THE FOREGOING IS A GENERAL AND ABBREVIATED SUMMARY OF THE PROVISIONS OF THE CODE AND THE TREASURY REGULATIONS IN EFFECT AS THEY DIRECTLY GOVERN THE TAXATION OF THE TRUST AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS. THESE PROVISIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE BY LEGISLATIVE OR ADMINISTRATIVE ACTION, AND ANY SUCH CHANGE MAY BE RETROACTIVE. A MORE COMPLETE DISCUSSION OF THE TAX RULES APPLICABLE TO THE TRUST CAN BE FOUND IN THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION WHICH IS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO THIS PROSPECTUS. SHAREHOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING SPECIFIC QUESTIONS AS TO U.S. FEDERAL, FOREIGN, STATE, LOCAL INCOME OR OTHER TAXES.


50



Underwriting

The Underwriters named below, acting through UBS Securities LLC, 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York, as lead manager, and as their representatives (together with the lead manager, the "Representatives"), have severally agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of an underwriting agreement with the Trust, BlackRock Advisors and BlackRock Financial Management (the "Underwriting Agreement"), to purchase from the Trust the number of common shares set forth opposite their respective names. The Underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all of such common shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if any are purchased.

Underwriters

  Number of
Common Shares


UBS Securities LLC    
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated    
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC    
RBC Capital Markets Corporation    
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC    
Ryan Beck & Co., Inc.    
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc.    
   
Total    
   

The Trust has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an additional              common shares to cover over-allotments, if any, at the initial offering price per common share minus the commission described in the following paragraph. The Underwriters may exercise such option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments incurred in the sale of the common shares offered hereby. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise this option, each of the Underwriters will have a firm commitment, subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, to purchase an additional number of common shares proportionate to such Underwriter's initial commitment.

The Trust has agreed to pay a commission to the Underwriters in the amount of up to $0.90 per Common Share (4.5% of the public offering price per common share). The Representatives have advised the Trust that the Underwriters may pay up to $         per common share from such commission to selected dealers who sell the common shares and that such dealers may reallow a concession of up to $         per common share to certain other dealers who sell shares. Investors must pay for any common shares purchased on or before                           , 2004.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public or private market for the common shares or any other securities of the Trust. Consequently, the offering price for the common shares was determined by negotiation among the Trust, BlackRock and the Representatives. There can be no assurance, however, that the price at which common shares sell after this offering will not be lower than the price at which they are sold by the Underwriters or that an active trading market in the common shares will develop and continue after this offering. The minimum investment requirement is 100 common shares.

The Trust, BlackRock Advisors and BlackRock Financial Management have each agreed to indemnify the several Underwriters for or to contribute to the losses arising out of certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

The Trust has agreed not to offer, sell or register with the Securities and Exchange Commission any equity securities of the Trust, other than issuances of common shares and issuances in connection with


51


any offering of Preferred Shares, each as contemplated in this prospectus, for a period of 180 days after the date of the Underwriting Agreement without the prior written consent of the Representatives.

The Representatives have informed the Trust that the Underwriters do not intend to confirm any sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

In connection with this offering, the Underwriters may purchase and sell common shares in the open market. These transactions may include over-allotment and stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover syndicate short positions created in connection with this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common shares and syndicate short positions involve the sale by the Underwriters of a greater number of common shares than they are required to purchase from the Trust in this offering. The Underwriters also may impose a penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers in respect of the common shares sold in this offering for their account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such common shares are repurchased by the syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. These activities may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common shares, which may be higher than the price that might otherwise prevail in the open market; and these activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time without notice. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise.

The Trust anticipates that the Representatives and certain other Underwriters may from time to time act as brokers and dealers in connection with the execution of its portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be Underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as such brokers while they are Underwriters.

In connection with this offering, certain of the Underwriters or selected dealers may distribute prospectuses electronically.

BlackRock Advisors has agreed to pay Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch") additional compensation payable quarterly from BlackRock's own assets at an annual rate of 0.15% of the Trust's Managed Assets attributable to common shares sold in this offering other than common shares sold by UBS Securities LLC. In consideration for such payment, Merrill Lynch has agreed to provide, upon request, certain informational services on an ongoing basis. Such payments will continue to be payable so long as the Investment Management Agreement remains in effect between the Trust and BlackRock or any successor in interest or affiliate of BlackRock and as to the extent that such Investment Management Agreement is renewed periodically in accordance with the Investment Company Act. The sum of the additional compensation payable to Merrill Lynch will not exceed    % of the aggregate initial offering price of the common shares offered hereby.

As described below under "Shareholder servicing agent, custodian and transfer agent," UBS Securities LLC will provide shareholder services to the Trust pursuant to a shareholder servicing agreement with BlackRock.

Compensation received by Merrill Lynch pursuant to the Additional Compensation Agreement and compensation received by UBS Securities LLC pursuant to the Shareholder Servicing Agreement and the amount of certain underwriter fees together will not exceed 4.5% of the aggregate initial offering price of the common shares offered hereby, and the total compensation received by the Underwriters will not exceed 9.0% of the aggregate initial offering price of the common shares offered hereby.

J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc., one of the Underwriters, is an affiliate of BlackRock.


52



Shareholder servicing agent, custodian and transfer agent

BlackRock Advisors (and not the Trust) has agreed to pay from its own assets to UBS Securities LLC a shareholder servicing fee (the "Shareholder Servicing Fee") at an annual rate of 0.10% of the Managed Assets of the Trust attributable to common shares sold in the offering other than common shares sold by Merrill Lynch pursuant to a shareholder servicing agreement between BlackRock Advisors and UBS Securities LLC (the "Shareholder Servicing Agreement"). The sum of the payments payable to UBS Securities LLC under the Shareholder Servicing Agreement will not exceed    % of the aggregate initial offering price of the common shares offered hereby. Pursuant to the Shareholder Servicing Agreement, UBS Securities LLC will: (i) at the request of and as specified by BlackRock, undertake to make public information pertaining to the Trust on an ongoing basis and to communicate to investors and prospective investors the Trust's features and benefits (including periodic seminars or conference calls, responses to questions from current or prospective shareholders and specific shareholder contact where appropriate) provided that services shall not include customary market research information provided by UBS Securities LLC or its registered broker-dealer affiliates in the ordinary course of their business; (ii) at the request of and as specified by BlackRock, make available to investors and prospective investors market price, net asset value, yield and other information regarding the Trust, if reasonably obtainable, for the purpose of maintaining the visibility of the Trust in the investor community; (iii) at the request of BlackRock or the Trust, provide certain economic research and statistical information and reports, if reasonably obtainable, on behalf of the Trust, and consult with representatives and trustees of the Trust in connection therewith, which information and reports shall include (a) statistical and financial market information with respect to the Trust's market performance and (b) comparative information regarding the Trust and other closed-end management investment companies with respect to (1) the net asset value of their respective shares, (2) the respective market performance of the Trust and such other companies and (3) other relevant performance indicators; and (iv) at the request of BlackRock or the Trust, provide information to and consult with the board of trustees with respect to applicable modifications to dividend policies or capital structure, repositioning or restructuring of the Trust, conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company or a Trust liquidation or merger; provided, however, that under the terms of the Shareholder Servicing Agreement, UBS Securities LLC is not obligated to render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services. Under the terms of the Shareholder Servicing Agreement, UBS Securities LLC is relieved from liability to BlackRock or the Trust for any act or omission in the course of its performances under the Shareholder Servicing Agreement in the absence of bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Shareholder Servicing Agreement will continue so long as the investment management agreement remains in effect between the Trust and BlackRock, or any successor in interest or affiliate of BlackRock as and to the extent that such investment management agreement is renewed periodically in accordance with the Investment Company Act.

The Custodian of the assets of the Trust is State Street Bank and Trust Company N.A., 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. The Custodian performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services. EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, will serve as the Trust's Transfer Agent with respect to the common shares.


Legal opinions

Certain legal matters in connection with the common shares will be passed upon for the Trust by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York, and for the Underwriters by Clifford Chance US LLP, New York, New York. Clifford Chance US LLP may rely as to certain matters of Delaware law on the opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP.


53

Table of contents for the
Statement of Additional Information

  Page

Use of Proceeds   B-2
Investment Objectives and Policies   B-2
Investment Policies and Techniques   B-3
Other Investment Policies and Techniques   B-17
Management of the Trust   B-20
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage   B-29
Description of Shares   B-31
Repurchase of Common Shares   B-31
Tax Matters   B-33
Experts   B-36
Additional Information   B-36
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-1
Financial Statements   F-2
APPENDIX A    Ratings of Investments   A-1
APPENDIX B    General Characteristics and Risks of Strategic Transactions   B-1
APPENDIX C    Proxy Voting Procedures   C-1


Privacy principles of the Trust

The Trust is committed to maintaining the privacy of its shareholders and to safeguarding their non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what personal information the Trust collects, how the Trust protects that information and why, in certain cases, the Trust may share information with select other parties.

Generally, the Trust does not receive any non-public personal information relating to its shareholders, although certain non-public personal information of its shareholders may become available to the Trust. The Trust does not disclose any non-public personal information about its shareholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in order to service shareholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party administrator).

The Trust restricts access to non-public personal information about its shareholders to employees of the Trust's investment advisor and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for the information. The Trust maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to protect the non-public personal information of its shareholders.


54

GRAPHIC


STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust (the "Trust") is a diversified, closed-end management investment company with no operating history. This Statement of Additional Information relating to common shares does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the prospectus relating thereto dated,             2004. This Statement of Additional Information, which is not a prospectus, does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing common shares, and investors should obtain and read the prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling (888) 825-2257. You may also obtain a copy of the prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission's web site (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Additional Information have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

Use of Proceeds   B-2
Investment Objectives and Policies   B-2
Investment Policies and Techniques   B-3
Other Investment Policies and Techniques   B-17
Management of the Trust   B-20
Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage   B-29
Description of Shares   B-31
Repurchase of Common Shares   B-31
Tax Matters   B-33
Experts   B-36
Additional Information   B-36
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-1
Financial Statements   F-2
APPENDIX A    Ratings of Investments   A-1
APPENDIX B    General Characteristics and Risks of Strategic Transactions   B-1
APPENDIX C    Proxy Voting Procedures   C-1

This Statement of Additional Information is dated            , 2004.

B-1



USE OF PROCEEDS

        Pending investment in securities that meet the Trust's investment objectives and policies, the net proceeds of this offering will be invested in short-term debt securities of the type described under "Investment Policies and Techniques—Short-Term Debt Securities." We currently anticipate that the Trust will be able to invest primarily in securities that meet the Trust's investment objectives and policies within approximately three to six months after the completion of this offering.


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

        The Trust's investment objective is to provide a high level of current income. The Trust, as a secondary objective, also seeks the preservation of capital to the extent consistent with its primary objective of high current income. The Trust attempts to achieve its objectives by investing primarily in Senior Loans and Variable Debt.

Investment Restrictions

        Except as described below, the Trust, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of majority of the outstanding common shares and any preferred shares, if any, voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred shares, if any, voting as a separate class:

B-2


        When used with respect to particular shares of the Trust, "majority of the outstanding" means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the shares, whichever is less.

        The Trust is also subject to the following non-fundamental restrictions and policies, which may be changed by the board of trustees. The Trust may not:

        In addition, to comply with federal tax requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company, the Trust's investments will be limited in a manner such that at the close of each quarter of each taxable year, (a) no more than 25% of the value of the Trust's total assets are invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer or two or more issuers controlled by the Trust and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses and (b) with regard to at least 50% of the Trust's total assets, no more than 5% of its total assets are invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of a single issuer and no investment represents more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer. These tax-related limitations may be changed by the trustees to the extent appropriate in light of changes to applicable tax requirements.

        The percentage limitations applicable to the Trust's portfolio described in this statement of additional information and the prospectus apply only at the time of investment and the Trust will not be required to sell securities due to subsequent changes in the value of securities it owns.


INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

        The following information supplements the discussion of the Trust's investment objectives, policies and techniques that are described in the prospectus.

B-3



Short-Term Debt Securities

        For temporary defensive proposes or to keep cash on hand, the Trust may invest up to 100% of its Managed Assets in cash equivalents and short-term debt securities. Short-term debt investments are defined to include, without limitation, the following:

B-4


Non-Investment Grade Securities

        The Trust may invest in securities rated below investment grade such as those rated Ba or below by Moody's or BB or below by S&P or Fitch or securities comparably rated by other rating agencies or in unrated securities determined by BlackRock to be of comparable quality. Securities rated Ba and below by Moody's and Fitch are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured and often the protection of interest and principle payments may be very moderate. Securities rated BB by S&P are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics and, while such obligations have less near-term vulnerability to default than other speculative grade debt, they face major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments. Securities rated C are regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing. Securities rated D are in default and the payment of interest and/or repayment of principal is in arrears.

        Lower grade securities, though high yielding, are characterized by high risk. They may be subject to certain risks with respect to the issuing entity and to greater market fluctuations than certain lower yielding, higher rated securities. The retail secondary market for lower grade securities may be less liquid than that of higher rated securities; adverse conditions could make it difficult at times for the Trust to sell certain securities or could result in lower prices than those used in calculating the Trust's net asset value.

        The prices of debt securities generally are inversely related to interest rate changes; however, the price volatility caused by fluctuating interest rates of securities also is inversely related to the coupons of such securities. Accordingly, below investment grade securities may be relatively less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher quality securities of comparable maturity because of their higher coupon. This higher coupon is what the investor receives in return for bearing greater credit risk. The higher credit risk associated with below investment grade securities potentially can have a greater effect on the value of such securities than may be the case with higher quality issues of comparable maturity.

        Lower grade securities may be particularly susceptible to economic downturns. It is likely that an economic recession could severely disrupt the market for such securities and may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities. In addition, it is likely that any such economic downturn could adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principle and pay interest thereon and increase the incidence of default for such securities.

        The ratings of Moody's, S&P and other rating agencies represent their opinions as to the quality of the obligations which they undertake to rate. Ratings are relative and subjective and, although ratings may be useful in evaluating the safety of interest and principle payments, they do not evaluate the market value risk of such obligations. Although these ratings may be an initial criterion for selection of portfolio investments, BlackRock also will independently evaluate these securities and the ability for the issuers of such securities to pay interest and principal. To the extent that the Trust invests in lower grade securities that have not been rated by a rating agency, the Trust's ability to achieve its investment objectives will be more dependent on BlackRock's credit analysis than would be the case when the Trust invests in rated securities.

B-5



Mortgage-Related and Asset-Backed Securities

        Mortgage-related securities ("Mortgage-Related Securities") are a form of derivative collateralized by pools of commercial or residential mortgages. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. These securities may include complex instruments such as collateralized mortgage obligations, stripped mortgage-backed securities, mortgage pass-through securities, interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits ("REMICs"), real estate investment trusts ("REITs"), including debt and preferred stock issued by REITs, as well as other real estate-related securities. The Mortgage-Related Securities in which the Trust may invest include those with fixed, floating or variable interest rates, those with interest rates that change based on multiples of changes in a specified index of interest rates and those with interest rates that change inversely to changes in interest rates, as well as those that do not bear interest. Although the Trust may invest in residential and commercial Mortgage-Related Securities issued by governmental entities and private issuers, the Trust expects that most of such investments will be limited to commercial mortgage-backed securities ("CMBS"), in which the Trust will not invest more than 15% of its Managed Assets.

        Commercial Mortgage-Related Securities.     CMBS generally are multi-class debt or pass-through certificates secured or backed by mortgage loans on commercial properties. CMBS generally are structured to provide protection to the senior class investors against potential losses on the underlying mortgage loans. This protection generally is provided by having the holders of subordinated classes of securities ("Subordinated CMBS") take the first loss if there are defaults on the underlying commercial mortgage loans. Other protection, which may benefit all of the classes or particular classes, may include issuer guarantees, reserve funds, additional Subordinated CMBS, cross-collateralization and over-collateralization.

        The Trust may invest in Subordinated CMBS issued or sponsored by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Subordinated CMBS have no governmental guarantee, and are subordinated in some manner as to the payment of principal and/or interest to the holders of more senior Mortgage-Related Securities arising out of the same pool of mortgages. The holders of Subordinated CMBS typically are compensated with a higher stated yield than are the holders of more senior Mortgage-Related Securities. On the other hand, Subordinated CMBS typically subject the holder to greater risk than senior CMBS and tend to be rated in a lower rating category, and frequently a substantially lower rating category, than the senior CMBS issued in respect of the same mortgage pool. Subordinated CMBS generally are likely to be more sensitive to changes in prepayment and interest rates and the market for such securities may be less liquid than is the case for traditional fixed-income securities and senior Mortgage-Related Securities.

        The market for CMBS developed more recently and in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family Mortgage-Related Securities. In addition, commercial lending generally is viewed as exposing the lender to a greater risk of loss than one-to-four family residential lending. Commercial lending, for example, typically involves larger loans to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers than residential one-to-four family mortgage loans. In addition, the repayment of loans secured by income producing properties typically is dependent upon the successful operation of the related real estate project and the cash flow generated therefrom. Consequently, adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances are more likely to have an adverse impact on Mortgage-Related Securities secured by loans on commercial properties than on those secured by loans on residential properties.

        Asset-Backed Securities.     Asset-backed securities ("Asset-Backed Securities") are a form of derivative securities. The securitization techniques used for Asset-Backed Securities are similar to those used for Mortgage-Related Securities. The collateral for these securities may include home equity

B-6



loans, automobile and credit card receivables, boat loans, computer leases, airplane leases, mobile home loans, recreational vehicle loans and hospital account receivables. The Trust may invest in these and other types of Asset-Backed Securities that may be developed in the future. Asset-Backed Securities present certain risks that are not presented by Mortgage-Related Securities. Primarily, these securities may provide the Trust with a less effective security interest in the related collateral than do Mortgage-Related Securities. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on the underlying collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.

        Government Agency Securities.     Mortgage-Related Securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA") include GNMA Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as "Ginnie Maes") which are guaranteed as to the timely payment of principal and interest by GNMA and such guarantee is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. GNMA is a wholly-owned U.S. Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA certificates also are supported by the authority of GNMA to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury to make payments under its guarantee.

        Government-Related Securities.     Mortgage-Related Securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") include FNMA Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates (also known as "Fannie Maes") which are solely the obligations of FNMA and are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the United States. FNMA is a government-sponsored organization owned entirely by private shareholders. Fannie Maes are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA. Mortgage-Related Securities issued by the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC") include FHLMC Mortgage Participation Certificates (also known as "Freddie Macs" or "PCs"). FHLMC is a corporate instrumentality of the United States created pursuant to an Act of Congress, which is owned entirely by Federal Home Loan Banks. Freddie Macs are not guaranteed by the United States or by any Federal Home Loan Bank and do not constitute a debt or obligation of the United States or of any Federal Home Loan Bank. Freddie Macs entitle the holder to timely payment of interest, which is guaranteed by FHLMC. FHLMC guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments on the underlying mortgage loans. When FHLMC does not guarantee timely payment of principal, FHLMC may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable.

        Private Entity Securities.     These Mortgage-Related Securities are issued by commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, private mortgage insurance companies and other non-governmental issuers. Timely payment of principal and interest on Mortgage-Related Securities backed by pools created by non-governmental issuers often is supported partially by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance. The insurance and guarantees are issued by government entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or mortgage poolers can meet their obligations under the policies, so that if the issuers default on their obligations the holders of the security could sustain a loss. No insurance or guarantee covers the Trust or the price of the Trust's shares. Mortgage-Related Securities issued by non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government-agency and government-related securities because there are no direct or indirect government guarantees of payment.

        Collateralized Mortgage Obligations ("CMOS").     A CMO is a multi-class bond backed by a pool of mortgage pass-through certificates or mortgage loans. CMOs may be collateralized by (a) Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, or Freddie Mac pass-through certificates, (b) unsecuritized mortgage loans insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans' Affairs, (c) unsecuritized conventional mortgages, (d) other mortgage-related securities, or (e) any combination thereof. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a "tranche," is issued at a specific coupon rate and

B-7



has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on collateral underlying a CMO may cause it to be retired substantially earlier than the stated maturities or final distribution dates. The principal and interest on the underlying mortgages may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in many ways. One or more tranches of a CMO may have coupon rates which reset periodically at a specified increment over an index, such as the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") (or sometimes more than one index). These floating rate CMOs typically are issued with lifetime caps on the coupon rate thereon. The Trust also may invest in inverse floating rate CMOs. Inverse floating rate CMOs constitute a tranche of a CMO with a coupon rate that moves in the reverse direction to an applicable index such as LIBOR. Accordingly, the coupon rate thereon will increase as interest rates decrease. Inverse floating rate CMOs are typically more volatile than fixed or floating rate tranches of CMOs. Many inverse floating rate CMOs have coupons that move inversely to a multiple of the applicable indexes. The effect of the coupon varying inversely to a multiple of an applicable index creates a leverage factor. Inverse floaters based on multiples of a stated index are designed to be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and can subject the holders thereof to extreme reductions of yield and loss of principal. The markets for inverse floating rate CMOs with highly leveraged characteristics at times may be very thin. The Trust does not currently anticipate that inverse floaters will be a significant portion of its investment programs (i.e. no more than 5% of its Managed Assets). The Trust's ability to dispose of its positions in such securities will depend on the degree of liquidity in the markets for such securities. It is impossible to predict the amount of trading interest that may exist in such securities, and therefore the future degree of liquidity.

        Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities.     The Trust also may invest in stripped mortgage-backed securities ("Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities"). Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities are created by segregating the cash flows from underlying mortgage loans or mortgage securities to create two or more new securities, each with a specified percentage of the underlying security's principal or interest payments. Mortgage securities may be partially stripped so that each investor class receives some interest and some principal. When securities are completely stripped, however, all of the interest is distributed to holders of one type of security, known as an interest-only security, or IO, and all of the principal is distributed to holders of another type of security known as a principal-only security, or PO. Strips can be created in a pass-through structure or as tranches of a CMO. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are very sensitive to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Trust may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying mortgage assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be materially and adversely affected.

        Real Estate Investment Trusts.     A REIT is a corporation, or a business trust that would otherwise be taxed as a corporation, which meets the definitional requirements of the Code. The Code permits a qualifying REIT to deduct dividends paid, thereby effectively eliminating corporate level federal income tax and making the REIT a pass-through vehicle for federal income tax purposes. To meet the definitional requirements of the Code, a REIT must, among other things, invest substantially all of its assets in interests in real estate (including mortgages and other REITs) or cash and government securities, derive most of its income from rents from real property or interest on loans secured by mortgages on real property, and distribute to shareholders annually a substantial portion of its otherwise taxable income. REITs are characterized as equity REITs, mortgage REITs and hybrid REITs. Equity REITs, which may include operating or finance companies, own real estate directly and the value of, and income earned by, the REITs depends upon the income of the underlying properties and the rental income they earn. Equity REITs also can realize capital gains (or losses) by selling properties that have appreciated (or depreciated) in value. Mortgage REITs can make construction, development or long term mortgage loans and are sensitive to the credit quality of the borrower. Mortgage REITs derive their income from interest payments on such loans. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgage REITs, generally by holding both ownership interests and

B-8



mortgage interests in real estate. The value of securities issued by REITs are affected by tax and regulatory requirements and by perceptions of management skill. They also are subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers or tenants, self- liquidation and the possibility of failing to qualify for REIT status under the Code or to maintain exemption from the Investment Company Act.

        Other Mortgage-Related Securities.     Other mortgage-related securities include securities other than those described above that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property, including CMO residuals. Other mortgage-related securities may be equity or debt securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, partnerships, trusts and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

Senior Loans

        A Senior Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the "Agent") for a group of loan investors ("Loan Investors"). The Agent typically administers and enforces the Senior Loan on behalf of the other Loan Investors in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Loan Investors.

        Senior Loans primarily include senior floating rate loans to corporations and secondarily institutionally traded senior floating rate debt obligations issued by an asset-backed pool, and interests therein. Loan interests primarily take the form of assignments purchased in the primary or secondary market. Loan interests may also take the form of participation interests in a Senior Loan. Such loan interests may be acquired from U.S. or foreign commercial banks, insurance companies, finance companies or other financial institutions who have made loans or are Loan Investors or from other investors in loan interests.

        The Trust may purchase "Assignments" from the Agent or other Loan Investors. The purchaser of an Assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the Loan Agreement (as defined herein) of the assigning Loan Investor and becomes a Loan Investor under the Loan Agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning Loan Investor. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Loan Investor.

        The Trust also may invest in "Participations." Participations by the Trust in a Loan Investor's portion of a Senior Loan typically will result in the Trust having a contractual relationship only with such Loan Investor, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Trust may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Loan Investor selling the Participation and only upon receipt by such Loan Investor of such payments from the Borrower. In connection with purchasing Participations, the Trust generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, nor any rights with respect to any funds acquired by other Loan Investors through set-off against the Borrower and the Trust may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the Senior Loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, the Trust may assume the credit risk of both the Borrower and the Loan Investor selling the Participation. In the event of the insolvency of the Loan Investor selling a Participation, the Trust may be treated as a general creditor of such Loan Investor. The selling Loan Investors and other persons interpositioned between such Loan Investors and the Trust with respect to such Participations will likely conduct their principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. Persons engaged in such industries may be more susceptible to, among other things, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the Federal Open Market Committee's monetary policy, governmental

B-9



regulations concerning such industries and concerning capital raising activities generally and fluctuations in the financial markets generally.

        The Trust will only acquire Participations if the Loan Investor selling the Participation, and any other persons interpositioned between the Trust and the Loan Investor, at the time of investment has outstanding debt or deposit obligations rated investment grade (BBB or A-3 or higher by S&P or Baa or P-3 or higher by Moody's or comparably rated by another nationally recognized rating agency) or determined by BlackRock to be of comparable quality. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more pronounced. Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, the Trust bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.

        In order to borrow money pursuant to a Senior Loan, a Borrower will frequently, for the term of the Senior Loan, pledge collateral, including but not limited to, (i) working capital assets, such as accounts receivable and inventory; (ii) tangible fixed assets, such as real property, buildings and equipment; (iii) intangible assets, such as trademarks and patent rights (but excluding goodwill); and (iv) security interests in shares of stock of subsidiaries or affiliates. In the case of Senior Loans made to non-public companies, the company's shareholders or owners may provide collateral in the form of secured guarantees and/or security interests in assets that they own. In many instances, a Senior Loan may be secured only by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries. Collateral may consist of assets that may not be readily liquidated, and there is no assurance that the liquidation of such assets would satisfy fully a Borrower's obligations under a Senior Loan.

        In the process of buying, selling and holding Senior Loans, the Trust may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, amendment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When the Trust buys a Senior Loan it may receive a facility fee and when it sells a Senior Loan it may pay a facility fee. On an ongoing basis, the Trust may receive a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the underlying line of credit portion of a Senior Loan. In certain circumstances, the Trust may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon the prepayment of a Senior Loan by a Borrower. Other fees received by the Trust may include covenant waiver fees and covenant modification fees.

        A Borrower must comply with various restrictive covenants contained in a loan agreement or note purchase agreement between the Borrower and the holders of the Senior Loan (the "Loan Agreement"). Such covenants, in addition to requiring the scheduled payment of interest and principal, may include restrictions on dividend payments and other distributions to stockholders, provisions requiring the Borrower to maintain specific minimum financial ratios, and limits on total debt. In addition, the Loan Agreement may contain a covenant requiring the Borrower to prepay the Loan with any free cash flow. Free cash flow is generally defined as net cash flow after scheduled debt service payments and permitted capital expenditures, and includes the proceeds from asset dispositions or sales of securities. A breach of a covenant which is not waived by the Agent, or by the Loan Investors directly, as the case may be, is normally an event of acceleration; i.e. , the Agent, or the Loan Investors directly, as the case may be, has the right to call the outstanding Senior Loan. The typical practice of an Agent or a Loan Investor in relying exclusively or primarily on reports from the Borrower to monitor the Borrower's compliance with covenants may involve a risk of fraud by the Borrower. In the case of a Senior Loan in the form of a Participation, the agreement between the buyer and seller may limit the rights of the holder to vote on certain changes which may be made to the Loan Agreement, such as waiving a breach of a covenant. However, the holder of the Participation will, in almost all cases, have the right to vote on certain fundamental issues such as changes in principal amount, payment dates and interest rate.

B-10



        In a typical Senior Loan the Agent administers the terms of the Loan Agreement. In such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the Borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the Loan Agreement. The Trust will generally rely upon the Agent or an intermediate participant to receive and forward to the Trust its portion of the principal and interest payments on the Senior Loan. Furthermore, unless under the terms of a Participation Agreement the Trust has direct recourse against the Borrower, the Trust will rely on the Agent and the other Loan Investors to use appropriate credit remedies against the Borrower. The Agent is typically responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the Loan Agreement based upon reports prepared by the Borrower. The seller of the Senior Loan usually does, but is often not obligated to, notify holders of Senior Loans of any failures of compliance. The Agent may monitor the value of the collateral and, if the value of the collateral declines, may accelerate the Senior Loan, may give the Borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the participants in the Senior Loan. The Agent is compensated by the Borrower for providing these services under a Loan Agreement, and such compensation may include special fees paid upon structuring and funding the Senior Loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis. With respect to Senior Loans for which the Agent does not perform such administrative and enforcement functions, the Trust will perform such tasks on its own behalf, although a collateral bank will typically hold any collateral on behalf of the Trust and the other Loan Investors pursuant to the applicable Loan Agreement.

        A financial institution's appointment as Agent may usually be terminated in the event that it fails to observe the requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") receivership, or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy proceedings. A successor Agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the Loan Agreement should remain available to holders of Senior Loans. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of the Trust were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent's general creditors, the Trust might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Senior Loan, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving intermediate participants similar risks may arise.

        Senior Loans will usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the Senior Loan from free cash flow, as defined above. The degree to which Borrowers prepay Senior Loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the Borrower and competitive conditions among Loan Investors, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Trust derives interest income will be reduced. However, the Trust may receive both a prepayment penalty fee from the prepaying Borrower and a facility fee upon the purchase of a new Senior Loan with the proceeds from the prepayment of the former. Prepayments generally will not materially affect the Trust's performance because the Trust typically is able to reinvest prepayments in other Senior Loans that have similar yields and because receipt of such fees may mitigate any adverse impact on the Trust's yield.

        From time to time BlackRock and its affiliates may borrow money from various banks in connection with their business activities. Such banks may also sell interests in Senior Loans to or acquire them from the Trust or may be intermediate participants with respect to Senior Loans in which the Trust owns interests. Such banks may also act as Agents for Senior Loans held by the Trust.

        The Trust may acquire interests in Senior Loans which are designed to provide temporary or "bridge" financing to a Borrower pending the sale of identified assets or the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations. The Trust may also invest in Senior Loans of Borrowers that have obtained bridge loans from other parties. A Borrower's use of bridge loans involves a risk that the Borrower may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the bridge loan, which may impair the Borrower's perceived creditworthiness.

B-11



        The Trust will be subject to the risk that collateral securing a loan will decline in value or have no value. Such a decline, whether as a result of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the Senior Loan to be undercollateralized or unsecured. In most credit agreements there is no formal requirement to pledge additional collateral. In addition, the Trust may invest in Senior Loans guaranteed by, or secured by assets of, shareholders or owners, even if the Senior Loans are not otherwise collateralized by assets of the Borrower; provided, however, that such guarantees are fully secured. There may be temporary periods when the principal asset held by a Borrower is the stock of a related company, which may not legally be pledged to secure a Senior Loan. On occasions when such stock cannot be pledged, the Senior Loan will be temporarily unsecured until the stock can be pledged or is exchanged for or replaced by other assets, which will be pledged as security for the Senior Loan. However, the Borrower's ability to dispose of such securities, other than in connection with such pledge or replacement, will be strictly limited for the protection of the holders of Senior Loans and, indirectly, Senior Loans themselves.

        If a Borrower becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, a court may invalidate the Trust's security interest in the loan collateral or subordinate the Trust's rights under the Senior Loan to the interests of the Borrower's unsecured creditors or cause interest previously paid to be refunded to the Borrower. If a court required interest to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Trust's performance. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a "fraudulent conveyance" claim to the effect that the Borrower did not receive fair consideration for granting the security interest in the loan collateral to the Trust. For Senior Loans made in connection with a highly leveraged transaction, consideration for granting a security interest may be deemed inadequate if the proceeds of the Loan were not received or retained by the Borrower, but were instead paid to other persons (such as shareholders of the Borrower) in an amount which left the Borrower insolvent or without sufficient working capital. There are also other events, such as the failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings, which could lead to the invalidation of the Trust's security interest in loan collateral. If the Trust's security interest in loan collateral is invalidated or the Senior Loan is subordinated to other debt of a Borrower in bankruptcy or other proceedings, the Trust would have substantially lower recovery, and perhaps no recovery on the full amount of the principal and interest due on the Loan.

        The Trust may acquire warrants and other equity securities as part of a unit combining a Senior Loan and equity securities of a Borrower or its affiliates. The acquisition of such equity securities will only be incidental to the Trust's purchase of a Senior Loan. The Trust may also acquire equity securities or debt securities (including non-dollar denominated debt securities) issued in exchange for a Senior Loan or issued in connection with the debt restructuring or reorganization of a Borrower, or if such acquisition, in the judgment of BlackRock, may enhance the value of a Senior Loan or would otherwise be consistent with the Trust's investment policies.

Duration and Risk Management

        Consistent with its investment objectives and policies set forth herein, the Trust may also enter into certain duration and risk management transactions. In particular, the Trust may purchase and sell futures contracts, exchange listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, equity and other indices and futures contracts, forward foreign currency contracts, and may enter into various interest rate transactions (collectively, "Strategic Transactions"). Strategic Transactions may be used to attempt to protect against possible changes in the market value of the Trust's portfolio resulting from fluctuations in the securities markets and changes in interest rates, to protect the Trust's unrealized gains in the value of its portfolio securities, to facilitate the sale of such securities for investment purposes and to establish a position in the securities markets as a temporary substitute for purchasing particular securities. Any or all of these Strategic Transactions may be used at any time. There is no particular strategy that requires use of one technique rather than another. Use of any Strategic

B-12



Transaction is a function of market conditions. The ability of the Trust to use them successfully will depend on BlackRock's ability to predict pertinent market movements as well as sufficient correlation among the instruments, which cannot be assured. The Strategic Transactions that the Trust may use are described below. Although the Trust recognizes it is not likely that it will use certain of these strategies in light of its investment policies, it nevertheless describes them here because the Trust may seek to use these strategies in certain circumstances.

        Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.     In connection with its duration and other risk management strategies, the Trust may also enter into contracts for the purchase or sale for future delivery ("futures contracts") of securities, aggregates of securities or indices or prices thereof, other financial indices and U.S. government debt securities or options on the above. The Trust will engage in such transactions only for bona fide duration, risk management and other portfolio management purposes.

        Forward Foreign Currency Contracts.     The Trust may enter into forward currency contracts to purchase or sell foreign currencies for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars or another foreign currency. A forward currency contract involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days (term) from the date of the forward currency contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time the forward currency contract is entered into. Forward currency contracts are traded directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. The Trust may purchase a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar price of a security denominated in a foreign currency that the Trust intends to acquire. The Trust may sell a forward currency contract to lock in the U.S. dollar equivalent of the proceeds from the anticipated sale of a security or a dividend or interest payment denominated in a foreign currency. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts to shift the Trust's exposure to foreign currency exchange rate changes from one currency to another. For example, if the Trust owns securities denominated in a foreign currency and BlackRock believes that currency will decline relative to another currency, the Trust might enter into a forward currency contract to sell the appropriate amount of the first foreign currency with payment to be made in the second currency. The Trust may also purchase forward currency contracts to enhance income when BlackRock anticipates that the foreign currency will appreciate in value but securities denominated in that currency do not present attractive investment opportunities. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts to hedge against a decline in the value of existing investments denominated in a foreign currency. Such a hedge would tend to offset both positive and negative currency fluctuations, but would not offset changes in security values caused by other factors. The Trust could also hedge the position by entering into a forward currency contract to sell another currency expected to perform similarly to the currency in which the Trust's existing investments are denominated. This type of hedge could offer advantages in terms of cost, yield or efficiency, but may not hedge currency exposure as effectively as a simple hedge into U.S. dollars. This type of hedge may result in losses if the currency used to hedge does not perform similarly to the currency in which the hedged securities are denominated. The Trust may also use forward currency contracts in one currency or a basket of currencies to attempt to hedge against fluctuations in the value of securities denominated in a different currency if BlackRock anticipates that there will be a correlation between the two currencies. The cost to the Trust of engaging in forward currency contracts varies with factors such as the currency involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because forward currency contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved. When the Trust enters into a forward currency contract, it relies on the counterparty to make or take delivery of the underlying currency at the maturity of the contract. Failure by the counterparty to do so would result in the loss of some or all of any expected benefit of the transaction. Secondary markets generally do not exist for forward currency contracts, with the result that closing transactions generally can be made for forward currency contracts only by negotiating directly with the counterparty. Thus, there can be no assurance that the Trust will in fact be able to close out a forward currency contract at a favorable price prior to maturity. In addition, in the

B-13



event of insolvency of the counterparty, the Trust might be unable to close out a forward currency contract. In either event, the Trust would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position, and would continue to be required to maintain a position in securities denominated in the foreign currency or to maintain cash or liquid assets in a segregated account. The precise matching of forward currency contract amounts and the value of the securities involved generally will not be possible because the value of such securities, measured in the foreign currency, will change after the forward currency contract has been established. Thus, the Trust might need to purchase or sell foreign currencies in the spot (cash) market to the extent such foreign currencies are not covered by forward currency contracts. The projection of short term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. The Advisors may also use foreign currency forward contracts as a proxy to hedge the Trust's portfolio against country-specific risks.

        Calls on Securities, Indices and Futures Contracts.     In order to enhance income or reduce fluctuations on net asset value, the Trust may sell or purchase call options ("calls") on securities and indices based upon the prices of futures contracts and debt securities that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the over-the-counter markets. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and obligates the seller to sell, the underlying security, futures contract or index at the exercise price at any time or at a specified time during the option period. All such calls sold by the Trust must be "covered" as long as the call is outstanding ( i.e. , the Trust must own the instrument subject to the call or other securities or assets acceptable for applicable segregation and coverage requirements). A call sold by the Trust exposes the Trust during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security, index or futures contract and may require the Trust to hold an instrument which it might otherwise have sold. The purchase of a call gives the Trust the right to buy a security, futures contract or index at a fixed price. Calls on futures on securities must also be covered by assets or instruments acceptable under applicable segregation and coverage requirements.

        Puts on Securities, Indices and Futures Contracts.     As with calls, the Trust may purchase put options ("puts") that relate to securities (whether or not it holds such securities in its portfolio), indices or futures contracts. For the same purposes, the Trust may also sell puts on securities, indices or futures contracts on such securities if the Trust's contingent obligations on such puts are secured by segregated assets consisting of cash or liquid debt securities having a value not less than the exercise price. The Trust will not sell puts if, as a result, more than 50% of the Trust's total assets would be required to cover its potential obligations under its hedging and other investment transactions. In selling puts, there is a risk that the Trust may be required to buy the underlying security at a price higher than the current market price.

        Interest Rate Transactions.     Among the Strategic Transactions are which the Trust may enter into are interest rate swaps and the purchase or sale of interest rate caps and floors. The Trust expects to enter into these transactions primarily to preserve a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio as a duration management technique or to protect against any increase in the price of securities the Trust anticipates purchasing at a later date. The Trust intends to use these transactions for duration and risk management purposes and not as a speculative investment. The Trust will not sell interest rate caps or floors that it does not own. Interest rate swaps involve the exchange by the Trust with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest, e.g., an exchange of floating rate payments for fixed rate payments with respect to a notional amount of principal. The purchase of an interest rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate cap. The purchase of an interest rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor.

B-14



        The Trust may enter into interest rate swaps, caps and floors on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it is managing its assets or liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate swaps on a net basis, i.e. , the two payment streams are netted out, with the Trust receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments on the payment dates. In as much as these hedging transactions are incurred into for good faith hedging purposes. BlackRock and the Trust believe such obligations do not constitute senior securities, and, accordingly will not treat them as being subject to its borrowing restrictions. The Trust will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of the Trust's obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate swap on a daily basis and will designate on its books and records with a custodian an amount of cash or liquid high grade securities having an aggregate net asset value at all times at least equal to the accrued excess. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Trust will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and as agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. Caps and floors are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps.

        Credit Derivatives.     The Trust may engage in credit derivative transactions. There are two broad categories of credit derivatives: default price risk derivatives and market spread derivatives. Default price risk derivatives are linked to the price of reference securities or loans after a default by the issuer or borrower, respectively. Market spread derivatives are based on the risk that changes in market factors, such as credit spreads, can cause a decline in the value of a security, loan or index. There are three basic transactional forms for credit derivatives: swaps, options and structured instruments. The use of credit derivatives is a highly specialized activity which involves strategies and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. If BlackRock is incorrect in its forecasts of default risks, market spreads or other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Trust would diminish compared with what it would have been if these techniques were not used. Moreover, even if BlackRock is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that a credit derivative position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being protected. There is no limit on the amount of credit derivative transactions that may be entered into by the Trust. The Trust's risk of loss in a credit derivative transaction varies with the form of the transaction. For example, if the Trust purchases a default option on a security, and if no default occurs with respect to the security, the Trust's loss is limited to the premium it paid for the default option. In contrast, if there is a default by the grantor of a default option, the Trust's loss will include both the premium that it paid for the option and the decline in value of the underlying security that the default option protected.

        Appendix A contains further information about the characteristics, risks and possible benefits of Strategic Transactions and the Trust's other policies and limitations (which are not fundamental policies) relating to investment in futures contracts and options. The principal risks relating to the use of futures contracts and other Strategic Transactions are: (a) less than perfect correlation between the prices of the instrument and the market value of the securities in the Trust's portfolio; (b) possible lack of a liquid secondary market for closing out a position in such instruments; (c) losses resulting from interest rate or other market movements not anticipated by BlackRock; and (d) the obligation to meet additional variation margin or other payment requirements, all of which could result in the Trust being in a worse position than if such techniques had not been used.

        Certain provisions of the Code may restrict or affect the ability of the Trust to engage in Strategic Transactions. See "Tax Matters."

B-15


Short Sales

        The Trust may make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in which the Trust sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline. The Trust may make short sales to hedge positions, for risk management, in order to maintain portfolio flexibility or to enhance income or gain.

        When the Trust makes a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. The Trust may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities.

        The Trust's obligation to replace the borrowed security will be secured by collateral deposited with the broker-dealer, usually cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid securities. The Trust will also be required to designate on its books and records similar collateral with its custodian to the extent, if any, necessary so that the aggregate collateral value is at all times at least equal to the current market value of the security sold short. Depending on arrangements made with the broker-dealer from which it borrowed the security regarding payment over of any payments received by the Trust on such security, the Trust may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral deposited with such broker-dealer.

        If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Trust replaces the borrowed security, the Trust will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Trust will realize a gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. Although the Trust's gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is theoretically unlimited.

        The Trust will not make a short sale if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all securities sold short exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets or the Trust's aggregate short sales of a particular class of securities exceeds 25% of the outstanding securities of that class. The Trust may also make short sales "against the box" without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of the sale, the Trust owns or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional cost the identical security.

Brady Bonds

        The Trust's emerging market debt securities may include emerging market governmental debt obligations commonly referred to as Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the "Brady Plan"). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented in a number of countries, including: Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Jordan, Mexico, Niger, Nigeria, Panama, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Uruguay and Venezuela.

Supranational Organization Obligations

        The Trust may purchase debt securities of supranational organizations such as the World Bank, which are chartered to promote economic development.

B-16



OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

Restricted and Illiquid Securities

        The Trust may not be able to readily dispose of illiquid securities at prices that approximate those at which the Trust could sell such securities if they were more widely traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Trust may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations.

        The Trust may purchase certain securities eligible for resale to qualified institutional buyers as contemplated by Rule 144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A Securities"). Rule 144A provides an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for the resale of certain restricted securities to certain qualified institutional buyers. One effect of Rule 144A is that certain restricted securities may be considered liquid, though no assurance can be given that a liquid market for Rule 144A Securities will develop or be maintained. However, where a substantial market of qualified institutional buyers has developed for certain unregistered securities purchased by the Trust pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, the Trust intends to treat such securities as liquid securities in accordance with procedures approved by the Trust's board of trustees. Because it is not possible to predict with assurance how the market for Rule 144A Securities will develop, the Trust's board of trustees has directed BlackRock to monitor carefully the Trust's investments in such securities with particular regard to trading activity, availability of reliable price information and other relevant information. To the extent that, for a period of time, qualified institutional buyers cease purchasing restricted securities pursuant to Rule 144A, the Trust's investing in such securities may have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in its investment portfolio during such period.

When-Issued and Forward Commitment Securities

        The Trust may purchase securities on a "when-issued" basis and may purchase or sell securities on a "forward commitment" basis in order to acquire the security or to hedge against anticipated changes in interest rates and prices. When such transactions are negotiated, the price, which is generally expressed in yield terms, is fixed at the time the commitment is made, but delivery and payment for the securities take place at a later date. When-issued securities and forward commitments may be sold prior to the settlement date, but the Trust will enter into when-issued and forward commitments only with the intention of actually receiving or delivering the securities, as the case may be (provided that dollar roll transactions will not be considered forward commitment transactions if they are entered into on the basis of regular way settlement). If the Trust disposes of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition or disposes of its right to deliver or receive against a forward commitment, it might incur a gain or loss. At the time the Trust enters into a transaction on a when-issued or forward commitment basis, it will designate on its books and records cash or liquid debt securities equal to at least the value of the when-issued or forward commitment securities. The value of these assets will be monitored daily to ensure that their marked to market value will at all times equal or exceed the corresponding obligations of the Trust. There is always a risk that the securities may not be delivered and that the Trust may incur a loss. Settlements in the ordinary course, which may take substantially more than five business days, are not treated by the Trust as when-issued or forward commitment transactions and accordingly are not subject to the foregoing restrictions.

        Securities purchased on a forward commitment or when-issued basis are subject to changes in value (generally changing in the same way, i.e. , appreciating when interest rates decline and depreciating when interest rates rise) based upon the public's perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and changes, actual or anticipated, in the level of interest rates. Securities purchased with a forward commitment or when-issued basis may expose the Trust to risks because they may experience such fluctuations prior to their actual delivery. Purchasing securities on a when-issued basis can involve the additional risks that the yield available in the market when the delivery takes place actually may be higher than that obtained in the transaction itself. Purchasing securities on a forward commitment or

B-17



when-issued basis when the Trust is fully invested may result in greater potential fluctuation in the value of the Trust's net assets and its net asset value per share.

Rights Offerings and Warrants to Purchase

        The Trust may participate in rights offerings and may purchase warrants, which are privileges issued by corporations enabling the owners to subscribe to and purchase a specified number of shares of the corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that a Portfolio could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the rights' and warrants' expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security's market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

        The Trust may enter into reverse repurchase agreements with respect to its portfolio investments subject to the investment restrictions set forth herein. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities held by the Trust with an agreement by the Trust to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment. At the time the Trust enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may designate on its books and records liquid instruments having a value not less than the repurchase price (including accrued interest). If the Trust establishes and maintains such a segregated account, a reverse repurchase agreement will not be considered a borrowing by the Trust; however, under certain circumstances in which the Trust does not establish and maintain such a segregated account, such reverse repurchase agreement will be considered a borrowing for the purpose of the Trust's limitation on borrowings. The use by the Trust of reverse repurchase agreements involves many of the same risks of leverage since the proceeds derived from such reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities acquired in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline below the price of the securities the Trust has sold but is obligated to repurchase. Also, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities retained in lieu of sale by the Trust in connection with the reverse repurchase agreement may decline in price.

        If the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, such buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Trust's obligation to repurchase the securities, and the Trust's use of the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision. Also, the Trust would bear the risk of loss to the extent that the proceeds of the reverse repurchase agreement are less than the value of the securities subject to such agreement.

Dollar Roll Transactions

        To take advantage of attractive opportunities in the bond market and to enhance current income, the Trust may enter into dollar roll transactions. A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by the Trust of a mortgage-backed or other security concurrently with an agreement by the Trust to repurchase a similar security at a later date at an agreed upon price. The securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate and stated maturity as those sold, but pools of mortgages collateralizing those securities may have different prepayment histories than those sold. During the period between the sale and repurchase, the Trust will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Trust, and the income from these investments will generate income for the Trust. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Trust

B-18



compared with what the performance would have been without the use of dollar rolls. At the time the Trust enters into a dollar roll transaction, it will place in a segregated account maintained with its custodian cash, U.S. Government securities or other liquid securities having a value equal to the repurchase price (including accrued interest) and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that its value is maintained. The Trust's dollar rolls, together with its reverse repurchase agreements, the issuance of Preferred Shares and other borrowings, will not exceed, in the aggregate, 38% of the value of its total managed assets.

        Dollar roll transactions involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Trust is required to purchase may decline below the agreed upon repurchase price of those securities. The Trusts right to purchase or repurchase securities may be restricted. Successful use of mortgage dollar rolls may depend upon the investment manager's ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed.

Repurchase Agreements

        As temporary investments, the Trust may invest in repurchase agreements. A repurchase agreement is a contractual agreement whereby the seller of securities agrees to repurchase the same security at a specified price on a future date agreed upon by the parties. The agreed-upon repurchase price determines the yield during the Trust's holding period. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans collateralized by the underlying security that is the subject of the repurchase contract. The Trust will only enter into repurchase agreements with registered securities dealers or domestic banks that, in the opinion of BlackRock, present minimal credit risk. The risk to the Trust is limited to the ability of the issuer to pay the agreed-upon repurchase price on the delivery date; however, although the value of the underlying collateral at the time the transaction is entered into always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price, if the value of the collateral declines there is a risk of loss of both principal and interest. In the event of default, the collateral may be sold but the Trust might incur a loss if the value of the collateral declines, and might incur disposition costs or experience delays in connection with liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, realization upon the collateral by the Trust may be delayed or limited. BlackRock will monitor the value of the collateral at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times subsequent during the term of the repurchase agreement in an effort to determine that such value always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price. In the event the value of the collateral declines below the repurchase price, BlackRock will demand additional collateral from the issuer to increase the value of the collateral to at least that of the repurchase price, including interest.

Lending of Securities

        The Trust may lend its portfolio securities to banks or dealers which meet the creditworthiness standards established by the board of trustees of the Trust ("Qualified Institutions"). By lending its portfolio securities, the Trust attempts to increase its income through the receipt of interest on the loan. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned that may occur during the term of the loan will be for the account of the Trust. The Trust may lend its portfolio securities so long as the terms and the structure of such loans are not inconsistent with requirements of the Investment Company Act, which currently require that (i) the borrower pledge and maintain with the Trust collateral consisting of cash, a letter of credit issued by a domestic U.S. bank, or securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government having a value at all times not less than 100% of the value of the securities loaned, (ii) the borrower add to such collateral whenever the price of the securities loaned rises ( i.e. , the value of the loan is "marked to the market" on a daily basis), (iii) the loan be made subject to termination by the Trust at any time and (iv) the Trust receive reasonable interest on the loan (which may include the Trust's investing any cash collateral in interest bearing short term investments), any distributions on the loaned securities and any increase in their market value. The Trust will not lend portfolio securities if, as a result, the aggregate of such loans exceeds 33 1 / 3 % of the

B-19



value of the Trust's total assets (including such loans). Loan arrangements made by the Trust will comply with all other applicable regulatory requirements, including the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, which rules presently require the borrower, after notice, to redeliver the securities within the normal settlement time of five business days. All relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the Qualified Institution, will be monitored by BlackRock, and will be considered in making decisions with respect to lending securities, subject to review by the Trust's board of trustees.

        The Trust may pay reasonable negotiated fees in connection with loaned securities, so long as such fees are set forth in a written contract and approved by the Trust's board of trustees. In addition, voting rights may pass with the loaned securities, but if a material event were to occur affecting such a loan, the loan must be called and the securities voted.


MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST

Investment Management Agreement

        Although BlackRock Advisors intends to devote such time and effort to the business of the Trust as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Trust, the services of BlackRock Advisors are not exclusive and BlackRock Advisors provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.

        The investment management agreement also provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, BlackRock Advisors is not liable to the Trust or any of the Trust's shareholders for any act or omission by BlackRock Advisors in the supervision or management of its respective investment activities or for any loss sustained by the Trust or the Trust's shareholders and provides for indemnification by the Trust of BlackRock Advisors, its directors, officers, employees, agents and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Trust, subject to certain limitations and conditions.

        The investment management agreement, sub-investment advisory agreement and certain scheduled waivers of the investment advisory fees were approved by the Trust's board of trustees at a meeting of the board of trustees held on July 21, 2004, including a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the agreement or interested persons of any such party (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act.) The investment management agreement provides for the Trust to pay a management fee at an annual rate equal to 0.75% of the average weekly value of the Trust's net assets. BlackRock Financial Management, the Sub-Advisor, is a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc. Pursuant to the sub-investment advisory agreement, BlackRock Advisors has appointed BlackRock Financial Management, one of its affiliates, to perform certain of the day-to-day investment management of the Trust. BlackRock Financial Management will receive a portion of the management fee paid by the Trust to BlackRock Advisors. From the management fees, BlackRock Advisors will pay BlackRock Financial Management, for serving as Sub-Advisor, 50% of the monthly management fees received by BlackRock Advisors.

Information Received by the Board

        In considering the Trust's investment management and sub-investment advisory agreements, the board of trustees received information specifically related to the approval of the investment management and sub-advisory agreements including information regarding: (i) the team of investment advisory personnel assigned to the Trust; (ii) the structure, expertise and finances of BlackRock Advisors, BlackRock Financial Management and their parent companies; (iii) the Trust's management fee (both gross and net of fee waivers) and total operating expenses as compared to a peer group of closed-end funds with similar investment policies and strategies selected by Lipper, Inc.; (iv) BlackRock's profitability with respect to other funds in the BlackRock family of closed-end funds;(v) BlackRock's overall profitability as compared with available industry data; (vi) certain direct

B-20



and indirect "fallout" benefits to BlackRock from its relationship with the Trust; and (vii) BlackRock's policies and procedures in respect of execution of portfolio transactions. Periodically, the trustees, in connection with their duties as trustees or directors of other funds in the BlackRock family of closed-end funds, have received other information including general information regarding BlackRock Advisors' management of relationships with services providers and resources devoted to compliance with the such funds' investment objective and polices and other matters.

        Matters Considered by the Board.     In considering the investment management and sub-investment advisory agreements, the board of trustees, including the non-interested trustees, did not identify any factor as all-important or all-controlling and instead considered these factors collectively in light of all of the Trust's surrounding circumstances. Matters considered by the board of trustees, including the non-interested trustees in approving the investment management and sub-advisory agreements included the following:

        Nature and Quality of Investment Advisory and Sub-Advisory Services.     The board of trustees, including the non-interested trustees, considered the nature and quality of the services to be provided by BlackRock Advisors and BlackRock Financial Management, respectively, to the Trust. In this connection, the board reviewed:

        Nature and Quality of Other Services.     The board of trustees, including the non-interested trustees, considered the nature, quality, cost and extent of administrative and shareholder services to be performed by BlackRock Advisors under the investment management agreement. The board of trustees, including the non-interested trustees, also considered the nature and extent of BlackRock Advisors' supervision of third party service providers.

        Fees and Expenses.     The board of trustees, including the non-interested trustees, considered the Trust's management fee and expense ratio in comparison to the management fee and expense ratios of a peer group of funds selected by a third-party service provider.

        Profitability.     The board of trustees, including the non-interested trustees, considered the level of BlackRock's profits in respect of the management of the BlackRock family of closed-end funds. It also considered the profits realized from non-fund businesses which may benefit from or be related to the Trust's business. The board of trustees, including the non-interested trustees, also considered BlackRock's profit margins in comparison with available industry data.

        Other Benefits.     The board of trustees, including the non-interested trustees, also considered the benefits to BlackRock (including the fees paid by the Trust and the Trust's shareholders) associated with BlackRock and its affiliates providing non-advisory services to the Trust, including administrative services. The board of trustees, including the non-interested trustees, considered the intangible benefits that accrue to BlackRock and its affiliates by virtue of their relationship with the Trust.

        Conclusion.     Based on the information reviewed and discussions held with respect to each of the foregoing items, the board of trustees, including a majority of the non-interested trustees, approved each of the investment advisory agreement between BlackRock Advisors and the Trust and the

B-21



sub-advisory agreement among BlackRock Advisors, BlackRock Financial Management and the Trust as in the best interests of shareholders of the Trust.

        During the board of trustees' deliberations in connection with its approval of the management fee, the board of trustees was aware that BlackRock intended to pay compensation, out of its own assets, to the lead underwriters and to certain qualifying underwriters of the Trust's common shares, the anticipated amounts of such compensation and the general nature of the services to be rendered to BlackRock in consideration of such compensation. The Board considered whether the management fee met applicable standards in light of the services provided by BlackRock, without regard to whether BlackRock ultimately pays any portion of the anticipated compensation to the underwriters.

        The investment management agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder of the Trust as of July 21, 2004. The investment management agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Trust's board of trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to the investment management agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The investment management agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Trust, without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Trust's board of trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust or by BlackRock Advisors, on 60 days' written notice by either party to the other which can be waived by the non-terminating party. The investment management agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).

Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement

        BlackRock Financial Management, the Sub-Advisor, is a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc. Pursuant to the sub-investment advisory agreement, BlackRock Advisors has appointed BlackRock Financial Management, one of its affiliates, to perform certain of the day-to-day investment management of the Trust. BlackRock Financial Management will receive a portion of the management fee paid by the Trust to BlackRock Advisors. From the management fees, BlackRock Advisors will pay BlackRock Financial Management, for serving as Sub-Advisor, 38% of the monthly management fees received by BlackRock Advisors.

        The sub-investment advisory agreement also provides that, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations thereunder, the Trust will indemnify BlackRock Financial Management, its directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and control persons for liabilities incurred by them in connection with their services to the Trust, subject to certain limitations.

        Although BlackRock Financial Management intends to devote such time and effort to the business of the Trust as is reasonably necessary to perform its duties to the Trust, the services of BlackRock Financial Management are not exclusive and BlackRock Financial Management provides similar services to other investment companies and other clients and may engage in other activities.

        The sub-investment advisory agreement was approved by the sole common shareholder of the Trust as of July 21, 2004. The sub-investment advisory agreement will continue in effect for a period of two years from its effective date, and if not sooner terminated, will continue in effect for successive periods of 12 months thereafter, provided that each continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (1) the vote of a majority of the Trust's board of trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act) and (2) by the vote of a majority of the trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons (as such

B-22



term is defined in the Investment Company Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The sub-investment advisory agreement may be terminated as a whole at any time by the Trust without the payment of any penalty, upon the vote of a majority of the Trust's board of trustees or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust, or by BlackRock Advisors or BlackRock Financial Management, on 60 days' written notice by either party to the other. The sub-investment advisory agreement will also terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act and the rules thereunder).

Trustees and Officers

        The officers of the Trust manage its day-to-day operations. The officers are directly responsible to the Trust's board of trustees which sets broad policies for the Trust and chooses its officers. Below is a list of the trustees and officers of the Trust and their present positions and principal occupations during the past five years. Trustees who are interested persons of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act) are denoted by an asterisk (*). Trustees who are independent trustees (as defined in the Investment Company Act) (the "Independent Trustees") are denoted without an asterisk. The business address of the Trust, BlackRock Advisors and their board members and officers is 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, unless specified otherwise below.

        The trustees listed below are either trustees or directors of other closed-end funds in which BlackRock Advisors acts as investment advisor.

Name, Address, Age
and Position(s)
Held with Registrant

  Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served

  Principal Occupation
During the
Past Five Years and Other
Affiliations

  Number of
Portfolios in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Trustee or
Nominee for
Trustee

  Other Directorships
held by Trustee

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:                
Andrew F. Brimmer
P.O. Box 4546
New York, NY 10163-4546
Age: 77
Trustee
  3 years (1) (2)   President of Brimmer & Company, Inc., a Washington, D.C.-based economic and financial consulting firm. Wilmer D. Barrett Professor of Economics, University of Massachusetts—Amherst. Formerly member of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Former Chairman, District of Columbia Financial Control Board. Lead Trustee and Chairman of the Audit Committee of each of the closed-end trusts of which BlackRock Advisors Inc. acts as investment advisor.   51   Director of CarrAmerica Realty Corporation and Borg-Warner Automotive. Former Director of AirBorne Express, BankAmerica Corporation (Bank of America), Bell South Corporation, College Retirement Equities Fund (Trustee), Commodity Exchange, Inc. (Public Governor), Connecticut Mutual Life Insurance Company, E.I. du Pont de Nemours & Company, Equitable Life Assurance Society of the United States, Gannett Company, Mercedes-Benz of North America, NCM Financial Corporation (American Security Bank), MNC Capital Management, Navistar International Corporation, PHH Corp. and UAL Corporation (United Airlines).
                 

B-23



Richard E. Cavanagh
P.O. Box 4546
New York, NY 10163-4546
Age: 58
Trustee

 

3 years (1) (2)

 

President and Chief Executive Officer of The Conference Board, Inc., a leading global business membership organization, from 1995-present. Former Executive Dean of the John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University from 1988-1995. Acting Director, Harvard Center for Business and Government (1991-1993). Formerly Partner (principal) of McKinsey & Company, Inc. (1980-1988). Former Executive Director of Federal Cash Management, White House Office of Management and Budget (1977-1979). Co-author, THE WINNING PERFORMANCE (best selling management book published in 13 national editions).

 

51

 

Trustee Emeritus, Wesleyan University, Trustee, Airplanes Group, Aircraft Finance Trust (AFT) and Educational Testing Service (ETS). Director, Arch Chemicals, Fremont Group and The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America.

Kent Dixon
P.O. Box 4546
New York, NY 10163-4546
Age: 66
Trustee

 

3 years (1) (2)

 

Consultant/Investor. Former President and Chief Executive Officer of Empire Federal Savings Bank of America and Banc PLUS Savings Association, former Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Northeast Savings.

 

51

 

Former Director of ISFA (the owner of INVEST, a national securities brokerage service designed for banks and thrift institutions).

Frank J. Fabozzi
P.O. Box 4546
New York, NY 10163-4546
Age: 55
Trustee

 

3 years (1) (2)

 

Consultant. Editor of THE JOURNAL OF PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT and Frederick Frank Adjunct Professor of Finance at the School of Management at Yale University. Author and editor of several books on fixed income portfolio management. Visiting Professor of Finance and Accounting at the Sloan School of Management, Massachusetts Institute of Technology from 1986 to August 1992.

 

51

 

Director, Guardian Mutual Funds Group (18 portfolios).

James Clayburn LaForce, Jr.
P.O. Box 4546
New York, NY 10163-4546
Age: 75
Trustee

 

3 years (1) (2)

 

Dean Emeritus of The John E. Anderson Graduate School of Management, University of California since July 1, 1993. Acting Dean of The School of Business, Hong Kong University of Science and Technology 1990-1993. from 1978 to September 1993, Dean of The John E. Anderson Graduate School of Management, University of California.

 

51

 

Director of Payden & Rygel Investment Trust, Provident Investment Counsel Funds, Advisor Series Trust, Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and CancerVax Corporation.
                 

B-24



INTERESTED TRUSTEES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Robert S. Kapito*
Age: 47
Trustee and President
  3 years (1) (2)   Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. Head of BlackRock's Portfolio Management Group, a member of the Management Committee, the Investment Strategy Group, the Fixed Income and Global Equity Investment Strategy Group. Responsible for the portfolio management of the Fixed Income, Domestic Equity and International Equity, Liquidity and Alternative Investment Groups of BlackRock. Currently, President and Trustee of each of the closed-end trusts which BlackRock Advisors, Inc. acts as investment advisor.   51   Chairman of the Hope & Heroes & Children's Cancer Fund. President of the Board of Directors of Periwinkle National Theatre for young audiences. Director of Icruise.com, Corp.

Ralph L. Schlosstein*
Age: 53
Trustee

 

3 years (1) (2)

 

Director since 1999 and President of BlackRock, Inc. since its formation in 1998 and of BlackRock, Inc.'s predecessor entities since 1988. Member of BlackRock's Management Committee and Investment Strategy Group. Formerly, Managing Director of Lehman Brothers, Inc. and Co-head of its Mortgage and Savings Institutions Group. Currently, Chairman and Trustee of each of the closed-end trusts which BlackRock Advisors, Inc. acts as investment advisor.

 

51

 

Chairman and President of the BlackRock Liquidity Funds (10 portfolios). Director of Anthracite Capital, Inc. and Director of several of BlackRock's alternative investment vehicles. Currently, a Member of the Visiting Board of Overseers of the John F. Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University, the Financial Institutions Center Board of the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania, a Trustee of Trinity School in New York City and a Trustee of New Visions for Public Education in New York Council. Formerly, a Director of Pulte Corporation and a Member of Fannie Mae's Advisory Council.

Walter F. Mondale(3)
P.O. Box 4546
New York, NY 10163-4546
Age: 76
Trustee

 

3 years (1) (2)

 

Senior Counsel, Dorsey & Whitney LLP, a law firm (January 2004-present); Partner, Dorsey & Whitney LLP (December 1996-December 2003, September 1987-August 1993). Formerly U.S. Ambassador to Japan (1993-1996). Formerly, Vice President of the United States, U.S. Senator and Attorney General of the State of Minnesota. 1984 Democratic Nominee for President of the United States. Formerly Director of Northwest Airlines Corp., UnitedHealth Group and RBC Dain Rauscher,  Inc.

 

51

 

Director of United Health Foundation and the Japan Society. Member of the Hubert H. Humphrey Institute of Public Affairs Advisory Board, The Mike and Maureen Mansfield Foundation, Dean's Board of Visitors of the Medical School at the University of Minnesota, and the Mayo Foundation Advisory Council to the President.

*
"Interested person" of the Trust as defined in the Investment Company Act. Messrs. Kapito and Schlosstein are interested persons due to their employment with the investment advisor.

(1)
After a trustee's initial term, each trustee is expected to serve a three-year term concurrent with the class of trustees for which he serves:

—    Messrs. Cavanagh and La Force, as Class I trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Trust's 2005 annual meeting of shareholders

—    Messrs. Schlosstein, Fabozzi and Mondale, as Class II trustees, are expected to stand for re-election at the Trust's 2006 annual meeting of shareholders

B-25


(2)
Each trustee has served in such capacity since the Trust's inception.

(3)
Mr. Mondale may be deemed an interested person of one or more of the Trust's principal underwriters because his law firm, Dorsey & Whitney LLP, serves as legal counsel to such principal underwriters. Because Mr. Mondale may be deemed an interested person of certain of the Trust's principal underwriters, he also may be deemed to be an interested person of the Trust during the pendency of any securities offering by the Trust in which such underwriters participate.

OFFICERS:
Name and Age

  Title
  Principal Occupation During the Past
Five Years and Other Affiliations

Anne F. Ackerley
Age: 42
  Vice President   Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2000. Formerly, First Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mergers and Acquisition Group at Merrill Lynch & Co. from 1997 to 2000; First Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Public Finance Group at Merrill Lynch & Co. from 1995 to 1997; First Vice President, Emerging Markets Fixed Income Research at Merrill Lynch & Co. prior thereto.

Henry Gabbay
Age: 56

 

Treasurer

 

Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. and its predecessor entities.

James Kong
Age: 43

 

Assistant Treasurer

 

Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. and its predecessor entities.

Richard Shea, Esq.
Age: 44

 

Vice President/Tax

 

Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2000; Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Anthracite Capital, Inc. since 1998. Formerly, Director of BlackRock, Inc. and its predecessor entities.

Vincent Tritto
Age: 42

 

Secretary

 

Director and Assistant Secretary of BlackRock, Inc. since 2002. Formerly, Executive Director (2000-2002) and Vice President (1998-2000), Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and Morgan Stanley Asset Management Inc. and officer of various Morgan Stanley-sponsored investment vehicles; Counsel (1998) and Associate (1988-1997), Rogers & Wells LLP, New York, NY; Foreign Associate (1992-1994), Asahi Law Offices/Masuda & Ejiri, Tokyo, Japan.

Brian Kindelan
Age: 43

 

Assistant Secretary

 

Director and Senior Counsel (since January 2001), and Vice President and Senior Counsel (1998-2000), BlackRock Advisors, Inc.; Senior Counsel, PNC Bank Corp. from May 1995 to April 1998; Associate, Stradley Ronon Stevens & Young, LLP from March 1990 to May 1995.

        Prior to this offering, all of the outstanding shares of the Trust were owned by an affiliate of BlackRock Advisors.

Name of Director

  Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Trust(*)

  Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities
Overseen by Directors in the Family in All
Registered Investment Companies(*)

Andrew F. Brimmer   $0   $1-$10,000
Richard E. Cavanagh   $0   $50,001-$100,000
Kent Dixon   $0   over $100,000
Frank J. Fabozzi   $0   $10,001-$50,000
Robert S. Kapito   $0   over $100,000
James Clayburn La Force, Jr.   $0   over $100,000
Walter F. Mondale   $0   $50,001-$100,000
Ralph L. Schlosstein   $0   over $100,000

(*)
As of December 31, 2003. The Trustees do not own shares in the Trust as the Trust has no operating history.

        The fees and expenses of the Independent Trustees of the Trust are paid by the Trust. The trustees who are members of the BlackRock organization receive no compensation from the Trust. It is estimated that the Independent Trustees will receive from the Trust the amounts set forth below for the

B-26



Trust's calendar year ending December 31, 2004, assuming the Trust will have been in existence for the full calendar year.

Name of Board Member

  Estimated Compensation
from the Trust

  Total Compensation from the Trust and
Fund Complex Paid to Board Members (1)

Dr. Andrew F. Brimmer   $ 2,000 (2)   $ 250,000 (3)(4)(5)
Richard E. Cavanagh   $ 2,000 (2)   $ 210,000 (4)(5)
Kent Dixon   $ 2,000 (2)   $ 210,000 (4)(5)
Frank J. Fabozzi   $ 2,000 (2)   $ 203,300 (4)(5)(6)
James Clayburn La Force, Jr.   $ 2,000 (2)   $ 190,000 (4)
Walter F. Mondale   $ 2,000 (2)   $ 190,000 (4)

(1)
Estimates the total compensation to be earned by that person during the calendar year end December 31, 2004 from the closed-end funds advised by the Advisor (the "Fund Complex").
(2)
Of these amounts it is anticipated that Messrs. Brimmer, Cavanagh, Dixon, Fabozzi, La Force, and Mondale may defer $0, $0, $0, $0, $2,000 and $0, respectively, pursuant to the Fund Complex's deferred compensation plan in the calendar year ended December 31, 2004.
(3)
Dr. Brimmer serves as "lead director" for each board of trustees/directors in the Fund Complex. For his services as lead trustee/director, Dr. Brimmer will be compensated in the amount of $40,000 per annum by the Fund Complex.
(4)
Of this amount, Messrs. Brimmer, Cavanagh, Dixon, Fabozzi, La Force, and Mondale are expected to defer $50,000, $50,000, $50,000, $43,300, $190,000 and $30,000, respectively, pursuant to the Fund Complex's deferred compensation plan.
(5)
Includes compensation for service on the Audit Committee.
(6)
In May 2004, Mr. Fabozzi was appointed to the Audit Committee and as such will receive a partial fee for his service on the Audit Committee during the remainder of the calendar year ended December 2004.

        Each Independent Trustee will receive an annual fee calculated as follows: (i) $6,000 from each fund/trust in the Fund Complex and (ii) $1,000 for each meeting of each board in the Fund Complex attended by such Independent Trustee. The total annual aggregate compensation for each Independent Trustee is capped at $190,000 per annum, except that Dr. Brimmer will receive an additional $40,000 per annum from the Fund Complex for acting as the lead trustee for each board of trustees/directors in the Fund Complex and Messrs. Brimmer, Cavanagh, Dixon and Fabozzi will receive an additional $20,000 per annum from the Fund Complex for their service on the Audit Committee of the Fund Complex. This additional compensation to Messrs. Brimmer, Cavanagh, Dixon and Fabozzi will be allocated among the fund/trusts in the Fund Complex based on their relative net assets.

        In the event that the $190,000 cap is met with respect to an Independent Trustee, the amount of the Independent Trustee's fee borne by each fund/trust in the Fund Complex is reduced by reference to the net assets of the Trust relative to the other funds/trusts in the Fund Complex. In addition, the attendance fees of each Independent Trustee are reduced proportionately, based on each respective fund's/trust's net assets, so that the aggregate per meeting fee for all meetings of the boards of trustees/directors of the funds/trusts (excluding the per annum audit committee fee) held on a single day does not exceed $15,834 for any Independent Trustee.

        Certain of the above fees paid to the Independent Trustees will be subject to mandatory deferrals pursuant to the Fund Complex's deferred compensation plan. The Independent Trustees have agreed that at least $30,000 of their $190,000 base fee will be mandatory deferred pursuant to the Fund Complex's deferred compensation plan. Also, members of the audit committee of the Fund Complex will be required to defer all of the $20,000 per annum fee they will receive for their services on the audit committee pursuant to the Fund Complex's deferred compensation plan. Under the deferred compensation plan, deferred amounts earn a return for the Independent Trustees as though equivalent dollar amounts had been invested in common shares of certain other funds/trusts in the Fund Complex selected by the Independent Trustees. This has the same economic effect for the Independent Trustees as if they had invested the deferred amounts in such other funds/trusts. The deferred compensation plan is not funded and obligations thereunder represent general unsecured claims against the general assets of a fund/trust. A fund/trust may, however, elect to invest in common shares of those funds/trusts selected by the Independent Trustee in order to match its deferred compensation obligations.

B-27


        The board of trustees of the Trust currently has three committees: an Executive Committee, an Audit Committee and a Governance Committee.

        The Executive Committee consists of Messrs. Schlosstein and Kapito, and acts in accordance with the powers permitted to such a committee under the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and the By-Laws of the Trust. The Executive Committee, subject to the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust, By-Laws and applicable law, acts on behalf of the full board of trustees in the intervals between meetings of the board.

        The Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Brimmer, Cavanagh, Fabozzi and Dixon. The Audit Committee acts according to the Audit Committee charter. Dr. Brimmer has been appointed as Chairman of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and evaluating issues related to the accounting and financial reporting policies of the Trust, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the Trust's financial statements and the audit thereof and to act as a liaison between the board of trustees and the Trust's independent accountants. The board of trustees of the Trust has determined that the Trust has two audit committee financial experts serving on its Audit Committee, Dr. Brimmer and Mr. Dixon, both of whom are independent for the purpose of the definition of audit committee financial expert as applicable to the Trust.

        The Governance Committee consists of Messrs. Brimmer, Cavanagh, Dixon, Fabozzi, La Force, and Mondale. The Governance Committee acts in accordance with the Governance Committee charter. Dr. Brimmer has been appointed as Chairman of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee consists of the Independent Trustees and performs those functions enumerated in the Governance Committee charter including, but not limited to, making nominations for the appointment or election of Independent Trustees including shareholder nominees, reviewing Independent Trustee compensation, retirement policies and personnel training policies and administrating the provisions of the Code of Ethics applicable to the Independent Trustees.

        The Governance Committee will consider trustee candidates recommended by shareholders. In considering candidates submitted by shareholders, the Governance Committee will take into consideration the needs of the Board and the qualifications of the candidate. The Governance Committee may also take into consideration the number of shares held by the recommending shareholder and the length of time that such shares have been held. To have a candidate considered by the Governance Committee, a shareholder must submit the recommendation in writing and must include:

        The shareholder recommendation and information described above must be sent to the Corporate Secretary, c/o BlackRock, P.O. Box 4546, New York, New York 10163.

        No Trustee who is not an interested person of the Trust owns beneficially or of record, any security of BlackRock Advisors or any person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with BlackRock Advisors.

        As the Trust is a closed-end investment company with no prior investment operations, no meetings of the above committees have been held in the current fiscal year, provided that the Governance Committee has acted by written consent to form the Audit Committee and the Audit Committee has had an initial meeting in connection with the organization of the Trust.

B-28



        No Trustee who is not an interested person of the Trust owns beneficially or of record, any security of BlackRock Advisors or any person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with BlackRock Advisors.

Proxy Voting Policies

        The board of trustees of the Trust has delegated the voting of proxies for Trust securities to BlackRock pursuant to BlackRock's proxy voting guidelines. Under these guidelines, BlackRock will vote proxies related to Trust securities in the best interests of the Trust and its shareholders. A copy of BlackRock's proxy voting procedures are attached as Appendix B to this Statement of Additional Information.

Codes of Ethics

        The Trust, the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor have adopted codes of ethics under Rule 17j-1 of the Investment Company Act. These codes permit personnel subject to the codes to invest in securities, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Trust. These codes can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission's Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-202-942-8090. The code of ethics are available on the EDGAR Database on the Securities and Exchange Commission's web site (http://www.sec.gov), and copies of these codes may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Securities and Exchange Commission's Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

Investment Advisor and Sub-Advisor

        BlackRock Advisors acts as the Trust's investment advisor. BlackRock Financial Management acts as the Trust's sub-advisor. BlackRock Advisors, located at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, and BlackRock Financial Management, located at 40 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10022, are wholly owned subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc., which is one of the largest publicly traded investment management firms in the United States with approximately $310 billion of assets under management at June 30, 2004. BlackRock manages assets on behalf of institutional and individual investors worldwide through a variety of equity, fixed income, liquidity and alternative investment products, including the BlackRock Funds and BlackRock Liquidity Funds. In addition, BlackRock provides risk management and investment system services to institutional investors under the BlackRock Solutions® name.

        The BlackRock organization has over 16 years of experience managing closed-end products and, at June 30, 2004, advised a closed-end family of 51 active funds with approximately $14.2 billion in assets. Clients are served from the company's headquarters in New York City, as well as offices in Wilmington, San Francisco, Boston, Edinburgh, Tokyo and Hong Kong. BlackRock, Inc. is a member of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. ("PNC"), one of the largest diversified financial services organizations in the United States, and is majority-owned by PNC and by BlackRock employees.


PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

        The Advisor and the Sub-Advisor are responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Trust, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of prices and any brokerage commissions. The Trust will generally purchase securities on a stock exchange effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. The Trust may also invest in securities that are traded principally in the over-the-counter market. In the over-the-counter market, securities are generally traded on a "net" basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of such securities usually includes a mark-up to the dealer. Securities purchased in underwritten offerings generally include, in the price, a fixed amount of

B-29



compensation for the manager(s), underwriter(s) and dealer(s). The Trust may also purchase certain money market instruments directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.

        The Advisor and Sub-Advisor may, consistent with the interests of the Trust, select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and the Advisor's or Sub-Advisor's other clients. Such research, statistical and/or pricing services must provide lawful and appropriate assistance to the Advisor's or Sub-Advisor's investment decision-making process in order for such research, statistical and/or pricing services to be considered by the Advisor or Sub-Advisor in selecting a broker. These research services may include information on securities markets, the economy, individual companies, pricing information, research products and services and such other services as may be permitted from time to time by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Advisor and Sub-Advisor under their respective contracts. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Advisor or Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor or Sub-Advisor and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term. The advisory fees that the Trust pay to the Advisor will not be reduced as a consequence of the Advisor's or Sub-Advisor's receipt of brokerage and research services. To the extent that portfolio transactions are used to obtain such services, the brokerage commissions paid by the Trust will exceed those that might otherwise be paid by an amount which cannot be presently determined. Such services generally would be useful and of value to the Advisor or Sub-Advisor in serving one or more of their other clients and, conversely, such services obtained by the placement of brokerage business of other clients generally would be useful to the Advisor and Sub-Advisor in carrying out their obligations to the Trust. While such services are not expected to reduce the expenses of the Advisor or Sub-Advisor, the Advisor would, through use of the services, avoid the additional expenses which would be incurred if they should attempt to develop comparable information through their own staffs. Commission rates for brokerage transactions on foreign stock exchanges are generally fixed.

        One or more of the other investment companies or accounts which the Advisor and/or the Sub-Advisor manages may own from time to time some of the same investments as the Trust. Investment decisions for the Trust are made independently from those of such other investment companies or accounts; however, from time to time, the same investment decision may be made for more than one company or account. When two or more companies or accounts seek to purchase or sell the same securities, the securities actually purchased or sold will be allocated among the companies and accounts on a good faith equitable basis by the Advisor and/or the Sub-Advisor in their discretion in accordance with the accounts' various investment objectives. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the price or size of the position obtainable for the Trust. In other cases, however, the ability of the Trust to participate in volume transactions may produce better execution for the Trust. It is the opinion of the Trust's board of trustees that this advantage, when combined with the other benefits available due to the Advisor's or the Sub-Advisor's organization, outweighs any disadvantages that may be said to exist from exposure to simultaneous transactions.

        It is not the Trust's policy to engage in transactions with the objective of seeking profits from short-term trading. It is expected that the annual portfolio turnover rate of the Trust will be less than 100%. Because it is difficult to predict accurately portfolio turnover rates, actual turnover may be higher or lower. Higher portfolio turnover results in increased Trust costs, including brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and on the reinvestment in other securities.

B-30




DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

Common Shares

        The Trust intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the common shares are listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing. All common shares are equal as to dividends, assets and voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Trust will send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares. The prospectus contains a detailed discussion of the common shares.

Preferred Shares

        The Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides that the Trust's board of trustees may authorize and issue Preferred Shares with rights as determined by the board of trustees, by action of the board of trustees without the approval of the holders of the common shares. Holders of common shares have no preemptive right to purchase any Preferred Shares that might be issued. Whenever Preferred Shares are outstanding, the holders of common shares will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Trust unless all accrued dividends on Preferred Shares have been paid, unless asset coverage (as defined in the Investment Company Act) with respect to Preferred Shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions and unless certain other requirements imposed by any rating agencies rating the Preferred Shares have been met. The prospectus contains a discussion of the Preferred Shares it is currently anticipated the Trust may issue.

Other Shares

        The board of trustees (subject to applicable law and the Trust's Agreement and Declaration of Trust) may authorize an offering, without the approval of the holders of either common shares or Preferred Shares, of other classes of shares, or other classes or series of shares, as they determine to be necessary, desirable or appropriate, having such terms, rights, preferences, privileges, limitations and restrictions as the board of trustees see fit. The Trust currently does not expect to issue any other classes of shares, or series of shares, except for the common shares and the Preferred Shares.


REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES

        The Trust is a closed-end management investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Trust to redeem their shares. Instead, the Trust's common shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), net asset value, call protection, dividend stability, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Because shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value, the Trust's board of trustees may consider action that might be taken to reduce or eliminate any material discount from net asset value in respect of common shares, which may include the repurchase of such shares in the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares, or the conversion of the Trust to an open-end investment company. The board of trustees may decide not to take any of these actions. In addition, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when the Trust's Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Trust may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its common shares unless (1) all accrued Preferred Shares dividends have been paid and (2) at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition, the net asset value of the Trust's portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the common shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends

B-31



thereon). Any service fees incurred in connection with any tender offer made by the Trust will be borne by the Trust and will not reduce the stated consideration to be paid to tendering shareholders.

        Subject to its investment restrictions, the Trust may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Trust in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Trust's net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Trust's board of trustees would have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

        Although the decision to take action in response to a discount from net asset value will be made by the board of trustees at the time it considers such issue, it is the board's present policy, which may be changed by the board of trustees, not to authorize repurchases of common shares or a tender offer for such shares if: (1) such transactions, if consummated, would (a) result in the de-listing of the common shares from the New York Stock Exchange, or (b) impair the Trust's status as a regulated investment company under the Code (which would make the Trust a taxable entity, causing the Trust's income to be taxed at the corporate level in addition to the taxation of shareholders who receive dividends from the Trust), or as a registered closed-end investment company under the Investment Company Act; (2) the Trust would not be able to liquidate portfolio securities in an orderly manner and consistent with the Trust's investment objectives and policies in order to repurchase shares; or (3) there is, in the board's judgment, any (a) material legal action or proceeding instituted or threatened challenging such transactions or otherwise materially adversely affecting the Trust, (b) general suspension of or limitation on prices for trading securities on the New York Stock Exchange, (c) declaration of a banking moratorium by Federal or state authorities or any suspension of payment by United States or New York banks, (d) material limitation affecting the Trust or the issuers of its portfolio securities by Federal or state authorities on the extension of credit by lending institutions or on the exchange of foreign currency, (e) commencement of war, armed hostilities or other international or national calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States or (f) other event or condition which would have a material adverse effect (including any adverse tax effect) on the Trust or its shareholders if shares were repurchased. The board of trustees may in the future modify these conditions in light of experience.

        The repurchase by the Trust of its shares at prices below net asset value will result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tender offers at or below net asset value will result in the Trust's shares trading at a price equal to their net asset value. Nevertheless, the fact that the Trust's shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers from time to time, or that the Trust may be converted to an open-end investment company, may reduce any spread between market price and net asset value that might otherwise exist.

        In addition, a purchase by the Trust of its common shares will decrease the Trust's total assets which would likely have the effect of increasing the Trust's expense ratio. Any purchase by the Trust of its common shares at a time when Preferred Shares are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding common shares then remaining.

        Before deciding whether to take any action if the common shares trade below net asset value, the Trust's board of trustees would likely consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Trust's portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Trust or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Trust's shares should trade at a discount, the board of trustees may determine that, in the interest of the Trust and its shareholders, no action should be taken.

B-32




TAX MATTERS

        The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Trust and its shareholders. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting the Trust and its shareholders (including shareholders owning a large position in the Trust), and the discussions set forth here and in the prospectus do not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their tax advisors with any specific questions relating to federal, state, local and foreign taxes. The discussion reflects applicable tax laws of the United States as of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, which tax laws may be changed or subject to new interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") retroactively or prospectively.

Taxation of the Trust

        The Trust intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code (a "RIC"). Accordingly, the Trust must, among other things, (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income (including tax-exempt interest) from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies; and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Trust's total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Trust's total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the market value of the Trust's total assets is invested in the securities of any issuer (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other RICs) or of any two or more issuers that the Trust controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses.

        As a RIC, the Trust generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains that it distributes each taxable year to shareholders, if it distributes at least 90% of the sum of the Trust's (i) investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss and other taxable income, other than any net long-term capital gain, reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid and (ii) its net tax-exempt interest (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions). The Trust intends to distribute at least annually substantially all of such income.

        Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax at the Trust level. To avoid the tax, the Trust must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gain or loss) for the calendar year, (ii) 98% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is made to use the Trust's fiscal year), and (iii) certain undistributed amounts from previous years on which the Trust paid no U.S. federal income tax. While the Trust intends to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Trust's taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, the Trust will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.

        A distribution will be treated as paid during the calendar year if it is paid during the calendar year or declared by the Trust in October, November or December of the year, payable to shareholders of

B-33



record on a date during such a month and paid by the Trust during January of the following year. Any such distributions paid during January of the following year will be deemed to be received on December 31 of the year the distributions are declared, rather than when the distributions are received.

        If the Trust were unable to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement or otherwise were to fail to qualify as a RIC in any year, it would be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to the Trust's shareholders would not be deductible by the Trust in computing its taxable income.

The Trust's Investments

        Certain of the Trust's investment practices may subject the Trust to special tax rules, the effect of which may be to accelerate income to the Trust, defer the Trust's losses, cause the Trust to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, affect the character of income recognized, cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Trust's securities, convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains and convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to holders of common shares.

        Some of the debt obligations acquired by the Trust may be treated as debt obligations that are issued with original issue discount ("OID"). Such OID generally will be included in income in the taxable year of accrual and before the Trust receives any corresponding cash payments. Since in certain circumstances the Trust may recognize income before receiving cash representing such income, it may have difficulty making distributions in the amounts necessary to satisfy the requirements for maintaining regulated investment company status and for avoiding income and excise taxes. Accordingly, the Trust may have to dispose of securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy the Trust's distribution requirements.

        If the Trust invests (directly or indirectly through a REIT) in residual interests in REMICs a portion of the Trust's income will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. "Excess inclusion income" of the Trust generated by a residual interest in a REMICs will be allocated to shareholders of the Trust in proportion to the dividends received by the shareholders of the Trust. Excess inclusion income generally (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses, (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income to certain tax exempt investors and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding taxes. In addition, if the shareholders of the Trust include a "disqualified organization" (such as certain governments or governmental agencies) the Trust may be liable for a tax on the excess inclusion income allocable to the disqualified organization.

        Income received by the Trust with respect to foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions may reduce or eliminate such taxes. Generally, common shareholders may not be entitled to claim a credit or deductions with respect to foreign taxes. However, if the Trust invests more than 50% of its total assets in foreign securities, the Trust will elect to have its foreign tax deduction or credit for foreign taxes paid with respect to qualifying taxes to be taken by its shareholders instead of on its own return. In that case, each shareholder shall include in gross income, and also treat as paid by him, his proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid by the Trust. If the Trust makes this election, it will furnish its shareholders with a written notice after the close of the taxable year.

Taxation of Shareholders

        Distributions paid by the Trust from its investment company taxable income, which includes net short-term capital gain, generally are taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Trust's earnings and profits. Due to the Trust's expected investments, generally, distributions will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations and will not qualify for the reduced rate on qualified dividend income allowed to individuals.

B-34



        Distributions of net capital gain designated as capital gain dividends, if any, are taxable to shareholders at rates applicable to long-term capital gain, whether paid in cash or in shares, and regardless of how long the shareholder has held the Trust's shares. Capital gain dividends are not eligible for the dividends received deduction. Under the Tax Act, the maximum tax rate on net capital gain of individuals is reduced generally from 20% to 15% (5% for individuals in lower brackets) for such gain realized on or after May 6, 2003 and before January 1, 2009. Distributions in excess of the Trust's earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax basis of a holder's shares and, after such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital gain to such holder (assuming the shares are held as a capital asset).

        The Trust may retain for reinvestment all or part of its net capital gain. If any such gain is retained, the Trust will be subject to a tax of 35% of such amount. In that event, the Trust expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gain in a notice to its shareholders, each of whom (i) will be required to include in income for tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Trust against its U.S. federal income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and (iii) will increase its basis in its shares of the Trust by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gain included in such shareholder's gross income.

        Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain dividends with capital loss. There are a number of statutory provisions affecting when capital loss may be offset against capital gain, and limiting the use of loss from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, shareholders with capital loss are urged to consult their tax advisors.

        The price of shares purchased at any time may reflect the amount of a forthcoming distribution. Those purchasing shares just prior to a distribution will receive a distribution which will be taxable to them even though it represents in part a return of invested capital.

        Upon a sale or exchange of shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss depending upon its basis in the shares. Such gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced with substantially identical shares within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date that the shares are disposed of. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

        Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Trust shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received by the shareholder (or amounts credited to the shareholder as an undistributed capital gain) with respect to such shares.

        Ordinary income dividends and capital gain dividends also may be subject to state and local taxes. Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding specific questions about U.S. federal (including the application of the alternative minimum tax rules), state, local or foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Trust.

        A shareholder that is a nonresident alien individual or a foreign corporation (a "foreign investor") generally may be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or possibly a lower rate provided by an applicable tax treaty) on ordinary income dividends. Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for 183 days or more during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met.

        The Trust may be required to withhold federal income tax on all taxable distributions and redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate shareholders who fail to provide the Trust with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any

B-35



amounts withheld may be refunded or credited against such shareholder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

        The foregoing is a general and abbreviated summary of the applicable provisions of the Code and Treasury regulations presently in effect. For the complete provisions, reference should be made to the pertinent Code sections and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder. The Code and the Treasury regulations are subject to change by legislative, judicial or administrative action, either prospectively or retroactively. Persons considering an investment in common shares should consult their own tax advisors regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of common shares.


EXPERTS

        The Statement of Net Assets of the Trust as of July 12, 2004 appearing in this Statement of Additional Information has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and is included in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing. Deloitte & Touche LLP, located at 200 Berkeley Street, Boston, MA 02116, provides accounting and auditing services to the Trust.


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the shares offered hereby, has been filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), Washington, D.C. The prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Trust and the shares offered hereby, reference is made to the Registration Statement. Statements contained in the prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the Commission's principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the Commission upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the Commission.

B-36


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Trustees and Shareholder of BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust

We have audited the accompanying statement of assets and liabilities of BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust (the "Trust") as of July 12, 2004, and the related statements of operations and the changes in net assets for the period from April 20, 2004, 2004 (date of inception) to July 12, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Trust's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust as of July 12, 2004, and the results of its operations and the changes in its net assets for the period from April 20, 2004 (date of inception) to July 12, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
August 24, 2004
   

F-1



BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust

STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

July 12, 2004

ASSETS:        

Cash

 

$

115,001

 

LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 
Payable for organization costs     15,000  
   
 
Net Assets   $ 100,001  
   
 
Net assets were comprised of:        
  Common stock at par (Note 1)   $ 6  
  Paid-in capital in excess of par     114,995  
 
Accumulated net investment loss

 

 

(15,000

)
   
 
Net assets, July 12, 2004   $ 100,001  
   
 

Net asset value per common share:

 

 

 

 
Equivalent to 6,021 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, par value $0.001, unlimited shares authorized   $ 16.61  
   
 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

F-2



BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

For the period April 20, 2004 (date of inception) to July 12, 2004

Investment Income   $  

Expenses

 

 

 

 
 
Organization expenses

 

 

15,000

 
   
 

Net investment loss

 

$

(15,000

)
   
 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

F-3



BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust

STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS

For the period April 20, 2004 (date of inception) to July 12, 2004

INCREASE (DECREASE) IN NET ASSETS

Operations:        
  Net investment loss   $ (15,000 )
   
 
  Net decrease in net assets resulting from operations     (15,000 )
   
 
Capital Share Transactions        
  Net proceeds from the issuance of common shares     115,001  
   
 
    Total increase     100,001  

NET ASSETS

 

 

 

 
Beginning of period      
   
 
End of period   $ 100,001  
   
 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Note 1.    Organization

        BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust (the "Trust") was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on April 20, 2004, and is registered as a diversified, closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Trust had no operations other than a sale to BlackRock Funding, Inc. of 6,021 shares of common stock for $115,001 ($19.10 per share).

Note 2.    Agreements

        The Trust has entered into an Investment Management Agreement with BlackRock Advisors, Inc. a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc. The Trust will pay BlackRock Advisors, Inc. a monthly fee (the "Investment Management Fee") in a maximum amount equal to 0.75% of the average weekly value of the Trust's Managed Assets. "Managed Assets" means the total assets of the Trust (including any assets attributable to any Preferred Shares that may be outstanding) minus the sum of accrued liabilities (other than debt representing financial leverage). BlackRock Advisors, Inc. has voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of the management fee or other expenses of the Trust in the amount of 0.20% of the average weekly value of the Trust's Managed Assets for the first five years of the Trust's operations (through July 31, 2009), and for a declining amount for an additional three years (through July 31, 2012). BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. a wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc. serves as sub-advisor to the Trust. The Investment Management Fee covers both investment advisory and administration services.

Note 3.    Organization Expenses and Offering Costs

        Organization expenses of $15,000 incurred by the Trust have been expensed. Offering costs, estimated to be approximately $583,000, limited to $0.04 per share will be charged to paid-in capital at the time common shares are sold.

F-4



APPENDIX A

RATINGS OF INVESTMENTS

         Standard & Poor's Corporation— A brief description of the applicable Standard & Poor's Corporation ("S&P") rating symbols and their meanings (as published by S&P) follows:

ISSUE CREDIT RATING DEFINITIONS

        A Standard & Poor's issue credit rating is a current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligation, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The issue credit rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitablility for a particular investor. Issue credit ratings are based on current information furnished by the obligors or obtained by Standard & Poor's from other sources it considers reliable. Standard & Poor's does not perform an audit in connection with any credit rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. Credit ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information or based on other circumstances. Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating. In which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

MUNICIPAL ISSUE RATINGS DEFINITIONS

        A Standard & Poor's issue credit rating is a current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program. It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation. The issuer credit rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor.

        Issue credit ratings are based on current information furnished by the obligors or obtained by Standard & Poor's from other sources it considers reliable. Standard & Poor's does not perform an audit in connection with any credit rating any may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. Credit ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances.

        Issue credit ratings can be either long term or short term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term ratings address the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

Long-term Issue Credit Ratings

        Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations:

A-1


        The issue ratings definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above.

AAA

        An obligation rated "AAA" has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA

        An obligation rated "AA" differs from the highest-rated obligations only in small degree. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

A

        An obligation rated "A" is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB

        An obligation rated "BBB" exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C

        Obligations rated "BB", "B", "CCC", "CC", and "C" are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. "BB" indicates the least degree of speculation and "C" the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB

        An obligation rated "BB" is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B

        An obligation rated "B" is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated "BB", but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor's capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC

        An obligation rated "CCC" is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC

        An obligation rated "CC" is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

A-2



C

        The "C" rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action has been taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued.

D

        An obligation rated "D" is in payment default. The "D" rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The "D" rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or minus (-)

        The rating from "AA" to "CCC" may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

c

        The "c" subscript is used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer is below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer's bonds are deemed taxable.

p

        The letter "p" indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

*

        Continuance of the ratings is contingent upon Standard & Poor's receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows.

r

        The "r" highlights derivative, hybrid, and certain other obligations that Standard & Poor's believes may experience high volatility or high variability in expected returns as a result of noncredit risks. Examples of such obligations are securities with principal or interest return indexed to equities, commodities, or currencies; certain swaps and options; and interest-only and principal-only mortgage securities. The absence of an "r" symbol should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.

N.R.
Not rated

        Debt obligations of issuers outside the United States and its territories are rated on the same basis as domestic corporate and municipal issues. The ratings measure the creditworthiness of the obligor but do not take into account currency exchange and related uncertainties.

Short-term issue credit ratings

A-1

        A short-term obligation rated "A-1" is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor's. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category,

A-3



certain obligations are designated with the plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2

        A short-term obligation rated "A-2" is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3

        A short-term obligation rated "A-3" exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B

        A short-term obligation rated "B" is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

C

        A short-term obligation rated "C" is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D

        A short-term obligation rated "D" is in payment default. The "D" rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor's believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. the "D" rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Notes

        A Standard & Poor's note ratings reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:

        Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1

        Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2

        Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

A-4



SP-3

        Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

         Moody's Investors Service, Inc. —A brief description of the applicable Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") rating symbols and their meanings (as published by Moody's) follows:

Long-Term Obligation Ratings

        Moody's long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of a fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa

        Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa

        Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A

        Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa

        Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba

        Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B

        Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa

        Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca

        Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C

        Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

        Note:     Moody's appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

A-5



Medium-Term Note Ratings

        Moody's assigns long-term ratings to individual debt securities issued from medium-term note (MTN) programs, in addition to indicating ratings to MTN programs themselves. Notes issued under MTN programs with such indicated ratings are rated at issuance at the rating applicable to all parí passu notes issued under the same program, at the program's relevant indicated rating, provided such notes do not exhibit any of the characteristics of listed below:

        For notes with any of these characteristics, the rating of the individual note may differ from the indicated rating of the program.

        Market participants must determine whether any particular note is rated, and if so, at what rating level. Moody's encourages market participants to contact Moody's Ratings Desks or visit www.moodys.com directly if they have questions regarding ratings for specific notes issued under a medium-term note program. Unrated notes issued under an MTN program may be assigned an NR symbol.

Short-Term Rating Definitions:

        Moody's short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

        Moody's employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1

        Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2

        Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3

        Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP

        Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

        Note:     Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

US Municipal and Tax-Exempt Ratings

        Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax-exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moody's assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moody's

A-6



municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moody's general long-term rating scale. (Please refer to Corporate Equivalent Ratings under Policies and Procedures.)

        Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipality's ability to repay its debt.

Municipal Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa

        Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Aa

        Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

A

        Issuers or issues rated A present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Baa

        Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ba

        Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

B

        Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Caa

        Issuers or issues rated Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ca

        Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

C

        Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

        Note:     Moody's appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating category from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the issuer or obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

A-7



US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings

Municipal Short-Term Rating Definitions:

        There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG) and are divided into three levels—MIG 1 through MIG 3. In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1

        This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2

        This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3

        This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG

        This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Demand Obligation Rating Definitions:

        In the case of variable rate demand obligations (VRDOs), a two-component rating is assigned; a long-or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody's evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody's evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand ("demand feature"), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating.

        When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g. Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1.

        VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue's specific structural or credit features.

VMIG 1

        This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2

        This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

A-8



VMIG 3

        This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG

        This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

         Fitch IBCA, Inc. —A brief description of the applicable Fitch IBCA, Inc. ("Fitch") ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:

International Long-Term Credit Ratings

        International Long-Term Credit Ratings are more commonly referred to as simply "Long-Term Ratings". The following scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings.

        International credit ratings assess the capacity to meet foreign or local currency commitments. Both foreign and local currency ratings are internationally comparable assessments. The local currency rating measures the probability of payment only within the sovereign state's currency and jurisdiction.

Investment Grade

AAA

         Highest credit quality.     "AAA" ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA

         Very high credit quality.     "AA" ratings denote a very low expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A

         High credit quality.     "AA" ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB

         Good credit quality.     "BBB" ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

BB

         Speculative.     "BB" ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

A-9



B

         Highly speculative.     "B" ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

CCC, CC, C

         High default risk.     Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A "CC" rating indicates that default of some kind appears probable."C" ratings signal imminent default.

DDD, DD, D

         Default.     The ratings of obligations in this category are based on their prospects for achieving partial or full recovery in a reorganization or liquidation of the obligor. While expected recovery values are highly speculative and cannot be estimated with any precision, the following serve as general guidelines. "DD" obligations have the highest potential for recovery, around 90%–100% of outstanding amounts and accrued interest. "DD" indicates potential recoveries in the range of 50%–90% and "D" the lowest recovery potential, i.e., below 50%.

        Entities rated in category have defaulted on some or all of their obligations. Entities rated "DDD" have the highest prospect for resumption of performance or continued operation with or without a formal reorganization process. Entities rated "DD" and "D" are generally undergoing a formal reorganization or liquidation process; those rated "DD" are likely to satisfy a higher portion of their outstanding obligations, while entities rated "D" have a poor prospect of repaying all obligations.

Notes:

        "+" or "-" may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the "AAA" category or the categories below "CCC".

        "NR"; indicates that Fitch Ratings does not publicly rate the issuer or issue in question.

        "Withdrawn": A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

        Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

        A Rating Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable, or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are "stable" could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch may be unable to identify the fundamental trend and in these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as "evolving".

National Long-Term Credit Ratings

        National Ratings are an assessment of credit quality relative to the rating of the "best" credit risk in a country. This "best" risk will normally, although not always, be assigned to all financial commitments issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state. A special identifier for the country concerned will be added at the end of all national ratings. For illustrative purposes, (xxx) has been used, in the table below.

A-10



AAA(xxx)

        "AAA" national ratings denote the highest rating assigned in its national rating scale for that country. This rating is assigned to the "best" credit risk relative to all other issuers or issues in the country and will normally be assigned to all financial commitments issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state.

AA(xxx)

        "AA" national ratings denote a very strong credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. The credit risk inherent in these financial commitments differs only slightly from the country's highest rated issuers or issues.

A(xxx)

        "A" national ratings denote a strong credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. However, changes in circumstances or economic conditions may affect the capacity for timely repayment of these financial commitments to a greater degree than for financial commitments denoted by a higher rated category.

BBB(xxx)

        "BBB" national ratings denote an adequate credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. However, changes in circumstances or economic conditions are more likely to affect the capacity for timely repayment of these financial commitments than for financial commitments denoted by a higher rated category.

BB(xxx)

        "BB" national ratings denote a fairly weak credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Within the context of the country, payment of these financial commitments is uncertain to some degree and capacity for timely repayment remains more vulnerable to adverse economic change over time.

B(xxx)

        "B" national ratings denote a significantly weak credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Financial commitments are currently being met but a limited margin of safety remains and capacity for continued timely payments is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

CCC(xxx), CC(xxx), C(xxx)

        These categories of national ratings denote an extremely weak credit risk relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments.

DDD(xxx), DD(xxx), D(xxx)

        These categories of national ratings are assigned to entities or financial commitments which are currently in default.

International Short-Term Credit Ratings

        International Short-Term Credit Ratings are more commonly referred to as simply "Short-Term Ratings". The following scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings.

F-1

         Highest credit quality.     Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added "+" to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

A-11



F2

         Good credit quality.     A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3

         Fair credit quality.     The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

B

         Speculative.     Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C

         High default risk.     Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D

         Default.     Denotes actual or imminent payment default.

Notes

        "+" may be appended to an "F1" rating class to denote relative status within the category.

        "NR" indicates that Fitch Ratings does not publicly rate the issuer or issue in question.

        "Withdrawn":    A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

        Rating Watch:    Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as "Positive", indicating a potential upgrade, "Negative", for a potential downgrade, or "Evolving", if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

National Short-term Credit Ratings

        National Ratings are an assessment of credit quality relative to the rating of the "best" credit risk in a country. This "best" risk will normally, although not always, be assigned to all financial commitments issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state.

        A special identifier for the country concerned will be added at the end of all national ratings. For illustrative purposes, (xxx) has been used, in the table below.

F1(xxx)

        Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Under their national rating scale, this rating is assigned to the "best" credit risk relative to all others in the same country and is normally assigned to all financial commitments issued or guaranteed by the sovereign state. Where the credit risk is particularly strong, a "+" is added to the assigned rating.

F2(xxx)

        Indicates a satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. However, the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

A-12



F3(xxx)

        Indicates an adequate capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. However, such capacity is more susceptible to near-term adverse changes than for financial commitments in higher rated categories.

B(xxx)

        Indicates an uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Such capacity is highly susceptible to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C(xxx)

        Indicates a highly uncertain capacity for timely payment of financial commitments relative to other issuers or issues in the same country. Capacity or meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D(xxx)

        Indicates actual or imminent payment default.

        Note to National Short-term ratings:

        In certain countries, regulators have established credit rating scales, to be used within their domestic markets, using specific nomenclature. In these countries, our National Short-Term Ratings definitions for F1+(xxx), F1(xxx), F2(xxx) and F3(xxx) may be substituted by those regulatory scales, e.g. A1+, A1, A2 and A3.

A-13



APPENDIX B

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS
OF STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONS

        In order to manage the risk of its securities portfolio, or to enhance income or gain as described in the prospectus, the Trust will engage in Strategic Transactions. The Trust will engage in such activities in the Advisor's or Sub-Advisor's discretion, and may not necessarily be engaging in such activities when movements in interest rates that could affect the value of the assets of the Trust occur. The Trust's ability to pursue certain of these strategies may be limited by applicable regulations of the CFTC. Certain Strategic Transactions may give rise to taxable income.

Put and Call Options on Securities and Indices

        The Trust may purchase and sell put and call options on securities and indices. A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell and the writer the obligation to buy the underlying security at the exercise price during the option period. The Trust may also purchase and sell options on securities indices ("index options"). Index options are similar to options on securities except that, rather than taking or making delivery of securities underlying the option at a specified price upon exercise, an index option gives the holder the right to receive cash upon exercise of the option if the level of the securities index upon which the option is based is greater, in the case of a call, or less, in the case of a put, than the exercise price of the option. The purchase of a put option on a security could protect the Trust's holdings in a security or a number of securities against a substantial decline in the market value. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy and the seller the obligation to sell the underlying security or index at the exercise price during the option period or for a specified period prior to a fixed date. The purchase of a call option on a security could protect the Trust against an increase in the price of a security that it intended to purchase in the future. In the case of either put or call options that it has purchased, if the option expires without being sold or exercised, the Trust will experience a loss in the amount of the option premium plus any related commissions. When the Trust sells put and call options, it receives a premium as the seller of the option. The premium that the Trust receives for selling the option will serve as a partial hedge, in the amount of the option premium, against changes in the value of the securities in its portfolio. During the term of the option, however, a covered call seller has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity for capital appreciation above the exercise price of the option if the value of the underlying security increases, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. Conversely, a secured put seller retains the risk of loss should the market value of the underlying security decline be low the exercise price of the option, less the premium received on the sale of the option. The Trust is authorized to purchase and sell exchange-listed options and over-the-counter options ("OTC Options") which are privately negotiated with the counterparty. Listed options are issued by the Options Clearing Corporation ("OCC") which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to such options.

        The Trust's ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an exchange-listed put or call option is dependent upon the existence of a liquid secondary market on option exchanges. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market on an exchange are: (i) insufficient trading interest in certain options; (ii) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities; (iv) interruption of the normal operations on an exchange; (v) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or OCC to handle current trading volume; or (vi) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist, although outstanding options on that exchange that had been listed by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would generally continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. OTC Options

B-1



are purchased from or sold to dealers, financial institutions or other counterparties which have entered into direct agreements with the Trust. With OTC Options, such variables as expiration date, exercise price and premium will be agreed upon between the Trust and the counterparty, without the intermediation of a third party such as the OCC. If the counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the securities underlying an option it has written, or otherwise settle the transaction in accordance with the terms of that option as written, the Trust would lose the premium paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. As the Trust must rely on the credit quality of the counterparty rather than the guarantee of the OCC, it will only enter into OTC Options with counterparties with the highest long-term credit ratings, and with primary United States government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

        The hours of trading for options on securities may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the option markets.

Futures Contracts and Related Options

        Characteristics.     The Trust may sell financial futures contracts or purchase put and call options on such futures to protect against anticipated market movements. The sale of a futures contract creates an obligation by the Trust, as seller, to deliver the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specified future time for a specified price. Options on futures contracts are similar to options on securities except that an option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right in return for the premium paid to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put).

        Margin Requirements.     At the time a futures contract is purchased or sold, the Trust must allocate cash or securities as a deposit payment ("initial margin"). It is expected that the initial margin that the Trust will pay may range from approximately 1% to approximately 5% of the value of the securities or commodities underlying the contract. In certain circumstances, however, such as periods of high volatility, the Trust may be required by an exchange to increase the level of its initial margin payment. Additionally, initial margin requirements may be increased generally in the future by regulatory action. An outstanding futures contract is valued daily and the payment in case of "variation margin" may be required, a process known as "marking to the market." Transactions in listed options and futures are usually settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, and are subject to the risk that the position may not be able to be closed if no offsetting transaction can be arranged.

        Limitations on Use of Futures and Options on Futures.     The Trust's use of futures and options on futures will in all cases be consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and in particular the rules and regulations of the CFTC. The Trust currently may enter into such transactions without limit for risk management and duration management and other portfolio strategies. The Trust may also engage in transactions in futures contracts or related options to enhance income or gain provided that the Trust will not enter into a futures contract or related option (except for closing transactions) for purposes other than risk management including duration management if, immediately thereafter, the sum of the amount of its initial deposits and premiums on open contracts and options would exceed 5% of the Trust's liquidation value, i.e. , net assets (taken at current value); provided, however, that in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of the purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation. The above policies are non-fundamental and may be changed by the Trust's board of trustees at any time. Also, when required, an account of cash equivalents designated on the books and records will be maintained and marked to market on a daily basis in an amount equal to the market value of the contract.

B-2



        Segregation and Cover Requirements.     Futures contracts, interest rate swaps, caps, floors and collars, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar rolls, and listed or OTC options on securities, indices and futures contracts sold by the Trust are generally subject to earmarking and coverage requirements of either the CFTC or the SEC, with the result that, if the Trust does not hold the security or futures contract underlying the instrument, the T rust will be required to designate on its books and records an ongoing basis, cash, U.S. government securities, or other liquid high grade debt obligations in an amount at least equal to the Trust's obligations with respect to such instruments. Such amounts fluctuate as the obligations increase or decrease. The earmarking requirement can result in the Trust maintaining securities positions it would otherwise liquidate, segregating assets at a time when it might be disadvantageous to do so or otherwise restrict portfolio management.

        Strategic Transactions Present Certain Risks.     With respect to risk management, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of instruments and price movements in the position being hedged create the possibility that losses on the position may be greater than gains in the value of the Trust's position. The same is true for such instruments entered into for income or gain. In addition, certain instruments and markets may not be liquid in all circumstances. As a result, in volatile markets, the Trust may not be able to close out a transaction without incurring losses substantially greater than the initial deposit. Although the contemplated use of these instruments predominantly for risk management should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the position, at the same time they tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in the value of such position. The ability of the Trust to successfully utilize Strategic Transactions will depend on the Advisor's and the Sub-Advisor's ability to predict pertinent market movements and sufficient correlations, which cannot be assured. Finally, the daily deposit requirements in futures contracts that the Trust has sold create an on going greater potential financial risk than do options transactions, where the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. Losses due to the use of Strategic Transactions will reduce net asset value.

        Regulatory Considerations.     The Trust has claimed an exclusion from the term "commodity pool operator" under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act.

B-3



APPENDIX C

PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES

C-1



PROXY VOTING POLICY

For

BlackRock Advisors, Inc.
and Its Affiliated Registered Investment Advisors

Introduction

        This Proxy Voting Policy ("Policy") for BlackRock Advisors, Inc. and its affiliated registered investment advisors ("BlackRock") reflects our duty as a fiduciary under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the "Advisers Act") to vote proxies in the best interests of our clients. In addition, the Department of Labor views the fiduciary act of managing ERISA plan assets to include the voting of proxies. Proxy voting decisions must be made solely in the best interests of the pension plan's participants and beneficiaries. The Department of Labor has interpreted this requirement as prohibiting a fiduciary from subordinating the retirement income interests of participants and beneficiaries to unrelated objectives. The guidelines in this Policy have been formulated to ensure decision-making consistent with these fiduciary responsibilities.

        Any general or specific proxy voting guidelines provided by an advisory client or its designated agent in writing will supercede the specific guidelines in this Policy. BlackRock will disclose to our advisory clients information about this Policy as well as disclose to our clients how they may obtain information on how we voted their proxies. Additionally, BlackRock will maintain proxy voting records for our advisory clients consistent with the Advisers Act. For those of our clients that are registered investment companies, BlackRock will disclose this Policy to the shareholders of such funds and make filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and make available to fund shareholders the specific proxy votes that we cast in shareholder meetings of issuers of portfolio securities in accordance with the rules and regulations under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

        Registered investment companies that are advised by BlackRock as well as certain of our advisory clients may participate in securities lending programs, which may reduce or eliminate the amount of shares eligible for voting by BlackRock in accordance with this Policy if such shares are out on loan and cannot be recalled in time for the vote.

        Implicit in the initial decision to retain or invest in the security of a corporation is approval of its existing corporate ownership structure, its management, and its operations. Accordingly, proxy proposals that would change the existing status of a corporation will be reviewed carefully and supported only when it seems clear that the proposed changes are likely to benefit the corporation and its shareholders. Notwithstanding this favorable predisposition, management will be assessed on an ongoing basis both in terms of its business capability and its dedication to the shareholders to ensure that our continued confidence remains warranted. If it is determined that management is acting on its own behalf instead of for the well being of the corporation, we will vote to support shareholder proposals, unless other mitigating circumstances are present.

        Additionally, situations may arise that involve an actual or perceived conflict of interest. For example, we may manage assets of a pension plan of a company whose management is soliciting proxies, or a BlackRock employee involved with managing an account may have a close relative who serves as a director or executive of a company that is soliciting proxies regarding securities held in such account. In all cases, the manner in which we vote proxies must be based on our clients' best interests and not the product of a conflict.

        This Policy and its attendant recommendations attempt to generalize a complex subject. It should be clearly understood that specific fact situations, including differing voting practices in jurisdictions outside the United States, might warrant departure from these guidelines. In such instances, the relevant facts will be considered, and if a vote contrary to these guidelines is indicated it will be cast and the reasons therefor recorded in writing.

C-2



        Section I of the Policy describes proxy proposals that may be characterized as routine and lists examples of the types of proposals we would typically support. Section II of the Policy describes various types of non-routine proposals and provides general voting guidelines. These non-routine proposals are categorized as those involving:

Finally, Section III of the Policy describes the procedures to be followed in casting a vote pursuant to these guidelines.

C-3



SECTION I

ROUTINE MATTERS

        Routine proxy proposals, amendments, or resolutions are typically proposed by management and meet the following criteria:


Voting Recommendation

        BlackRock will normally support the following routine proposals:

C-4



SECTION II

NON-ROUTINE PROPOSALS

D.
Social Issues

        Proposals in this category involve issues of social conscience. They are typically proposed by shareholders who believe that the corporation's internally adopted policies are ill-advised or misguided.


Voting Recommendation

        If we have determined that management is generally socially responsible, we will generally vote against the following shareholder proposals:

E.
Financial/Corporate Issues

        Proposals in this category are usually offered by management and seek to change a corporation's legal, business or financial structure.


Voting Recommendation

        We will generally vote in favor of the following management proposals provided the position of current shareholders is preserved or enhanced:

F.
Shareholder Rights

        Proposals in this category are made regularly both by management and shareholders. They can be generalized as involving issues that transfer or realign board or shareholder voting power.

        We typically would oppose any proposal aimed solely at thwarting potential takeover offers by requiring, for example, super-majority approval. At the same time, we believe stability and continuity promote profitability. The guidelines in this area seek to find a middle road, and they are no more than guidelines. Individual proposals may have to be carefully assessed in the context of their particular circumstances.

C-5




Voting Recommendation

        We will generally vote for the following management proposals:

        We will generally vote against the following management proposals:

        We will generally vote for the following shareholder proposals:

C-6


        We will generally vote against the following shareholder proposals:

C-7



SECTION III

VOTING PROCESS

        BlackRock has engaged a third-party service provider to assist us in the voting of proxies. These guidelines have been provided to this service provider, who then analyzes all proxy solicitations we receive for our clients and makes recommendations to us as to how, based upon our guidelines, the relevant votes should be cast. These recommendations are set out in a report that is provided to the relevant Portfolio Management Group team, who must approve the proxy vote in writing and return such written approval to the Operations Group. If any authorized member of a Portfolio Management Group team desires to vote in a manner that differs from the recommendations, the reason for such differing vote shall be noted in the written approval form. A copy of the written approval form is attached as an exhibit. The head of each relevant Portfolio Management Group team is responsible for making sure that proxies are voted in a timely manner. The Brokerage Allocation Committee shall receive regular reports of all p IF THERE IS ANY POSSIBILITY THAT THE VOTE MAY INVOLVE A MATERIAL CONFLICT OF INTEREST BECAUSE, FOR EXAMPLE, THE ISSUER SOLICITING THE VOTE IS A BLACKROCK CLIENT OR THE MATTER BEING VOTED ON INVOLVES BLACKROCK, PNC OR ANY AFFILIATE (INCLUDING A PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT GROUP EMPLOYEE) OF EITHER OF THEM, PRIOR TO APPROVING SUCH VOTE, THE BROKERAGE ALLOCATION COMMITTEE MUST BE CONSULTED AND THE MATTER DISCUSSED. The Committee, in consultation with the Legal and Compliance Department, shall determine whether the potential conflict is material and if so, the appropriate method to resolve such conflict, based on the particular facts and circumstances, the importance of the proxy issue, whether the Portfolio Management Group team is proposing a vote that differs from recommendations made by our third-party service provider with respect to the issue and the nature of the conflict, so as to ensure that the voting of the proxy is not affected by the potential conflict. If the conflict is determined not to be material With respect to votes in connection with securities held on a particular record date but sold from a client account prior to the holding of the related meeting, BlackRock may take no action on proposals to be voted on in such meeting. With respect to voting proxies of non-U.S. companies, a number of logistical problems may arise that may have a detrimental effect on BlackRock's ability to vote such proxies in the best interests of our clients. These problems include, but are not limited to, (i) untimely and/or inadequate notice of shareholder meetings, (ii) restrictions on the ability of holders outside the issuer's jurisdiction of organization to exercise votes, (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person, if not practicable, (iv) the imposition of restrictions on the sale of the securities for a period of time in proximity to the shareholder meeting, and (v) impracticable or inappropriate requirements to provide local agents with power of attorney to facilitate the voting instructions. Accordingly, BlackRock may determine not to vote proxies if it believes that the restrictions or other detriments associated with such vote outweigh the benefits that will be derived by voting on the company's proposal.

*    *    *    *    *

        Any questions regarding this Policy may be directed to the General Counsel of BlackRock.

Approved: October 21, 1998

Revised: May 27, 2003

C-8



PART C

Other Information

Item 24. Financial Statements And Exhibits


(1)
Filed herewith.
(2)
Filed with Pre-Effective Amendment 1 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 filed May 27, 2004.
(3)
Filed with Pre-Effective Amendment 2 to the Registration Statement on Form N-2 filed June 25, 2004.

PART C-1


Item 25. Marketing Arrangements

        Reference is made to the Form of Underwriting Agreement for the Registrant's shares of beneficial interest to be filed by amendment to this registration statement.

Item 26. Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution

        The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this registration statement:

Registration fee   25,340
NYSE listing fee   20,000
Printing (other than certificates)   300,000
Engraving and printing certificates   14,407
Accounting fees and expenses   8,000
Legal fees and expenses   210,000
Misc   250,000
NASD fee   20,500
   
  Total   848,247

Item 27. Persons Controlled By Or Under Common Control With The Registrant

        None.

Item 28. Number Of Holders Of Shares

        As of July 12, 2004

Title Of Class

  Number of Record Holders
Shares of Beneficial Interest   1

Item 29. Indemnification

        Article V of the Registrant's Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides as follows:

PART C-2


PART C-3


PART C-4


Item 30. Business And Other Connections Of Investment Advisor

        Not Applicable

Item 31. Location Of Accounts And Records

        The Registrant's accounts, books and other documents are currently located at the offices of the Registrant, c/o BlackRock Advisors, Inc., 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 and at the offices of, the Registrant's Custodian and Transfer Agent.

Item 32. Management Services

        Not Applicable

Item 33. Undertakings

        (1)   The Registrant hereby undertakes to suspend the offering of its units until it amends its prospectus if (a) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the Registration Statement or (b) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

        (2)   Not applicable

        (3)   Not applicable

        (4)   Not applicable

        (5)(a)   For the purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497 (h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (b)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

        (6)   The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.

PART C-5



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and State of New York, on the 24 th day of August 2004.


 

 

 

/s/  
ROBERT S. KAPITO       
     
      Robert S. Kapito
President and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities set forth below on the 24 th day of August 2004.

NAME
  TITLE

 

 

 
/s/   ROBERT S. KAPITO       
Robert S. Kapito
  Trustee, President and Chief Executive Officer

/s/  
HENRY GABBAY       
Henry Gabbay

 

Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer

*
Andrew F. Brimmer

 

Trustee

*
Richard E. Cavanagh

 

Trustee

*
Kent Dixon

 

Trustee

*
Frank J. Fabozzi

 

Trustee

*
James Clayburn La Force, Jr.

 

Trustee

*
Walter F. Mondale

 

Trustee
     

PART C-6



*
Ralph L. Schlosstein

 

Trustee

*By:

/s/  
ROBERT S. KAPITO       
Robert S. Kapito
Attorney-in-fact

 

PART C-7



INDEX TO EXHIBITS


 

 

 

(d)

 

Form of Specimen Certificate

(e)

 

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

(g)(1)

 

Investment Management Agreement

(g)(2)

 

Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement

(h)

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

(i)

 

The BlackRock Closed-End Trusts Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan

(j)

 

Custody Agreement

(k)

 

Form of Transfer Agency Agreement

(l)

 

Opinion and Consent of Counsel to the Trust

(n)

 

Independent Auditors Consent

(p)

 

Initial Subscription Agreement

(r)(1)

 

Code of Ethics of the Trust

(r)(2)

 

Code of Ethics of the Advisor and Sub-Advisor

(r)(3)

 

Code of Ethics of The PNC Financial Services Group

 

 

 

PART C-8




QuickLinks

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
USE OF PROCEEDS
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
OTHER INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES
MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES
TAX MATTERS
EXPERTS
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES July 12, 2004
BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS For the period April 20, 2004 (date of inception) to July 12, 2004
BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN NET ASSETS For the period April 20, 2004 (date of inception) to July 12, 2004
APPENDIX A
APPENDIX B GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF STRATEGIC TRANSACTIONS
APPENDIX C PROXY VOTING PROCEDURES
PROXY VOTING POLICY For BlackRock Advisors, Inc. and Its Affiliated Registered Investment Advisors
SECTION I ROUTINE MATTERS
Voting Recommendation
SECTION II NON-ROUTINE PROPOSALS
Voting Recommendation
Voting Recommendation
Voting Recommendation
SECTION III VOTING PROCESS
PART C Other Information
SIGNATURES
INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit 99(d)

 

 

 

COMMON SHARES

 

Shares

 

 

OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

PAR VALUE $.001

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ORGANIZED UNDER THE LAWS

 

 

 

 

OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Shares represented by this certificate may not be owned or transferred, directly or indirectly, by or to (I) the United States, or any state or political

 

THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN

BOSTON OR IN

 

 

 

 

 

 

subdivision thereof, any foreign government, any international organization, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, (II) any organization (other than a farmer’s cooperative described in § 521 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1988, as amended (the “Code”)) that is exempt from the tax imposed

 

NEW YORK CITY

CUSIP [         ]
SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN

DEFINITIONS

 

 

 

 

 

 

by 28 U.S.C. §§ 1-1399 and not subject to the tax imposed by 28 U.S.C. § 511; or (III) any rural electric or telephone cooperative described in § 1381(A)(2)(C) of the Code.

 

 

 

BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT

 

 

IS THE OWNER OF

 

 

FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE COMMON SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST OF

 

Global Floating Rate Income Trust, transferable on the books of the Trust by the holder hereof in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed.  This Certificate and the shares represented hereby are issued and shall be subject to all of the provisions of the Trust, as amended from time to time, to all of which the holder by acceptance hereof assents.  This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

 

Witness the facsimile signatures of the duly authorized officers of the Trust.

 

DATED:

 

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:

 

EQUISERVE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. (BOSTON)

 

BY

 

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

SECRETARY

 

PRESIDENT

 



 

 

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

 

TEN COM

-

as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT—  

Custodian

TEN ENT

-

as tenants by the entireties

 

    (Cust)

(Minor)

JT TEN

-

as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

 

 

 

 

 

Act

 

 

 

(State)

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

For Value Received                                           hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

 

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

(NAME AND ADDRESS OF TRANSFEREE SHOULD BE PRINTED OR TYPEWRITTEN)

 

                                                                                            Common Shares of Beneficial Interest represented by the within Certificate and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

 

                                                                                            Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within-named Trust, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

X

 

 

 

NOTICE:

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature(s) Guaranteed

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By

 

 

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN

 

APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM, PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.

 

2




Exhibit 99(e)

 

BLACKROCK GLOBAL FLOATING RATE INCOME TRUST

 

AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

 

Pursuant to this Automatic Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”) of the undersigned BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust (the “Trust”), unless a holder (a “Shareholder”) of the Trust’s common shares of beneficial interest (the “Common Shares”) otherwise elects, all dividends and distributions on such Shareholder’s Common Shares will be automatically reinvested by Equiserve Trust Company, N.A. (“Equiserve”), as agent for Shareholders in administering the Plan (the “Plan Agent”), in additional Common Shares of the Trust.  Shareholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all dividends and other distributions in cash paid by check mailed directly to the Shareholder of record (or, if the Common Shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by Equiserve as the Dividend Disbursing Agent. Participants may elect not to participate in the Plan and to receive all dividends and distributions in cash by sending written instructions to Equiserve, as the Dividend Disbursing Agent, at the address set forth below.  Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by written notice if received by the Plan Agent not less than ten days prior to any dividend or distribution payment date; otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with respect to any subsequently declared dividend or distribution.

 

The Plan Agent will open an account for each Shareholder under the Plan in the same name in which such Shareholder’s Common Shares are registered.  Whenever the Trust declares a dividend or a distribution (collectively referred to as “dividends”) payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in Common Shares. The Common Shares will be acquired by the Plan Agent for the participants’ accounts, depending upon the circumstances described below, either (i) through receipt of additional unissued but authorized Common Shares from the Trust (“newly issued Common Shares”) or (ii) by purchase of outstanding Common Shares on the open market (“open-market purchases”) on the New York Stock

 



 

Exchange, the primary national securities exchange on which the common shares are traded, or elsewhere.

 

If, on the payment date for any dividend, the market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions is greater than the net asset value per Common Share (such condition being referred to herein as “market premium”), the Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in newly issued Common Shares, including fractions, on behalf of the participants. The number of newly issued Common Shares to be credited to each participant’s account will be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the dividend by the net asset value per Common Share on the payment date; provided that, if the net asset value per Common Share is less than or equal to 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date.

 

If, on the payment date for any dividend, the net asset value per Common Share is greater than the market value per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions (such condition being referred to herein as “market discount”), the Plan Agent will invest the dividend amount in Common Shares acquired on behalf of the participants in open-market purchases.

 

In the event of a market discount on the payment date for any dividend, the Plan Agent will have until the last business day before the next date on which the Common Shares trade on an “ex-dividend” basis or 30 days after the payment date for such dividend, whichever is sooner (the “last purchase date”), to invest the dividend amount in Common Shares acquired in open-market purchases. It is contemplated that each Trust will pay monthly dividends. Therefore, the period during which open-market purchases can be made will exist only from the payment date of each dividend through the date before the next “ex-dividend” date which typically will be approximately ten days. If, before the Plan Agent has completed its open-market purchases, the market price of a Common Share exceeds the net asset value per Common Share, the average per Common Share purchase price paid by the Plan Agent may exceed the net asset value of the Common Shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer Common Shares than if the dividend had been paid in newly issued Common Shares on the dividend payment date. Because of the foregoing difficulty with respect to open market purchases, if the Plan Agent is unable to invest the full dividend amount in open market purchases during the purchase period or if the market discount shifts to a market premium during the purchase period, the Plan Agent may cease making open-market purchases and may invest the uninvested portion of the dividend amount in newly issued Common Shares at the net asset value per Common Share at the

 

2



 

close of business on the last purchase date; provided that, if the net asset value per Common Share is less than 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date, the dollar amount of the dividend will be divided by 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date.

 

The Plan Agent will maintain all Shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and furnish written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information needed by Shareholders for tax records. Common Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent on behalf of the Plan participant.

 

In the case of Shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees that hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the record Shareholder and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate in the Plan.

 

There will be no brokerage charges with respect to Common Shares issued directly by the Trust as a result of dividends or capital gains distributions payable either in Common Shares or in cash. However, each participant will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred with respect to the Plan Agent’s open-market purchases in connection with the reinvestment of dividends.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, no Common Shares will be issued under the Plan at a price less than net asset value or under any circumstance that may violate the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or any rules issued thereunder.

 

VOTING

 

Each Shareholder proxy will include those Common Shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Agent will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for Common Shares held pursuant to the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.

 

TAXATION

 

The automatic reinvestment of dividends will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such dividends.

 

3



 

AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN

 

The Plan may be amended or terminated by the Trust. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Trust reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants.  Notice will be sent to Plan participants of any amendments as soon as practicable after such action by the Trust.

 

INQUIRIES REGARDING THE PLAN

 

All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to the Plan Agent at 250 Royall Street, Canton, MA 02021, 781-575-2149.

 

APPLICABLE LAW

 

These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflicts of laws provisions.

 

EXECUTION

 

To record the adoption of the Plan as of July [  ], 2004, the Trust has caused this Plan to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Trust by a duly authorized officer.

 

 

By and on behalf of

 

BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:  Anne Ackerley

 

Title: Secretary

 

4




Exhibit 99(g)(1)

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

AGREEMENT, dated July 21, 2004, between BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust (the “Trust”), a Delaware statutory trust, and BlackRock Advisors, Inc. (the “Advisor”), a Delaware corporation.

 

WHEREAS, Advisor has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Advisor is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

 

1.  In General .  The Advisor agrees, all as more fully set forth herein, to act as investment advisor to the Trust with respect to the investment of the Trust’s assets and to supervise and arrange for the day-to-day operations of the Trust and the purchase of securities for and the sale of securities held in the investment portfolio of the Trust.

 

2.  Duties and Obligations of the Advisor with Respect to Investment of Assets of the Trust .  Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section and subject to the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Advisor shall (i) act as investment advisor for and supervise and manage the investment and reinvestment of the Trust’s assets and in connection therewith have complete discretion in purchasing and selling securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (ii) supervise continuously the investment program of the Trust and the composition of its investment portfolio; (iii) arrange, subject to the provisions of paragraph 4 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets held in the investment portfolio of the Trust; and (iv) provide investment research to the Trust.

 

3.  Duties and Obligations of Advisor with Respect to the Administration of the Trust .  The Advisor also agrees to furnish office facilities and equipment and clerical, bookkeeping and administrative services (other than such services, if any, provided by the Trust’s Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent and other service providers) for the Trust.  To the extent requested by the Trust, the Advisor agrees to provide the following administrative services:

 



 

(a)  Oversee the determination and publication of the Trust’s net asset value in accordance with the Trust’s policy as adopted from time to time by the Board of Trustees;

 

(b)  Oversee the maintenance by the Trust’s Custodian and Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursing Agent of certain books and records of the Trust as required under Rule 31a-1(b)(4) of the 1940 Act and maintain (or oversee maintenance by such other persons as approved by the Board of Trustees) such other books and records required by law or for the proper operation of the Trust;

 

(c)  Oversee the preparation and filing of the Trust’s federal, state and local income tax returns and any other required tax returns;

 

(d)  Review the appropriateness of and arrange for payment of the Trust’s expenses;

 

(e)  Prepare for review and approval by officers of the Trust financial information for the Trust’s semi-annual and annual reports, proxy statements and other communications with shareholders required or otherwise to be sent to Trust shareholders, and arrange for the printing and dissemination of such reports and communications to shareholders;

 

(f)  Prepare for reviews by an officer of the Trust, the Trust’s periodic financial reports required to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on Form N-SAR, Form N-CSR, Form N-PX, and such other reports, forms and filings, as may be mutually agreed upon;

 

(g)  Prepare such reports relating to the business and affairs of the Trust as may be mutually agreed upon and not otherwise appropriately prepared by the Trust’s custodian, counsel or auditors;

 

(h)  Prepare such information and reports as may be required by any stock exchange or exchanges on which the Trust’s shares are listed;

 

(i)  Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the performance of the independent accountants as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request or deems appropriate;

 

(j)  Make such reports and recommendations to the Board of Trustees concerning the performance and fees of the Trust’s Custodian and Transfer and Dividend disbursing agent as the Board of Trustees may reasonably request or deems appropriate;

 

2



 

(k)  Oversee and review calculations of fees paid to the Trust’s service providers;

 

(l)  Oversee the Trust’s portfolio and perform necessary calculations as required under Section 18 of the 1940 Act;

 

(m)  Consult with the Trust’s officers, independent accountants, legal counsel, custodian, accounting agent and transfer and dividend disbursing agent in establishing the accounting policies of the Trust and monitor financial and shareholder accounting services;

 

(n)  Review implementation of any share purchase programs authorized by the Board of Trustees;

 

(o)  Determine the amounts available for distribution as dividends and distributions to be paid by the Trust to its shareholders; prepare and arrange for the printing of dividend notices to shareholders; and provide the Trust’s dividend disbursing agent and custodian with such information as is required for such parties to effect the payment of dividends and distributions and to implement the Trust’s dividend reinvestment plan;

 

(p)  Prepare such information and reports as may be required by any banks from which the Trust borrows funds;

 

(q)  Provide such assistance to the Custodian and the Trust’s counsel and auditors as generally may be required to properly carry on the business and operations of the Trust;

 

(r)  Assist in the preparation and filing of Forms 3, 4, and 5 pursuant to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 30(f) of the 1940 Act for the officers and trustees of the Trust, such filings to be based on information provided by those persons;

 

(s)  Respond to or refer to the Trust’s officers or transfer agent, shareholder (including any potential shareholder) inquiries relating to the Trust; and

 

(t)  Supervise any other aspects of the Trust’s administration as may be agreed to by the Trust and the Advisor.

 

All services are to be furnished through the medium of any directors, officers or employees of the Advisor or its affiliates as the Advisor deems appropriate in order to fulfill its obligations hereunder.

 

3



 

The Trust will reimburse the Advisor or its affiliates for all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with the performance of the administrative services described in this paragraph 3.

 

4.  Covenants .  (a)  In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Advisor shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by: (i)  the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission; (ii) any other applicable provision of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of Trustees of the Trust and

 

(b)           In addition, the Advisor will:

 

(i)            place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer.  Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Advisor will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders.  In placing orders, the Advisor will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency.  Consistent with this obligation, the Advisor may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Advisor.  Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Advisor hereunder.  A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor to the Trust and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term.  In addition, the Advisor is authorized to take into account the sale of shares of the Trust in allocating purchase and sale orders for portfolio securities to brokers or dealers (including brokers and dealers that are affiliated with the Advisor), provided that the Advisor believes that the quality of the transaction and the commission are comparable to what they would be with other qualified firms.  In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Advisor, or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law;

 

(ii)           maintain a policy and practice of conducting its investment advisory services hereunder independently of the commercial banking operations of its affiliates.  When the Advisor makes investment recommendations for the Trust, its

 

4



 

investment advisory personnel will not inquire or take into consideration whether the issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale for the Trust’s account are customers of the commercial department of its affiliates; and

 

(iii)          treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.

 

5.  Services Not Exclusive .  Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Advisor or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment advisor for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Advisor or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Advisor will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

6.  Books and Records .  In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request.  The Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act.

 

7.  Agency Cross Transactions .  From time to time, the Advisor or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “Account”) securities which the Advisor’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy.  Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Advisor or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from one or both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent.  This is because in a situation where the Advisor is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Advisor or an affiliate is receiving commissions from both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Advisor’s part regarding the advisory client.  The SEC has adopted a rule under the Investment Advisers Act

 

5



 

of 1940, as amended, which permits the Advisor or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance.  By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Advisor or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account.  The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Advisor.

 

8.  Expenses .  During the term of this Agreement, the Advisor will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred in connection with its duties hereunder and shall bear the costs of any salaries or trustees fees of any officers or trustees of the Trust who are affiliated persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Advisor; provided that the Board of Trustees of the Trust may approve reimbursement to the Advisor of the pro rata portion of the salaries, bonuses, health insurance, retirement benefits and all similar employment costs for the time spent on Trust operations (other than the provision of investment advice and administrative services required to be provided hereunder) of all personnel employed by the Advisor who devote substantial time to Trust operations or the operations of other investment companies advised by the Advisor.

 

9.  Compensation of the Advisor .  (a)  The Trust agrees to pay to the Advisor and the Advisor agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Advisor as such, a monthly fee (the “Investment Advisory Fee”) in arrears at an annual rate equal to 0.75% of the average weekly value of the Trust’s Managed Assets.   “Managed Assets” means the total assets of the Trust minus the sum of the accrued liabilities (other than the aggregate indebtedness constituting financial leverage).  For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.

 

(b)    For purposes of this Agreement, the net assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.

 

10.  Indemnity .  (a)  The Trust may, in the discretion of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, indemnify the Advisor, and each of the Advisor’s directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and controlling persons and the directors, partners, members, officers, employees and agents thereof (including any individual who serves at the Advisor’s request as director, officer, partner, member, trustee or the like of another entity) (each such person being an “Indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees (all as provided in accordance with applicable state law) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnitee may be or

 

6



 

may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Indemnitee may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth herein or thereafter by reason of such Indemnitee having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, so long as such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (1) no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to the Trust or its shareholders or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Indemnitee’s position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”), (2) as to any matter disposed of by settlement or a compromise payment by such Indemnitee, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such settlement or compromise is in the best interests of the Trust and that such Indemnitee appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and did not involve disabling conduct by such Indemnitee and (3) with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the full Board of Trustees of the Trust.

 

(b)  The Trust may make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that such Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if the trustees of the Trust determine that the facts then known to them would not preclude indemnification.  In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met:  (A) the Indemnitee shall provide security for such Indemnitee-undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any unlawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”) or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

 

(c)  All determinations with respect to the standards for indemnification hereunder shall be made (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that such Indemnitee is not liable or is not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of

 

7



 

the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, if a majority vote of such quorum so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion.  All determinations that advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized and shall be made in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (2) above.

 

The rights accruing to any Indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnitee may be lawfully entitled.

 

11.  Limitation on Liability .  (a) The Advisor will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by Advisor or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.

 

(b)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, as provided in Section 5.1 of Article V of the Declaration of Trust, this Agreement is executed by the Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, not individually but as such Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, and the obligations hereunder are not binding upon any of the Trustees or Shareholders individually but bind only the estate of the Trust.

 

12.  Duration and Termination .  This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein,  shall continue in effect for a period of two years.  Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons of any party to this Agreement, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Advisor 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Advisor), provided that such termination by the Trust shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Advisor on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust).  This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment.  (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)

 

8



 

13.  Notices .  Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.

 

14.  Amendment of this Agreement .  No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.  Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.

 

15.  Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.

 

16.  Use of the Name BlackRock .  The Advisor has consented to the use by the Trust of the name or identifying word “BlackRock” in the name of the Trust.  Such consent is conditioned upon the employment of the Advisor as the investment advisor to the Trust.  The name or identifying word “BlackRock” may be used from time to time in other connections and for other purposes by the Advisor and any of its affiliates.  The Advisor may require the Trust to cease using “BlackRock” in the name of the Trust if the Trust ceases to employ, for any reason, the Advisor, any successor thereto or any affiliate thereof as investment advisor of the Trust.

 

17.  Miscellaneous .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

 

18.  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused the foregoing instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and the year first above written.

 

 

 

BLACKROCK GLOBAL FLOATING RATE

 

INCOME TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

Anne F. Ackerley

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

 

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

Anne F. Ackerley

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

10




Exhibit 99(g)(2)

 

SUB-INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT

 

AGREEMENT dated July 21, 2004, among BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), BlackRock Advisors, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Advisor”), and BlackRock Financial Management, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Sub-Advisor”).

 

WHEREAS, the Advisor has agreed to furnish investment advisory services to the Trust, a closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”);

 

WHEREAS, the Advisor wishes to retain the Sub-Advisor to provide it with certain sub-advisory services as described below in connection with Advisor’s advisory activities on behalf of the Trust;

 

WHEREAS, the advisory agreement between the Advisor and the Trust, dated July 21, 2004 (such agreement or the most recent successor agreement between such parties relating to advisory services to the Trust is referred to herein as the “Advisory Agreement”) contemplates that the Advisor may sub-contract investment advisory services with respect to the Trust to a sub-advisor pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement agreeable to the Trust and approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act; and

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement has been approved in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, and the Sub-Advisor is willing to furnish such services upon the terms and conditions herein set forth;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual premises and covenants herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

 

1.              Appointment .  The Advisor hereby appoints the Sub-Advisor to act as sub-advisor with respect to the Trust and the Sub-Advisor accepts such appointment and agrees to render the services herein set forth for the compensation herein provided.

 

2.              Services of the Sub-Advisor .  Subject to the succeeding provisions of this section, the oversight and supervision of the Advisor and the direction and

 



 

control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, the Sub-Advisor will perform certain of the day-to-day operations of the Trust, which may include one or more of the following services, at the request of the Advisor:  (a) acting as investment advisor for and managing the investment and reinvestment of those assets of the Trust as the Advisor may from time to time request and in connection therewith have complete discretion in purchasing and selling such securities and other assets for the Trust and in voting, exercising consents and exercising all other rights appertaining to such securities and other assets on behalf of the Trust; (b) arranging, subject to the provisions of paragraph 3 hereof, for the purchase and sale of securities and other assets of the Trust; (c) providing investment research and credit analysis concerning the Trust’s investments, (d) assist the Advisor in determining what portion of the Trust’s assets will be invested in cash, cash equivalents and money market instruments, (e) placing orders for all purchases and sales of such investments made for the Trust, and (f) maintaining the books and records as are required to support Trust investment operations.  At the request of the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor will also, subject to the oversight and supervision of the Advisor and the direction and control of the Trust’s Board of Trustees, provide to the Advisor or the Trust any of the facilities and equipment and perform any of the services described in Section 3 of the Advisory Agreement.  In addition, the Sub-Advisor will keep the Trust and the Advisor informed of developments materially affecting the Trust and shall, on its own initiative, furnish to the Trust from time to time whatever information the Sub-Advisor believes appropriate for this purpose.  The Sub-Advisor will periodically communicate to the Advisor, at such times as the Advisor may direct, information concerning the purchase and sale of securities for the Trust, including:  (a) the name of the issuer, (b) the amount of the purchase or sale, (c) the name of the broker or dealer, if any, through which the purchase or sale is effected, (d) the CUSIP number of the instrument, if any, and (e) such other information as the Advisor may reasonably require for purposes of fulfilling its obligations to the Trust under the Advisory Agreement.  The Sub-Advisor will provide the services rendered by it under this Agreement in accordance with the Trust’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions (as currently in effect and as they may be amended or supplemented from time to time) as stated in the Trust’s Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information and the resolutions of the Trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

3.              Covenants . (a)  In the performance of its duties under this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor shall at all times conform to, and act in accordance with, any requirements imposed by: (i) the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”) and all applicable Rules and Regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”); (ii) any other applicable provision

 

2



 

of law; (iii) the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as such documents are amended from time to time; (iv) the investment objectives and policies of the Trust as set forth in its Registration Statement on Form N-2; and (v) any policies and determinations of the Board of the Trustees of the Trust.

 

(b)            In addition, the Sub-Advisor will: (i) place orders either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer.  Subject to the other provisions of this paragraph, in placing orders with brokers and dealers, the Sub-Advisor will attempt to obtain the best price and the most favorable execution of its orders.  In placing orders, the Sub-Advisor will consider the experience and skill of the firm’s securities traders as well as the firm’s financial responsibility and administrative efficiency.  Consistent with this obligation, the Sub-Advisor may select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to the Trust and other clients of the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor.  Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by the Sub-Advisor hereunder.  A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that the Sub-Advisor determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of the Advisor and the Sub-Advisor to the Trust’s and their other clients and that the total commissions paid by the Trust will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to the Trust over the long-term.  In addition, the Sub-Advisor is authorized to take into account the sale of shares of the Trust in allocating purchase and sale orders for portfolio securities to brokers or dealers (including brokers and dealers that are affiliated with the Advisor or the Sub-Advisor), provided that the Sub-Advisor believes that the quality of the transaction and the commission are comparable to what they would be with other qualified firms.  In no instance, however, will the Trust’s securities be purchased from or sold to the Advisor, the Sub-Advisor or any affiliated person thereof, except to the extent permitted by the SEC or by applicable law;

 

(ii)            maintain books and records with respect to the Trust’s securities transactions and will render to the Advisor and the Trust’s Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports as they may request;

 

(iii)           maintain a policy and practice of conducting its investment advisory services hereunder independently of the commercial banking operations of its affiliates.  When the Sub-Advisor makes investment recommendations for the Trust, its investment advisory personnel will not inquire or take into

 

3



 

consideration whether the issuer of securities proposed for purchase or sale for the Trust’s account are customers of the commercial department of its affiliates; and

 

(iv)           treat confidentially and as proprietary information of the Trust all records and other information relative to the Trust, and the Trust’s prior, current or potential shareholders, and will not use such records and information for any purpose other than performance of its responsibilities and duties hereunder, except after prior notification to and approval in writing by the Trust, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld and may not be withheld where the Sub-Advisor may be exposed to civil or criminal contempt proceedings for failure to comply, when requested to divulge such information by duly constituted authorities, or when so requested by the Trust.

 

4.              Services Not Exclusive .  Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Sub-Advisor or any officer, employee or other affiliate thereof from acting as investment advisor for any other person, firm or corporation, or from engaging in any other lawful activity, and shall not in any way limit or restrict the Sub-Advisor or any of its officers, employees or agents from buying, selling or trading any securities for its or their own accounts or for the accounts of others for whom it or they may be acting; provided, however, that the Sub-Advisor will undertake no activities which, in its judgment, will adversely affect the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

5.              Books and Records .  In compliance with the requirements of Rule 31a-3 under the 1940 Act, the Sub-Advisor hereby agrees that all records which it maintains for the Trust are the property of the Trust and further agrees to surrender promptly to the Trust any such records upon the Trust’s request.  The Sub-Advisor further agrees to preserve for the periods prescribed by Rule 31a-2 under the 1940 Act the records required to be maintained by Rule 31a-1 under the 1940 Act (to the extent such books and records are not maintained by the Advisor).

 

6.              Agency Cross Transactions .  From time to time, the Sub-Advisor or brokers or dealers affiliated with it may find themselves in a position to buy for certain of their brokerage clients (each an “Account”) securities which the Sub-Advisor’s investment advisory clients wish to sell, and to sell for certain of their brokerage clients securities which advisory clients wish to buy.  Where one of the parties is an advisory client, the Advisor or the affiliated broker or dealer cannot participate in this type of transaction (known as a cross transaction) on behalf of an advisory client and retain commissions from

 

4



 

both parties to the transaction without the advisory client’s consent.  This is because in a situation where the Sub-Advisor is making the investment decision (as opposed to a brokerage client who makes his own investment decisions), and the Sub-Advisor or an affiliate is receiving commissions from one or both sides of the transaction, there is a potential conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities on the Sub-Advisor’s part regarding the advisory client.  The SEC has adopted a rule under the Advisers Act which permits the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates to participate on behalf of an Account in agency cross transactions if the advisory client has given written consent in advance.  By execution of this Agreement, the Trust authorizes the Sub-Advisor or its affiliates to participate in agency cross transactions involving an Account.  The Trust may revoke its consent at any time by written notice to the Sub-Advisor.

 

7.              Expenses .  During the term of this Agreement, the Sub-Advisor will bear all costs and expenses of its employees and any overhead incurred by the Sub-Advisor in connection with its duties hereunder; provided that the Board of Trustees of the Trust may approve reimbursement to the Sub-Advisor of the pro-rata portion of the salaries, bonuses, health insurance, retirement benefits and all similar employment costs for the time spent on Trust operations (other than the provision of investment advice and administrative services required to be provided hereunder) of all personnel employed by the Sub-Advisor who devote substantial time to the Trust operations or the operations of other investment companies advised or sub-advised by the Sub-Advisor.

 

8.              Compensation .

 

(a)            The Advisor agrees to pay to the Sub-Advisor and the Sub-Advisor agrees to accept as full compensation for all services rendered by the Sub-Advisor as such, a monthly fee in arrears at an annual rate equal to 38% of the monthly advisory fees received by the Advisor.  For any period less than a month during which this Agreement is in effect, the fee shall be prorated according to the proportion which such period bears to a full month of 28, 29, 30 or 31 days, as the case may be.

 

(b)            For purposes of this Agreement, the net assets of the Trust shall be calculated pursuant to the procedures adopted by resolutions of the Trustees of the Trust for calculating the value of the Trust’s assets or delegating such calculations to third parties.

 

5



 

9.              Indemnity .

 

(a)            The Trust may, in the discretion of the Board of Trustees of the Trust, indemnify the Sub-Advisor and each of the Sub-Advisor’s directors, officers, employees, agents, associates and controlling persons and the directors, partners, members, officers, employees and agents thereof (including any individual who serves at the Sub-Advisor’s request as director, officer, partner, member, trustee or the like of another entity) (each such person being an “Indemnitee”) against any liabilities and expenses, including amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees (all as provided in accordance with applicable state law) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or investigative body in which such Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such Indemnitee may be or may have been threatened, while acting in any capacity set forth herein or thereafter by reason of such Indemnitee having acted in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which such Indemnitee shall have been adjudicated not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and furthermore, in the case of any criminal proceeding, so long as such Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe that the conduct was unlawful; provided, however, that (1) no Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder against any liability to the Trust or its shareholders or any expense of such Indemnitee arising by reason of (i) willful misfeasance, (ii) bad faith, (iii) gross negligence or (iv) reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Indemnitee’s position (the conduct referred to in such clauses (i) through (iv) being sometimes referred to herein as “disabling conduct”), (2) as to any matter disposed of by settlement or a compromise payment by such Indemnitee, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no indemnification either for said payment or for any other expenses shall be provided unless there has been a determination that such settlement or compromise is in the best interests of the Trust and that such Indemnitee appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Indemnitee’s action was in the best interest of the Trust and did not involve disabling conduct by such Indemnitee and (3) with respect to any action, suit or other proceeding voluntarily prosecuted by any Indemnitee as plaintiff, indemnification shall be mandatory only if the prosecution of such action, suit or other proceeding by such Indemnitee was authorized by a majority of the full Board of Trustees of the Trust.

 

6



 

(b)            The Trust may make advance payments in connection with the expenses of defending any action with respect to which indemnification might be sought hereunder if the Trust receives a written affirmation of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification has been met and a written undertaking to reimburse the Trust unless it is subsequently determined that such Indemnitee is entitled to such indemnification and if the trustees of the Trust determine that the facts then known to them would not preclude indemnification.  In addition, at least one of the following conditions must be met:  (A) the Indemnitee shall provide a security for such Indemnitee-undertaking, (B) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any unlawful advance, or (C) a majority of a quorum consisting of trustees of the Trust who are neither “interested persons” of the Trust (as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act) nor parties to the proceeding (“Disinterested Non-Party Trustees”) or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Indemnitee ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.

 

(c)            All determinations with respect to the standards for indemnification hereunder shall be made (1) by a final decision on the merits by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that such Indemnitee is not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (2) in the absence of such a decision, by (i) a majority vote of a quorum of the Disinterested Non-Party Trustees of the Trust, or (ii) if such a quorum is not obtainable or even, if obtainable, if a majority vote of such quorum so directs, independent legal counsel in a written opinion.  All determinations that advance payments in connection with the expense of defending any proceeding shall be authorized shall be made in accordance with the immediately preceding clause (2) above.

 

The rights accruing to any Indemnitee under these provisions shall not exclude any other right to which such Indemnitee may be lawfully entitled.

 

10.            Limitation on Liability .

 

(a)            The Sub-Advisor will not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Advisor or by the Trust in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except a loss resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty with respect to the receipt of compensation for services or a loss resulting from willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard by it of its duties under this Agreement.

 

7



 

(b)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that, as provided in Section 5.1 of Article V of the Declaration of Trust, this Agreement is executed by the Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, not individually but as such Trustees and/or officers of the Trust, and the obligations hereunder are not binding upon any of the Trustees or Shareholders individually but bind only the estate of the Trust.

 

11.            Duration and Termination .  This Agreement shall become effective as of the date hereof and, unless sooner terminated with respect to the Trust as provided herein, shall continue in effect for a period of two years.  Thereafter, if not terminated, this Agreement shall continue in effect with respect to the Trust for successive periods of 12 months, provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by both (a) the vote of a majority of the Trust’s Board of Trustees or a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote and (b) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees, who are not parties to this Agreement or interested persons (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be terminated by the Trust or the Advisor at any time, without the payment of any penalty, upon giving the Sub-Advisor 60 days’ notice (which notice may be waived by the Sub-Advisor), provided that such termination by the Trust or the Advisor shall be directed or approved by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office at the time or by the vote of the holders of a majority of the voting securities of the Trust at the time outstanding and entitled to vote, or by the Sub-Advisor on 60 days’ written notice (which notice may be waived by the Trust and the Advisor), and will terminate automatically upon any termination of the Advisory Agreement between the Trust and the Advisor.  This Agreement will also immediately terminate in the event of its assignment.  (As used in this Agreement, the terms “majority of the outstanding voting securities,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have the same meanings of such terms in the 1940 Act.)

 

12.            Notices .  Any notice under this Agreement shall be in writing to the other party at such address as the other party may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notice and shall be deemed to be received on the earlier of the date actually received or on the fourth day after the postmark if such notice is mailed first class postage prepaid.

 

8



 

13.            Amendment of this Agreement .  No provision of this Agreement may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.  Any amendment of this Agreement shall be subject to the 1940 Act.

 

14.            Miscellaneous .  The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.  If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.  This Agreement shall be binding on, and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors.

 

15.            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York for contracts to be performed entirely therein without reference to choice of law principles thereof and in accordance with the applicable provisions of the 1940 Act.

 

16.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts by the parties hereto, each of which shall constitute an original counterpart, and all of which, together, shall constitute one Agreement.

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed by their duly authorized officers designated below as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

BLACKROCK ADVISORS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

Anne F. Ackerley

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

BLACKROCK FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

Anne F. Ackerley

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

BLACKROCK GLOBAL FLOATING RATE

 

INCOME TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

Anne F. Ackerley

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

10




Exhibit 99(h)

 

 

BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust

 

[                 ] Shares

 

Common Shares
($.001 Par Value)

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[                 ], 2004

 



 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[                     ], 2004

UBS Securities LLC
299 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10171-0026

 

[Other Co-Managers]

 

As Managing Underwriters

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust”), proposes to issue and sell to UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”), [Other Co-Managers] and each of the underwriters named in Schedule A annexed hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters,” which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom UBS and [Other Co-Managers] are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), an aggregate of [                       ] common shares (the “Firm Shares”) of beneficial interest $0.001 par value (the “Common Shares”), of the Trust.  In addition, solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, the Trust proposes to grant to the Underwriters the option to purchase from the Trust up to an additional [                       ] Common Shares (the “Additional Shares”).  The Firm Shares and the Additional Shares are hereinafter collectively sometimes referred to as the “Shares.”  The Shares are described in the Prospectus which is referred to below.

 

The Trust has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), in accordance with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively called the “Act”), and with the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively called the “Investment Company Act”), a registration statement on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-[             ] and 811-[            ] ), including a prospectus and a statement of additional information, relating to the Shares.  The Trust has furnished to you, for use by the Underwriters and by dealers, copies of one or more preliminary prospectuses (including a preliminary statement of additional information) (each thereof, including such preliminary statement of additional information, being herein called a “Preliminary Prospectus”) relating to the Shares.  Except where the context otherwise requires, the registration statement, as amended when it becomes effective (the “Effective Date”), including all documents filed as a part thereof, and including any information contained in a prospectus subsequently filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the Act and deemed to be part of the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A under the Act is herein called the “Registration Statement,” and the prospectus (including the statement of additional information), in the form filed by the Trust with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the Act or, if no such filing is required, the form of final prospectus (including the form of final statement of additional information) included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective, is herein called the “Prospectus.”  Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Act is herein referred to as the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,” and after such filing the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.  In addition, the Trust has filed a Notification of Registration on Form N-8A (the “Notification”) pursuant to Section 8 of the Investment Company Act.

 

BlackRock Advisors, Inc. (“BAI”) acts as the Trust’s investment advisor pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement by and between the Trust and BAI, dated as of [                       ], 2004 (the “Management Agreement”).  BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. (“BFM”) acts as the Trust’s investment sub-advisor pursuant to a Sub-Investment Advisory Agreement by and between BFM and BAI, as accepted and agreed to by the Trust, dated as of [                       ], 2004 (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”).  BAI and BFM

 



 

are each an “Advisor,” and together, the “Advisors.”  State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A. acts as the custodian (the “Custodian”) of the Trust’s cash and portfolio assets pursuant to a Custodian Agreement, dated as of [                       ], 2004 (the “Custodian Agreement”).  EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. acts as the Trust’s transfer agent, registrar and dividend disbursing agent with respect to the common shares of the Trust (the “Transfer Agent”) pursuant to a Transfer Agent and Service Agreement, dated as of [                       ], 2004 (the “Transfer Agency Agreement”).

 

The Trust, the Advisors and the Underwriters agree as follows:

 

1.              Sale and Purchase .  Upon the basis of the warranties and representations and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Trust agrees to sell to the respective Underwriters and each of the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Trust the aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule A attached hereto, plus any additional number of Shares which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 8 hereof, in each case at a purchase price of $[           ] per Share.  The Trust is advised by you that the Underwriters intend (i) to make a public offering of their respective portions of the Firm Shares as soon after the effective date of the Registration Statement as in your judgment is advisable and (ii) initially to offer the Firm Shares upon the terms set forth in the Prospectus.  You may from time to time increase or decrease the public offering price after the initial public offering to such extent as you may determine.

 

In addition, the Trust hereby grants to the several Underwriters the option to purchase, and upon the basis of the warranties and representations and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Underwriters shall have the right to purchase, severally and not jointly, from the Trust, ratably in accordance with the number of Firm Shares to be purchased by each of them, all or a portion of the Additional Shares as may be necessary to cover over-allotments made in connection with the offering of the Firm Shares, at the same purchase price per share to be paid by the Underwriters to the Trust for the Firm Shares.  This option may be exercised by UBS and [Other Co-Mangers] on behalf of the several Underwriters at any time, and from time to time, on or before the forty-fifth day following the date hereof, by written notice to the Trust.  Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Additional Shares as to which the option is being exercised, and the date and time when the Additional Shares are to be delivered (such date and time being herein referred to as the Additional Time of Purchase); provided , however , that the Additional Time of Purchase shall not be earlier than the Time of Purchase (as defined below) nor earlier than the second business day (1) after the date on which the option shall have been exercised nor later than the tenth business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised.  The number of Additional Shares to be sold to each Underwriter shall be the number which bears the same proportion to the aggregate number of Additional Shares being purchased as the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter on Schedule A hereto bears to the total number of Firm Shares (subject, in each case, to such adjustment as you may determine to eliminate fractional shares).

 

2.              Payment and Delivery .  Payment of the purchase price for the Firm Shares shall be made to the Trust by Federal Funds wire transfer, against delivery of the certificates for the Firm Shares to you through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) for the respective accounts of the Underwriters.  Such payment and delivery shall be made at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on [                     ], 2004 (unless another time shall be agreed to by you and the Trust or unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 hereof).  The time at which such payment and delivery are actually made is hereinafter sometimes called the “Time of Purchase.”  Each of the Time of Purchase and the “Additional Time of Purchases” are referred to as the “Closing Date.”  Certificates for the Firm Shares shall be delivered to you in definitive form in such names and in such denominations as you shall specify on the second business day preceding the Time of Purchase.  For the purpose of expediting the checking of the certificates for the Firm Shares by you, the Trust agrees to make such certificates available to you for such purpose at least one full business day preceding the Time of Purchase.

 


(1)            As used herein “business day” shall mean a day on which the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading.

 

2



 

Payment of the purchase price for the Additional Shares shall be made at the Additional Time of Purchase in the same manner and at the same office as the payment for the Firm Shares.  Certificates for the Additional Shares shall be delivered to you in definitive form in such names and in such denominations as you shall specify no later than the second business day preceding the Additional Time of Purchase.  For the purpose of expediting the checking of the certificates for the Additional Shares by you, the Trust agrees to make such certificates available to you for such purpose at least one full business day preceding the Additional Time of Purchase.

 

3.              Representations and Warranties of the Trust and the Advisors .

 

(a)            The Trust and the Advisors jointly and severally represent and warrant to each of the Underwriters as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date and each Additional Time of Purchase, if any, referred to in Section 2 hereof, and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

(i)             Each of the Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has become effective under the Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has been issued under the Act, or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Investment Company Act, and no proceedings for any such purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Trust or the Advisors, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been complied with.

 

At the respective times the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became effective and at any Closing Date, the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, the Notification and any amendments and supplements thereto complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Act and the Investment Company Act and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  Neither the Prospectus nor any amendments or supplements thereto, at the time the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement was issued and at any Closing Date, included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  If Rule 434 of the Act is used, the Trust will comply with the requirements of Rule 434 and the Prospectus shall not be “materially different,” as such term is used in Rule 434, from the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective.

 

Each preliminary prospectus and the prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement as originally filed or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Rules and Regulations and each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering was identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”), except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

If a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is required in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares, the Trust has complied or will comply with the requirements of Rule 111 under the Act relating to the payment of filing fees thereof.

 

(ii)            The accountants who certified the statement of assets and liabilities included in the Registration Statement are independent public accountants as required by the Act.

 

3



 

(iii)           The statement of assets and liabilities included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, together with the related notes, presents fairly the financial position of the Trust at the date indicated; said statement has been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

 

(iv)           To the extent estimated or projected, such estimates or projections set forth in the Prospectus in the Fee Table have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of Form N-2 and are reasonably believed to be attainable in all material respects and are reasonably based.

 

(v)            Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Trust, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Trust, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Trust, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Trust on any class of its capital stock.

 

(vi)           The Trust has been duly organized and is validly existing as a statutory trust in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has statutory trust power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Trust is duly qualified as a foreign statutory trust to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(vii)          The Trust has no subsidiaries.

 

(viii)         The Trust is duly registered with the Commission under the Investment Company Act as a closed-end diversified management investment company, and no order of suspension or revocation of such registration has been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission.

 

(ix)            No person is serving or acting as an officer, trustee or investment advisor of the Trust except in accordance with the provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, (collectively called the “Advisers Act”).  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to either of them), no trustee of the Trust is an “interested person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of the Trust or an “affiliated person” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of any Underwriter.

 

(x)             The authorized, issued and outstanding common shares of beneficial interest of the Trust is as set forth in the Prospectus as of the date thereof under the caption “Description of Shares.”  All issued and outstanding common shares of beneficial interest of the Trust have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable, except as provided for in the Trust’s declaration of trust, and have been offered and sold or exchanged by the Trust in compliance with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, federal and state securities laws); none of the outstanding common shares of beneficial interest of the Trust was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Trust.

 

4



 

(xi)            The Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Trust have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Trust pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable, except as provided for in the Trust’s declaration of trust.  The Shares conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Prospectus and such description conforms in all material respects to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same; no holder of the Shares will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder; and the issuance of the Shares is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Trust.

 

(xii)           The Trust is not in violation of its declaration of trust or by-laws, or in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Trust is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”) except for such violations or defaults that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Management Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Custodian Agreement and the Transfer Agency Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement (including the issuance and sale of the Shares and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Shares as described in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Trust with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Trust pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches or defaults or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the declaration of trust or by-laws of the Trust or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Trust or any of its assets, properties or operations. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Trust.

 

(xiii)          There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Trust or the Advisors, threatened, against or affecting the Trust, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement (other than as disclosed therein), or which might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Trust or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Trust of its obligations hereunder.  The aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Trust is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xiv)         There are no contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits thereto by the Act or the Investment Company Act which have not been so described and filed as required.

 

5



 

(xv)          The Trust owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by the Trust, and the Trust has not received any notice or is not otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Trust therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided that the Trust’s right to use the name “BlackRock” is limited as set forth in Section 16 of the Management Agreement.

 

(xvi)         No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency is necessary or required for the performance by the Trust of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Shares hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the Act, the Investment Company Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), or state securities laws.

 

(xvii)        The Trust possesses such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to operate its properties and to conduct the business as contemplated in the Prospectus; the Trust is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Trust has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xviii)       Any advertising, sales literature or other promotional material (including “prospectus wrappers,” “broker kits,” “road show slides” and “road show scripts”) authorized in writing by or prepared by the Trust or the Advisors used in connection with the public offering of the Shares (collectively, “sales material”) does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Moreover, all sales material complied and will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Act, the Investment Company Act and the rules and interpretations of the NASD, Inc. (“NASD”).

 

(xix)          The Trust intends to direct the investment of the proceeds of the offering described in the Registration Statement in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Subchapter M of the Code” and the “Code,” respectively), and intends to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.

 

(xx)           The Trust has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of (A) the Closing Date and (B) completion of the distribution of the Shares, will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares other than the

 

6



 

Registration Statement, a preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or other materials, if any, permitted by the Act or the Investment Company Act.

 

(xxi)          The Trust maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and with the applicable requirements of the Investment Company Act and the Code; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets and to maintain compliance with the books and records requirements under the Investment Company Act; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with the management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

(xxii)         To the Trust’s knowledge, neither the Trust nor any employee or agent of the Trust has made any payment of funds of the Trust or received or retained any funds, which payment, receipt or retention of funds is of a character required to be disclosed in the Prospectus.

 

(xxiii)        This Agreement, the Management Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Custodian Agreement and the Transfer Agency Agreement have each been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of the Trust, executed and delivered by the Trust, as of the dates noted therein, and each complies with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act.  Assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto with respect to the Custodian Agreement and the Transfer Agency Agreement, each of the Management Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the Custodian Agreement and the Transfer Agency Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Trust, enforceable against the Trust in accordance with its terms, except as affected by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

(xxiv)        There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Trust under the Act.

 

(xxv)         The Shares have been duly authorized for listing, upon notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and the Trust’s registration statement on Form 8-A under the 1934 Act has become effective.

 

(b)            The Advisors represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date and each Additional Time of Purchase, if any, referred to in Section 2 hereof as follows:

 

(i)             Each of the Advisors has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing as a corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware with full corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and each is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required.

 

(ii)            Each of the Advisors is duly registered and in good standing with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, and is not prohibited by the

 

7



 

Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act, or the rules and regulations under such acts, from acting under the Management Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement for the Trust as contemplated by the Prospectus.

 

(iii)           The description of each Advisor in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement to either of them) complied and comply in all material respects with the provisions of the Act, the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act and is true and correct in all material respects and does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(iv)           Each of the Advisors has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Prospectus, this Agreement and under the respective Management Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement to which it is a party.

 

(v)            This Agreement, the Management Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement and the Shareholder Servicing Agreement, by and between UBS Securities LLC and BAI (the “Shareholder Servicing Agreement”), have each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each respective Advisor, and the Management Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement and the Shareholder Servicing Agreement each constitute a valid and binding obligation of each respective Advisor, enforceable against each respective Advisor in accordance with its terms, except as affected by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Management Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement or the Shareholder Servicing Agreement nor the performance by either of the Advisors of its obligations hereunder or thereunder will conflict with, or result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute, with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, a default under, any agreement or instrument to which either Advisor is a party or by which it is bound, the certificate of incorporation, the by-laws or other organizational documents of each of the Advisors, or to each Advisor’s knowledge, by any law, order, decree, rule or regulation applicable to it of any jurisdiction, court, federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body, stock exchange or securities association having jurisdiction over the Advisors or their respective properties or operations; and no consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental authority or agency is required for the consummation by the Advisors of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Management Agreement, the Sub-Advisory Agreement or the Shareholder Servicing Agreement, except as have been obtained or may be required under the Act, the Investment Company Act, the 1934 Act or state securities laws. The representations and warranties made by the Advisors in this paragraph in regards to the Shareholder Servicing Agreement are made only as of the Closing Date.

 

(vi)           Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, there has not occurred any event which should reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of either Advisor to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement and the respective Management Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement to which it is a party.

 

(vii)          There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Advisors, threatened against or affecting either of the Advisors or any

 

8



 

“affiliated person” of either of the Advisors (as such term is defined in the Investment Company Act) or any partners, directors, officers or employees of the foregoing, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, which might reasonably be expected to result in any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or earnings, business affairs or business prospects of either of the Advisors, materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of either of the Advisors or materially impair or adversely affect the ability of either of the Advisors to function as an investment advisor or perform its obligations under the Management Agreement or the Sub-Advisory Agreement, or which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

(viii)         Each Advisor is not in violation of its certificate of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents or in default under any agreement, indenture or instrument except for such violations or defaults that would not result in a material adverse effect on the respective Advisor or a Material Adverse Effect on the Trust.

 

(c)            Any certificate signed by any officer of the Trust or the Advisors delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Trust or the Advisors, as the case may be, to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

4.              Certain Covenants of the Trust and the Advisors

 

(a)            The Trust and the Advisors, jointly and severally, covenant with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(i)             The Trust, subject to Section 4(a)(ii), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A or Rule 434, as applicable, and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing or by sending any relevant copies of the following documents to the Representatives, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, and (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes. The Trust will promptly effect the filings necessary pursuant to Rule 497 of the Act and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 497 was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus.  The Trust will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Investment Company Act, and, if any such stop order or order of suspension or revocation of registration is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

 

(ii)            The Trust will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)) or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective or to the Prospectus, will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall object.

 

9



 

(iii)           The Trust has furnished or will deliver to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(iv)           The Trust has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Trust hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the Act.  The Trust will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act or the 1934 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request.  The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(v)            If at any time when a prospectus is required by the Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Shares, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Trust, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the Act, the Trust will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(a)(ii), such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Trust will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

(vi)           The Trust will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions of the United States as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for a period of not less than one year from the later of the effective date of the Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Trust shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign statutory trust or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.  In each jurisdiction in which the Shares have been so qualified, the Trust will file such statements and reports as may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction to continue such qualification in effect for a period of not less than one year from the effective date of the Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.

 

(vii)          The Trust will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable an

 

10



 

earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the Act.

 

(viii)         The Trust will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares in the manner specified in the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(ix)            The Trust will use its reasonable best efforts to effect the listing of the Shares on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, concurrently with the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

 

(x)             During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Trust will not, without the prior written consent of UBS, (A) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Shares or file any registration statement under the Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (B) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Shares, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (A) or (B) above is to be settled by delivery of Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (1) the Shares to be sold hereunder or (2) Shares issued pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan.

 

(xi)            The Trust, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act or the 1934 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the Investment Company Act and the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the Investment Company Act, respectively.

 

(xii)           The Trust will comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code.

 

(xiii)          The Trust will not (a) take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or to result in, or that might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Trust to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares, and (b) until the Closing Date (i) sell, bid for or purchase the Shares or pay any person any compensation for soliciting purchases of the Shares or (ii) pay or agree to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Trust .

 

(xiv)         If the Trust elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Trust shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by no later than 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the day following the date of this Agreement, and the Trust shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the Act.

 

(xv)          The Trust will pay all costs, expenses, fees and taxes (other than any transfer taxes and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters except as set forth under Section 5 hereof and (iii), (iv) and (vi) below) in connection with (i) the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement, each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto, and the printing and furnishing of copies of each thereof to the Underwriters and to dealers (including costs of mailing and shipment), (ii) the registration, issue, sale and delivery of the Shares, (iii) the producing, word processing and/or printing of this Agreement, any Agreement Among Underwriters, any dealer agreements, any

 

11



 

Powers of Attorney and any closing documents (including compilations thereof) and the reproduction and/or printing and furnishing of copies of each thereof to the Underwriters and (except closing documents) to dealers (including costs of mailing and shipment), (iv) the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state laws and the determination of their eligibility for investment under state law as aforesaid (including the legal fees and filing fees and other disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters) and the printing and furnishing of copies of any blue sky surveys or legal investment surveys to the Underwriters and to dealers, (v) any listing of the Shares on any securities exchange or qualification of the Shares for quotation on NASDAQ and any registration thereof under the Exchange Act, (vi) any filing for review of the public offering of the Shares by the NASD and (vii) the performance of the Trust’s other obligations hereunder.  The Advisors have agreed to pay organizational expenses and offering costs (other than sales load) of the Trust that exceed $0.03 per Common Share.

 

5.              Reimbursement of Underwriters’ Expenses .  If the Shares are not delivered for any reason other than the termination of this Agreement pursuant to the first two paragraphs of Section 7 hereof or the default by one or more of the Underwriters in its or their respective obligations hereunder, the Trust shall, in addition to paying the amounts described in Section 4(a)(xv) hereof, reimburse the Underwriters for all of their out-of-pocket expenses, including the fees and disbursements of their counsel.

 

6.              Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations .  The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy in all material respects of the representations and warranties of the Trust and the Advisors contained in Section 3 hereof or in certificates of any officer of the Trust or the Advisors delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Trust and the Advisors of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

 

(a)            The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at the Closing Date no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the Act, no notice or order pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Investment Company Act shall have been issued, and no proceedings with respect to either shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A information shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 497 (or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A).

 

(b)            No amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus shall be filed prior to the time the Registration Statement becomes effective to which you object in writing.

 

(c)            The Registration Statement shall become effective at or before 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the date of this Agreement, unless a later time (but not later than 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the second full business day after the date of this Agreement) shall be agreed to by the Trust and you in writing or by telephone, confirmed in writing; provided , however , that the Trust and you and any group of Underwriters, including you, who have agreed hereunder to purchase in the aggregate at least 50% of the Firm Shares may from time to time agree on a later date.

 

(d)            Prior to the Time of Purchase, or the Additional Time of Purchase, as the case may be, (i) no stop order with respect to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the Act or proceedings initiated under Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the Act; (ii) the Registration Statement and all amendments thereto, or modifications thereof, if any, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and (iii) the Prospectus and all amendments or

 

12



 

supplements thereto, or modifications thereof, if any, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

(e)            At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinions, dated as of the Closing Date, of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Trust, and Vincent B. Tritto, counsel for the Advisors, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letters for each of the other Underwriters substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibit A hereto and to such further effect as counsel to the Underwriters may reasonably request.

 

(f)             At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date, of Clifford Chance US LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto.  In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York and the federal law of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives.  Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers of the Trust and certificates of public officials.

 

(g)            At the Closing Date, there shall not have been, since the earlier of the date hereof and the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings or business affairs or business prospects of the Trust, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received a certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Trust and of the Treasurer of the Trust and of the President or a Vice President or Managing Director of each of the Advisors, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties in Sections 3(a) and (b) hereof are true and correct in all material respects with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date, (iii) each of the Trust and the Advisors, respectively, has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied in all material respects all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Investment Company Act, has been issued and no proceedings for any such purpose have been instituted or are pending or are contemplated by the Commission.

 

(h)            At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from [                     ] a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

(i)             At the Closing Date, the Representatives shall have received from [                     ] a letter, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Date.

 

(j)             At the Closing Date, the Shares shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject only to official notice of issuance.

 

(k)            At the Closing Date, UBS shall have received the Shareholder Servicing Agreement, dated the Closing Date, as executed by BlackRock Advisors, Inc.

 

13



 

(l)             The NASD has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

 

(m)           In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 1 hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Additional Shares, the representations and warranties of the Trust contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Trust hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Additional Time of Purchase and, at the relevant Additional Time of Purchase, the Representatives shall have received:

 

(i)             Certificates, dated such Additional Time of Purchase, of a duly authorized officer of the Trust and of the Treasurer of the Trust and of the President or a Vice President or Managing Director of each of the Advisors confirming that the information contained in the certificate delivered by each of them at the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6(g) hereof remains true and correct in all material respects as of such Additional Time of Purchase.

 

(ii)            The favorable opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel for the Trust, and Vincent B. Tritto, counsel for the Advisors, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Additional Time of Purchase, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Additional Time of Purchase and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(e) hereof.

 

(iii)           The favorable opinion of Clifford Chance US LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Additional Time of Purchase, relating to the Additional Shares to be purchased on such Additional Time of Purchase and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 6(f) hereof.

 

(iv)           A letter from [                     ], in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Additional Time of Purchase, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 6(h) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than five days prior to such Additional Time of Purchase.

 

(n)            At the Closing Date and at each Additional Time of Purchase, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Shares as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Trust and the Advisors in connection with the organization and registration of the Trust under the Investment Company Act and the issuance and sale of the Shares as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

 

7.              Effective Date of Agreement; Termination .  This Agreement shall become effective (i) if Rule 430A under the Act is not used, when you shall have received notification of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or (ii) if Rule 430A under the Act is used, when the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement.

 

The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder shall be subject to termination in the absolute discretion of UBS, [Other Co-Managers] or any group of Underwriters (which may include UBS or [Other Co-Managers]) which has agreed to purchase in the aggregate at least 50% of the Firm Shares, if, since the earlier of the time of execution of this Agreement or the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, (y) there has been any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, (other than as referred to in the Registration Statement and Prospectus as of the date hereof), or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects, operations or condition of the Trust and its

 

14



 

subsidiaries taken as a whole, which would, in your judgment or in the judgment of such group of Underwriters, make it impracticable to market the Shares, or (z) if, at any time prior to the Time of Purchase or, with respect to the purchase of any Additional Shares, the Additional Time of Purchase, as the case may be, trading in securities on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market shall have been suspended or limitations or minimum prices shall have been established on the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market, or if a banking moratorium shall have been declared either by the United States or New York State authorities, or if the United States shall have declared war in accordance with its constitutional processes or there shall have occurred any material outbreak or escalation of hostilities or other national or international calamity or crisis of such magnitude in its effect on the financial markets of the United States as, in UBS’s judgment or in the judgment of such group of Underwriters, to make it impracticable to market the Shares.

 

If you or any group of Underwriters elects to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section 7, the Trust and each other Underwriter shall be notified promptly by letter or telegram.

 

If the sale to the Underwriters of the Shares, as contemplated by this Agreement, is not carried out by the Underwriters for any reason permitted under this Agreement or if such sale is not carried out because the Trust shall be unable to comply with any of the terms of this Agreement, the Trust shall not be under any obligation or liability under this Agreement (except to the extent provided in Sections 4(a)(xv), 5 and 9 hereof), and the Underwriters shall be under no obligation or liability to the Trust under this Agreement (except to the extent provided in Section 9 hereof) or to one another hereunder.

 

8.              Increase in Underwriters’ Commitments .  Subject to Sections 6 and 7, if any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to take up and pay for the Firm Shares to be purchased by it hereunder (otherwise than for a reason sufficient to justify the termination of this Agreement under the provisions of Section 7 hereof) and if the number of Firm Shares which all Underwriters so defaulting shall have agreed but failed to take up and pay for does not exceed 10% of the total number of Firm Shares, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall take up and pay for (in addition to the aggregate number of Firm Shares they are obligated to purchase pursuant to Section 1 hereof) the number of Firm Shares agreed to be purchased by all such defaulting Underwriters, as hereinafter provided.  Such Shares shall be taken up and paid for by such non-defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters in such amount or amounts as you may designate with the consent of each Underwriter so designated or, in the event no such designation is made, such Shares shall be taken up and paid for by all non-defaulting Underwriters pro rata in proportion to the aggregate number of Firm Shares set opposite the names of such non-defaulting Underwriters in Schedule A.

 

Without relieving any defaulting Underwriter from its obligations hereunder, the Trust agrees with the non-defaulting Underwriters that it will not sell any Firm Shares hereunder unless all of the Firm Shares are purchased by the Underwriters (or by substituted Underwriters selected by you with the approval of the Trust or selected by the Trust with your approval).

 

If a new Underwriter or Underwriters are substituted by the Underwriters or by the Trust for a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters in accordance with the foregoing provision, the Trust or you shall have the right to postpone the Time of Purchase for a period not exceeding five business days in order that any necessary changes in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and other documents may be effected.

 

The term Underwriter as used in this Agreement shall refer to and include any Underwriter substituted under this Section 8 with like effect as if such substituted Underwriter had originally been named in Schedule A.

 

If the aggregate number of Shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed to purchase exceeds 10% of the total number of Shares which all Underwriters agreed to purchase hereunder, and if neither the non-defaulting Underwriters nor the Trust shall make arrangements within the five business day period stated above for the purchase of all the Shares which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters

 

15



 

agreed to purchase hereunder, this Agreement shall be terminated without further act or deed and without any liability on the part of the Trust to any non-defaulting Underwriter and without any liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter to the Trust.  Nothing in this paragraph, and no action taken hereunder, shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

 

9.              Indemnity and Contribution .

 

(a)            Each of the Trust and the Advisors, jointly and severally, agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Underwriter, its trustees, partners, directors and officers, and any person who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation) which, jointly or severally, any such Underwriter or any such person may incur under the Act, the Exchange Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or in the Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment thereof by the Trust) or in a Prospectus (the term Prospectus for the purpose of this Section 9 being deemed to include any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and the Prospectus as amended or supplemented by the Trust), or arises out of or is based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in either such Registration Statement or Prospectus or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading, except insofar as any such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in and in conformity with information concerning such underwriter furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Underwriter through you to the Trust or the Advisor, expressly for use with reference to such Underwriter in such Registration Statement or such Prospectus or arises out of or is based upon any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact in connection with such information required to be stated in such Registration Statement or such Prospectus or necessary to make such information not misleading, provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection (a) with respect to any preliminary prospectus or amended preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter (or to the benefit of any person controlling such Underwriter) from whom the person asserting any such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim purchased the Shares which is the subject thereof if the Prospectus corrected any such alleged untrue statement or omission and if such Underwriter failed to send or give a copy of the Prospectus to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Shares to such person, unless the failure is the result of noncompliance by the Trust with paragraph (iv) of Section 4 hereof.

 

If any action, suit or proceeding (together, a “Proceeding”) is brought against an Underwriter or any such person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Trust or the Advisors pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, such Underwriter or such person shall promptly notify the Trust and the Advisors in writing of the institution of such Proceeding and the Trust or the Advisors shall assume the defense of such Proceeding, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and payment of all reasonable fees and expenses; provided , however , that the omission to so notify the Trust or the Advisors shall not relieve the Trust or the Advisors from any liability which the Trust or the Advisors may have to any Underwriter or any such person or otherwise.  Such Underwriter or such person shall have the right to employ its or their own counsel in any such case, but the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter or of such person unless the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the Trust or the Advisors, as the case may be, in connection with the defense of such Proceeding or the Trust or the Advisors shall not have, within a reasonable period of time in light of the circumstances, employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such Proceeding or such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from, additional to or in conflict with those available to the Trust or the

 

16



 

Advisors (in which case neither the Trust nor the Advisors shall have the right to direct the defense of such Proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of which events such reasonable fees and expenses shall be borne by the Trust or the Advisors and paid as incurred (it being understood, however, that the Trust or the Advisors shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel) in any one Proceeding or series of related Proceedings in the same jurisdiction representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such Proceeding).  Neither the Trust nor the Advisors shall be liable for any settlement of any Proceeding effected without its written consent but if settled with the written consent of the Trust or the Advisors, the Trust or the Advisors, as the case may be, agree to indemnify and hold harmless any Underwriter and any such person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding and does not include an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of such indemnified party.

 

(b)            Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Trust and the Advisors, and each of their respective trustees, directors and officers, and any person who controls the Trust or the Advisors within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons from and against any loss, damage, expense, liability or claim (including the reasonable cost of investigation) which, jointly or severally, the Trust or the Advisors or any such person may incur under the Act, the Exchange Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such loss, damage, expense, liability or claim arises out of any untrue statement or omissions or alleged untrue statement or omissions of a material fact contained in and in conformity with information concerning such Underwriter furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Underwriter through you to the Trust or the Advisors expressly for use with reference to such Underwriter in the Registration Statement (or in the Registration Statement as amended by any post-effective amendment thereof by the Trust) or in a Prospectus.

 

If any Proceeding is brought against the Trust, the Advisors or any such person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against any Underwriter pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, the Trust, the Advisors or such person shall promptly notify such Underwriter in writing of the institution of such Proceeding and such Underwriter shall assume the defense of such Proceeding, including the employment of counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party and payment of all reasonable fees and expenses; provided , however , that the omission to so notify such Underwriter shall not relieve such Underwriter from any liability which such Underwriter may have to the Trust, the Advisors or any such person or otherwise.  The Trust, the Advisors or such person shall have the right to employ its own counsel in any such case, but the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Trust, the Advisors or such person unless the employment of such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by such Underwriter in connection with the defense of such Proceeding or such Underwriter shall not have, within a reasonable period of time in light of the circumstances, employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such Proceeding or such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or additional to or in conflict with those available to such Underwriter (in which case such Underwriter shall not have the right to direct the defense of such Proceeding on behalf of the indemnified party or parties, but such Underwriter may employ counsel and participate in the defense thereof but the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Underwriter), in any of which events such reasonable fees and expenses shall be borne by such Underwriter and paid as incurred (it being understood, however, that such Underwriter shall not be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel) in any one Proceeding or series of related Proceedings in the same jurisdiction representing the indemnified parties who are parties to such Proceeding).  No Underwriter shall be liable for any

 

17



 

settlement of any such Proceeding effected without the written consent of such Underwriter but if settled with the written consent of such Underwriter, such Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, the Advisors and any such person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened Proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding.

 

(c)            In addition to the foregoing indemnification, the Trust and the Advisors also, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 9(a), as limited by the proviso set forth therein, with respect to any sales material.

 

(d)            If the indemnification provided for in this Section 9 is unavailable to an indemnified party under subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 9 in respect of any losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Trust and the Advisors on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Trust and the Advisors on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, damages, expenses, liabilities or claims, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits received by the Trust and the Advisors on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total proceeds from the offering (net of underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Trust and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, bear to the aggregate public offering price of the Shares.  The relative fault of the Trust and the Advisors on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission relates to information supplied by the Trust or the Advisors or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.  The amount paid or payable by a party as a result of the losses, damages, expenses, liabilities and claims referred to in this subsection shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such party in connection with investigating, preparing to defend or defending any Proceeding.

 

(e)            The Trust, the Advisors and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 9 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in subsection (c) above.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares underwritten by such Underwriter and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damage which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters’

 

18



 

obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 9 are several in proportion to their respective underwriting commitments and not joint.

 

(f)             The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 9 and the covenants, warranties and representations of the Trust contained in this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter, its partners, directors or officers or any person (including each partner, officer or director of such person) who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, or by or on behalf of the Trust or the Advisors, its trustees, directors or officers or any person who controls the Trust or the Advisors within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Shares.  The Trust and the Advisors and each Underwriter agree promptly to notify each other of the commencement of any Proceeding against it and, in the case of the Trust, against any of the Trust’s or the Advisors’ trustees, officers or directors in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares, or in connection with the Registration Statement or Prospectus.

 

10.            Information Furnished by the Underwriters .  The statements set forth in the last paragraph on the cover page of the Prospectus and the statements set forth in the “Underwriting” section of the Prospectus constitute the only information furnished by or on behalf of the Underwriters as such information is referred to in Sections 3 and 9 hereof.

 

11.            Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, from the commencement of discussions with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Trust and its Advisors (and each employee, representative or other agent of the Fund) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure (as such terms are used in Sections 6011, 6111 and 6112 of the U.S. Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

 

12.            Notices .  Except as otherwise herein provided, all statements, requests, notices and agreements shall be in writing or by telegram and, if to the Underwriters, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to UBS Securities LLC, 299 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10171-0026, Attention: Syndicate Department and, if to the Trust or Advisors, shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered or sent to the Trust at the offices of BlackRock Financial Management, Inc. at 40 East 52nd Street, New York, New York 10154, Attention:  Ralph L. Schlosstein.

 

13.            Governing Law; Construction .  This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”), directly or indirectly, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.  The Section headings in this Agreement have been inserted as a matter of convenience of reference and are not a part of this Agreement.

 

14.            Submission to Jurisdiction .  Except as set forth below, no Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and the Trust and Advisors consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto.  The Trust and Advisors hereby consent to personal jurisdiction, service and venue in any court in which any Claim arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement is brought by any third party against UBS Securities LLC or any indemnified party.  Each of UBS Securities LLC and the Trust and Advisors (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement.  The Trust and Advisors agree that a final judgment in any such action, proceeding or

 

19



 

counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Trust or the Advisors, as the case may be, and may be enforced in any other courts in the jurisdiction of which the Trust or the Advisors, as the case may be, is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

 

15.            Parties at Interest .  The Agreement herein set forth has been and is made solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and the Trust and the Advisors and to the extent provided in Section 9 hereof the controlling persons, directors and officers referred to in such section, and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, personal representatives and executors and administrators.  No other person, partnership, association or corporation (including a purchaser, as such purchaser, from any of the Underwriters) shall acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.

 

16.            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be signed by the parties in one or more counterparts which together shall constitute one and the same agreement among the parties.

 

17.            Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Underwriters and the Trust and the Advisors and their successors and assigns and any successor or assign of any substantial portion of the Trust’s and the Advisors’ and any of the Underwriters’ respective businesses and/or assets.

 

20



 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding among the Trust, the Advisors and the Underwriters, please so indicate in the space provided below for the purpose, whereupon this letter and your acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement among the Trust, the Advisors and the Underwriters, severally.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

BlackRock Advisors, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Accepted and agreed to as of the

 

date first above written, on

 

behalf of themselves and the

 

other several Underwriters

 

named in Schedule A

 

 

 

UBS SECURITIES LLC

 

 

 

By:        UBS SECURITIES LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

21



 

SCHEDULE A

 

Underwriter

 

Number of
Firm Shares

 

 

 

 

 

UBS Securities LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

A-1




Exhibit 99(i)

 

THE BLACKROCK CLOSED-END TRUSTS
AMENDED AND RESTATED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

The Board of Trustees of each of the participating management investment companies listed on Schedule A (as such schedule may be amended from time to time) attached hereto and made a part hereof (each a “Participating Fund” and collectively, the “Participating Funds”), established the BlackRock Funds Deferred Compensation Plan, effective as of February 24, 2000.  The BlackRock Funds Deferred Compensation Plan was amended and restated effective as of September 27, 2002 (as amended and restated, the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to provide eligible trustees of Participating Funds, the opportunity to defer the receipt of all or a portion of the amounts payable to them as compensation for services rendered as members of the Board of Trustees of the respective funds.

 

1.              DEFINITIONS

 

1.1            Definitions.  Unless a different meaning is plainly implied by the context, the following terms as used in the Plan shall have the following meanings:

 

The term “Administrator” shall mean BlackRock Advisors, Inc., in its capacity as the administrator of the Plan on behalf of the Participating Funds.

 

The term “Advisor” shall mean BlackRock Advisors, Inc. and its affiliates.

 

The term “Board” shall mean the Board of Trustees of each respective Participating Fund.

 

The term “Deferral Share Account” shall mean a book entry account maintained to reflect the number and value of shares of Eligible Investments that the Administrator determines could have been purchased with an Eligible Trustee’s Deferred Compensation as provided in this Plan and any earnings thereon.

 

The term “Eligible Investment” shall mean a fund managed by the Advisor and designated by the Participating Funds from time to time as an investment medium that may be chosen by an Eligible Trustee in which such Trustee’s Deferred Compensation may be deemed to be invested, provided that any Eligible Investment that is a term trust and also the Participating Fund from which an Eligible Trustee’s deferred compensation is paid, is not an Eligible Investment that may be chosen by such Trustee as an investment medium for such deferred compensation.

 

The term “Eligible Trustee” shall mean a member of the Board who is not an “interested person” of a Participating Fund or of BlackRock, as such term is defined

 



 

under Section 2(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

 

The term “Exchange” shall mean the principal stock exchange on which common shares of an Eligible Investment trade.

 

The term “Fair Market Value” shall mean, with respect to a date, on a per share basis, the closing price of an Eligible Investment, as reported on the consolidated tape of the Exchange on such date or, if the Exchange is closed on such date, the next succeeding date on which it is open.

 

The term “Participating Funds” shall mean those registered investment management companies for which the Advisor serves or will serve in the future as investment manager, whether existing at the time of adoption of the Plan or established at a later date, designated by each respective Board as a fund from which compensation may be deferred by an Eligible Trustee.  Participating Funds shall be listed on Schedule A to the Plan, provided that failure to list a Participating Fund on Schedule A shall not affect its status as a Participating Fund.

 

The term “Valuation Date” shall mean the last business day of each calendar quarter and any other day upon which the Participating Fund makes valuations of the Deferral Share Accounts.

 

1.2            Trustees and Directors.  Where appearing in the Plan, “Trustee” shall also refer to “Director” and “Board of Trustees” shall also refer to “Board of Directors.”

 

1.3            Separate Plan for each Participating Fund.  The Plan is drafted, and shall be construed, as a separate Plan between each Eligible Trustee and each Participating Fund.

 

2.              DEFERRALS

 

2.1            Deferral Elections.

 

(a)         An Eligible Trustee participating in the Plan (a “Participant”) may elect to defer receipt of all, or a specified dollar amount or percentage of the compensation (including fees for attending meetings) earned by such Eligible Trustee for serving as a member of the Board or as a member of any committee (or subcommittee of such committee) of the Board of which such Eligible Trustee from time to time may be a member (the “Deferred Compensation”). Expenses of attending meetings of the Board, committees of the Board or subcommittees of such committees or other reimbursable expenses may not be deferred.

 

2



 

(b)         Deferrals shall be withheld from each payment of compensation by the Participating Fund to the Participant based upon the percentage or dollar amount elected by the Participant under Section 2.3 hereof.

 

(c)         The Participant may modify the amount of such Participant’s Deferred Compensation on a prospective basis by submitting to the Participating Fund a revised election to defer form prior to the end of the calendar year in which the revised election is submitted.  Such change will be effective as of the first day of the calendar year following the date such revision is submitted; provided, however, that if such modification was made on or after October 1 st , the change will not be effective until April 1 st of the following calendar year.

 

2.2            Manner of Election.

 

(a)         An Eligible Trustee shall elect to participate in the Plan and defer compensation by completing, signing and filing with the Participating Fund an election to defer in such written form as may be prescribed (the “Election”).  The Election shall include:

 

(i)       The amount or percentage of compensation to be deferred;

 

(ii)      The method of payment of Deferred Compensation (i.e., in a lump sum or the number of installments);

 

(iii)     The time or times of payment of the Deferred Compensation;

 

(iv)     The Eligible Investments selected by the Trustee for the Deferred Compensation; and

 

(v)      Any beneficiary(ies) designated by the Eligible Trustee pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Plan.

 

(b)         Each Eligible Trustee’s receipt of compensation shall be deferred until the first to occur of any of the following events:

 

(i)       The date which such Eligible Trustee ceases to be a Trustee of the Participating Fund;

 

(ii)      A date selected by such Eligible Trustee as specified on the Trustee’s Election;

 

3



 

(iii)     A date on which some future event occurs which is not within the Eligible Trustee’s control, as specified on the Trustee’s Election;

 

(iv)     Upon the death of the Eligible Trustee;

 

(v)      In the sole discretion of the Participating Fund, upon disability or financial hardship of the Eligible Trustee;

 

(vi)     The effective date of the sale or liquidation of the Participating Fund or to comply with applicable law; or

 

(vii)   Upon termination of the Plan in accordance with Section 4.5 hereof.

 

2.3            Period of Deferrals.

 

(a)         Any Election by an Eligible Trustee pursuant to the Plan shall be irrevocable from and after the date on which such Election is filed with the Participating Fund and shall be effective to defer compensation of an Eligible Trustee as follows:

 

(i)       As to any Eligible Trustee in office on the original effective date of the Plan (prior to any amendments or restatements) who files an Election no later than thirty (30) days after such effective date, such Election shall be effective to defer any compensation which is earned by the Eligible Trustee after the date of the filing of the Election, or such effective date of the Plan, if later;

 

(ii)      As to any individual who becomes an Eligible Trustee after the original effective date of the Plan and who files an Election within thirty (30) days of becoming an Eligible Trustee, such Election shall be effective to defer any compensation which is earned by the Eligible Trustee after the date of the filing of the Election, or the effective date of the Plan, if later;

 

(iii)     As to any other Eligible Trustee, the Election shall be effective to defer any compensation that is earned from and after the first day of the calendar year next succeeding the calendar year in which the Election is filed; and

 

(iv)     Any Elections in effect on the date this Plan is amended and restated shall remain in effect so that a Participant need not execute new a Election.

 

4



 

(b)         A Participant may revoke such Participant’s Election at any time by filing a written notice of termination with the Participating Fund.  Any compensation earned by the Participant after receipt of the notice by the Participating Fund shall be paid currently and no longer deferred as provided in the Plan.

 

(c)         A Participant who has filed a notice to terminate deferral of compensation may thereafter again file a new Election pursuant to Section 2.2(a) hereof effective for any calendar year subsequent to the calendar year in which the new Election is filed; provided, however, that if the notice to terminate the deferral is filed on or after October 1 st , the new Election shall not become effective until April 1 st of the following calendar year.

 

2.4            Valuation of Deferral Share Account.

 

(a)         Deferred Compensation will be deferred on the date it otherwise would have been paid to a Participant (the “Deferral Date”).  Each Participating Fund will establish a Deferral Share Account for each Participant that will be credited with all or a portion of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation from time to time in accordance with this Plan.  The amount initially credited to a Participant’s Deferral Share Account in connection with each Deferred Compensation amount shall be determined by reference to the number of whole shares of Eligible Investments selected by the Participant that the Deferred Compensation could have purchased at the Fair Market Value per share of such Eligible Investments on a date on or about the Deferral Date (less any brokerage fees payable upon the acquisition of shares of such in the open market).  Deferred Compensation shall be credited to the Deferral Share Account as soon as reasonably practicable after the Deferral Date, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.  Deferred Compensation not credited to the Deferral Share Account on or about the Deferral Date ( e.g. , because the remaining amount is not sufficient to purchase an additional whole share of Eligible Investments selected by the Participant or for any other reason) shall be credited to the Deferral Share Account as soon as reasonably practicable, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion ( i.e. , as soon as such amount, when taken together with other uncredited amounts, is sufficient to purchase a whole share of an Eligible Investment as selected by the Participant).

 

(b)         On each Valuation Date, each Deferral Share Account will be credited or debited with the amount of gain or loss that would have been recognized had the Deferral Share Account been invested in the Eligible Investments designated by the Participant.  Each Deferral Share Account will be credited with the Fair Market Value of shares that would have been acquired through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributed as if the amount of Deferred Compensation represented by such Deferral Share Account had been invested and reinvested in shares of the Eligible Investments designated by the Participant.  Each Participating Fund shall, from time to time, further adjust the Participant’s Deferral Share Account to reflect the value which would have

 

5



 

been earned as if the amount of Deferred Compensation credited to such Deferral Share Account had been invested and reinvested in shares of the Eligible Investments designated by the Participant, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion in accordance with this Plan.

 

(c)         The Deferral Share Account shall be debited to reflect any distributions as of the date such distributions are made in accordance with Section 3 of the Plan.

 

2.5            Investment of Deferral Share Account.

 

(a)         The Participating Funds shall from time to time designate one or more funds eligible for investment.  A Participant, at the time of Election, shall have the right to select from the then-current list of Eligible Investments one or more Eligible Investments in which amounts deferred shall be deemed invested as set forth in Section 3. The Participant may select from the Eligible Investments to which all or part of the amounts in the Deferral Share Account shall be deemed to be invested.  If, as the result of the requirement that notional purchases of Eligible Investments be made in whole shares as set forth in Section 2.4 or for any other reason, not all of a Participant’s Deferred Compensation has been credited to the Deferral Share Account, the cash balance of such Deferred Compensation shall be held until the next Valuation Date on which the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, that it is reasonably practicable to make a notional purchase (debiting the cash balance of the Participant’s Deferred Compensation) of one or more Eligible Investments then selected by the Participant.

 

(b)         The Participant shall make investment designations at the time such Participant files the Election with the Participating Fund which shall remain effective until another valid direction has been made by the Participant as herein provided.  The Participant may amend the investment designations only once each calendar year by giving written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of such calendar year.  A timely change to a Participant’s investment designation shall become effective for future Deferred Compensation as soon as practicable following receipt of notice by the Participating Fund.

 

(c)         The Eligible Investments deemed to be made available to the Participant, and any restrictions or limitation on the maximum or minimum percentages of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account that may be invested in any Eligible Investment, shall be the same as from time-to-time communicated to the Participant.

 

(d)         A Participant may elect to transfer Deferred Compensation from one Eligible Investment to a different Eligible Investment, provided that in no event may any such election become effective sooner than six (6) months following the last date on which Deferred Compensation was allocated to the former Eligible Investment,

 

6



 

and the Participant shall not be permitted to defer any compensation earned after such date to such former Eligible Investment for a period of six (6) months from the date of such transfer.  A transfer election shall be made by written notice signed by the Participant and filed with the Participating Fund.

 

(e)         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Participating Funds may, from time to time, remove any fund from or add any fund to the list of Eligible Investments.  If the Participating Funds discontinue an Eligible Investment, the Participant shall complete and file an election to transfer the amounts deferred in the discontinued Eligible Investment to such other then-current Eligible Investment.  In the event that the Participant shall fail to timely elect a new Eligible Investment, such amounts shall be transferred to an Eligible Investment that the Participating Fund deems appropriate.

 

(f)          Except as provided below, the Participant’s Deferral Share Account shall be deemed to be invested in accordance with the Participant’s Election, provided such Election conforms to the provisions of this Section.  If —

 

(i)       the Participant does not furnish complete, written investment instructions; or

 

(ii)      the written investment instructions from the Participant are unclear,

 

the Participant’s Deferral Share Account shall be deemed to be invested in such other then-current Eligible Investments as the Participating Funds shall select, until such time as the Participant shall provide complete investment instructions.

 

3.              DISTRIBUTIONS FROM DEFERRAL SHARE ACCOUNT

 

3.1            Distribution Election.

 

The aggregate value of a Participant’s Deferral Share Account and any Deferred Compensation held in cash and not yet credited to a Participant’s Deferral Share Account will be paid in a lump sum or in ten (10) or fewer annual installments, as specified in the Participant’s Election (or Elections).  Distributions will be made as of the first business day of January of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant ceases being a Trustee or on such other dates as the Participant may specify in such Election (or Elections), which shall not be earlier than six (6) months following the Election.

 

(a)         If a Participant elects installment payments, the unpaid balance in the Participant’s Deferral Share Account shall continue to accrue earnings and dividend equivalents, computed in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.4, and

 

7



 

shall be prorated and paid over the installment period.  The amount of the first payment shall be a fraction of the then Fair Market Value of such Participant’s Deferral Share Account, the numerator of which is one, and the denominator of which is the total number of installments; provided that cash not yet credited to a Participant’s Deferral Share Account, if any, will be added to such amount as a part of the first payment.  The amount of each subsequent payment shall be a fraction of the then Fair Market Value of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account remaining after the prior payment, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the total number of installments elected minus the number of installments previously paid.

 

(b)         All payments shall be in cash; provided, however, if a lump sum payment is elected, the Participant may elect to receive payment in full and fractional shares of the Eligible Investments selected by such Participant at Fair Market Value at the time of payment of the amounts credited to the Participant’s Deferral Share Account; provided, further, that any Deferred Compensation held in cash will be distributed in cash.  Any such election shall be filed in writing by the Participant with the Participating Fund at least ten (10) business days prior to the date which such payment is to be made.

 

(c)         A Participant may at any time, and from time to time, change any distribution election applicable to such Participant’s Deferral Share Account, provided that no election to change the timing of any distribution shall be effective unless it is made in writing and received by the Participating Fund at least six (6) months prior to the earlier of (i) the time at which the Participant ceases to be a Trustee or (ii) the time such distribution shall commence.

 

3.2            Death Prior to Complete Distribution.  In the event of a Participant’s death prior to distribution of all amounts in such Participant’s Deferral Share Account, notwithstanding any Election made by the Participant and notwithstanding any other provision set forth herein, the value of such Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash shall be paid in a lump sum in accordance with the provisions of the Plan as soon as reasonably possible to the Participant’s designated beneficiary(ies) (the “Beneficiary”) or, if such Beneficiary(ies) does not survive the Participant or no beneficiary is designated, to such Participant’s estate. Any Beneficiary(ies) so designated by a Participant may be changed at any time by notice in writing from such Participant to the Participating Fund.  All payments under this subsection shall otherwise be paid in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof.

 

3.3            Payment in Discretion of Participating Funds.

 

Amounts deferred hereunder, based on the then adjusted value of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account as of the Valuation Date next following plus any

 

8



 

Deferred Compensation held in cash, may become payable to the Participant in the discretion of the Participating Fund:

 

(a)         Disability.  If the Participating Fund finds on the basis of medical evidence satisfactory to it that the Participant is prevented from engaging in any suitable gainful employment or occupation and that such disability will be permanent and continuous during the remainder of such Participant’s life, the Participating Fund shall distribute the amounts in the Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash in a lump sum or in the number of installments previously selected by the Participant.

 

(b)         Financial Hardship.  If the Participant requests and if the Participant provides evidence of financial hardship, the Participating Fund may, in its sole and absolute discretion, permit a distribution of all or a portion of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash prior to the date on which payments would have commenced under Section 3.1.

 

3.4            Acceleration of Payments.

 

(a)         In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of a Participating Fund or the distribution of all or substantially all of a Participating Fund’s assets and property to its shareholders (for this purpose a sale, conveyance or transfer of a Participating Fund’s assets to a trust, partnership, association or another corporation in exchange for cash, shares or other securities with the transfer being made subject to, or with the assumption by the transferee of, the liabilities of such Participating Fund shall not be deemed a termination of such Participating Fund or such a distribution), the entire unpaid balance of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash of such Participating Fund shall be paid in a lump sum as of the effective date thereof.

 

(b)         The Participating Funds are empowered to accelerate the payment of deferred amounts to all Participants and Beneficiaries in the event that there is a change in law which would have the effect of adversely affecting such persons rights and benefits under the Plan if acceleration did not occur.

 

4.              MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1            Statements of Account.

 

The Participating Funds will furnish each Participant with a statement setting forth the value of such Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash as of the end of each calendar year and all credits and debits of such Deferral Share Account or to any Deferred Compensation held in cash during

 

9



 

such year.  Such statements will be furnished no later than sixty (60) days after the end of each calendar year.

 

4.2            Rights in Deferral Share Account.

 

Credits to the Deferral Share Accounts or to any Deferred Compensation held in cash shall (i) remain part of the general assets of the Participating Funds, (ii) at all times be the sole and absolute property of the Participating Funds and (iii) in no event be deemed to constitute a fund, trust or collateral security for the payment of the Deferred Compensation to which Participants are entitled.  The right of the Participant or any Beneficiary or estate to receive future payment of Deferred Compensation under the provisions of the Plan shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the Participating Funds, if any, available at the time of payment.  A Participating Fund shall not reserve or set aside funds for the payment of its obligations hereunder by any form of trust, escrow, or similar arrangement.  The arrangement described in this Plan shall be “unfunded” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and for purposes of the Employee Retirement Security Income Act of 1974, as amended.

 

4.3            Non-Assignability.

 

The rights and benefits of Participants under the Plan and any other person or persons to whom payments may be made pursuant to the Plan shall not be subject to alienation, assignment, pledge, transfer or other disposition, except as otherwise provided by law.

 

4.4            Interpretation and Administration.

 

The Participating Funds shall have the general authority to interpret, construe and implement provisions of the Plan and to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as shall be from time to time, deemed advisable.  Any determination by the Participating Funds shall be final and conclusive.

 

4.5            Amendment and Termination.

 

The Participating Funds may in their sole discretion amend or terminate the Plan at any time.  No amendment or termination shall adversely affect any then existing deferred amounts or rights under the Plan.  Upon termination of the Plan, the remaining balance of the Participant’s Deferral Share Account plus any Deferred Compensation held in cash shall be paid to the Participant (or to a beneficiary, as the case may be), in a lump sum as soon as practicable but no more than thirty (30) days following termination of the Plan.

 

10



 

4.6            Incapacity.

 

If the Participating Funds shall receive satisfactory evidence that the Participant or any Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefit under the Plan is, at the time when such benefit becomes payable, a minor, or is physically or mentally incompetent to receive such benefit and to give a valid release therefor, and that another person or an institution is then maintaining or has custody of the Participant or Beneficiary and that no guardian, committee or other representative of the estate of the Participant or Beneficiary shall have been duly appointed, the Participating Funds may make payment of such benefit otherwise payable to the Participant or Beneficiary to such other person or institution and the release of such other person or institution shall be a valid and complete discharge for the payment of such benefit.

 

4.7            Payments Due Missing Persons.

 

The Participating Funds shall make a reasonable effort to locate all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan.  However, notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, if, after a period of five (5) years from the date such benefit shall be due, any such persons entitled to benefits have not been located, their rights under the Plan shall stand suspended.  Before this provision becomes operative, the Participating Funds shall send a certified letter to all such persons to their last known address advising them that their benefits under the Plan shall be suspended.  Any such suspended amounts shall be held by the Participating Funds for a period of three (3) additional years (or a total of eight (8) years from the time the benefits first become payable) and thereafter, if unclaimed, such amounts shall be forfeited, subject to applicable laws in the jurisdiction in which the respective Participating Fund is organized.

 

4.8            Agents.

 

The Participating Funds may employ agents and provide for such clerical, legal, actuarial, accounting, advisory or other services as they deem necessary to perform their duties under the Plan.  The Participating Funds shall bear the cost of such services and all other expenses incurred in connection with the administration of the Plan.

 

4.9            Governing Law.

 

All matters concerning the validity, construction and administration of the Plan shall be governed by the laws of the state in which the respective Participating Fund is organized.

 

4.10          Non-Guarantee of Status.

 

Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract or guarantee of the right of the Participant to be, or remain as, a Trustee of any of the Participating

 

11



 

Funds or to receive any, or any particular rate of, compensation from any of the Participating Funds.

 

4.11          Counsel.

 

The Participating Funds may consult with legal counsel with respect to the meaning or construction of the Plan, their obligations or duties hereunder or with respect to any action or proceeding or any question of law, and they shall be fully protected with respect to any action taken or omitted by them in good faith pursuant to the advice of legal counsel.

 

4.12          Entire Plan.

 

The Plan contains the entire understanding between the Participating Funds and the Participant with respect to the payment of non-qualified elective deferred compensation by the Participating Funds to the Participant.

 

4.13          Non-liability of Administrator and Participating Funds.

 

Interpretations of, and determinations (including factual determinations) related to, the Plan made by the Administrator or Participating Funds in good faith, including any determinations of the amounts of the Deferral Share Accounts, shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties; and the Administrator, the Participating Funds and their officers and Trustees shall not incur any liability to the Participant for any such interpretation or determination so made or for any other action taken by it in connection with the Plan in good faith.

 

4.14          Successors and Assigns.

 

The Plan shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Participating Funds and their successors and assigns and to the Participants and their heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.

 

4.15          Severability.

 

In the event any one or more provisions of the Plan are held to be invalid or unenforceable, such illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof and such other provisions shall remain in full force and effect unaffected by such invalidity or unenforceability.

 

4.16          Rule 16b-3 Compliance.

 

It is the intention of the Participating Fund that all transactions under the Plan be exempt from liability imposed by Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of

 

12



 

1934, as amended.  Therefore, if any transaction under the Plan is found not to be in compliance with Section 16(b), the provision of the Plan governing such transaction shall be deemed amended so that the transaction does so comply and is so exempt, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Participating Fund, and in all events the Plan shall be construed in favor of its meeting the requirements of an exemption.

 

13



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Participating Fund has caused this Plan to be executed by one of its duly authorized officers, as of this [     ] day of [                   ].

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

14



 

SCHEDULE A

 

BLACKROCK FUNDS
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

PARTICIPATING FUNDS

 

BlackRock Advantage Term Trust

BlackRock Broad Investment Grade 2009 Term Trust

BlackRock California Insured Municipal 2008 Term Trust

BlackRock California Insured Municipal Income Trust

BlackRock California Investment Quality Municipal Trust

BlackRock California Municipal 2018 Term Trust

BlackRock California Municipal Bond Trust

BlackRock California Municipal Income Trust

BlackRock California Municipal Income Trust II

BlackRock Core Bond Trust

BlackRock Dividend Achievers Trust

BlackRock Florida Insured Municipal 2008 Term Trust

BlackRock Florida Insured Municipal Income Trust

BlackRock Florida Investment Quality Municipal Trust

BlackRock Florida Municipal 2020 Term Trust

BlackRock Florida Municipal Bond Trust

BlackRock Florida Municipal Income Trust

BlackRock High Yield Trust

BlackRock Income Opportunity Trust

BlackRock Income Trust

BlackRock Insured Municipal 2008 Term Trust Inc.

BlackRock Insured Municipal Income Trust

BlackRock Insured Municipal Term Trust

BlackRock Investment Quality Municipal Trust

BlackRock Investment Quality Term Trust

BlackRock Limited Duration Income Trust

BlackRock Maryland Municipal Bond Trust

BlackRock Municipal 2018 Term Trust

BlackRock Municipal 2020 Term Trust

BlackRock Municipal Bond Trust

BlackRock Municipal Income Trust

BlackRock Municipal Income Trust II

BlackRock Municipal Target Term Trust

BlackRock New Jersey Investment Quality Municipal Trust

BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Bond Trust

BlackRock New Jersey Municipal Income Trust

BlackRock New York Insured Municipal 2008 Term Trust

 



 

BlackRock New York Insured Municipal Income Trust

BlackRock New York Investment Quality Municipal Trust

BlackRock New York Municipal 2018 Term Trust

BlackRock New York Municipal Bond Trust

BlackRock New York Municipal Income Trust

BlackRock New York Municipal Income Trust II

BlackRock Pennsylvania Strategic Municipal Trust

BlackRock Preferred Opportunity Trust

BlackRock Strategic Bond Trust

BlackRock Strategic Dividend Achievers Trust

BlackRock Strategic Municipal Trust

BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust

BlackRock Virginia Municipal Bond Trust

Partners Balanced Trust

S&P Quality Rankings Global Equity Managed Trust

 



 

SCHEDULE B

 

ELIGIBLE INVESTMENTS

 

You may choose from the following eligible investments:

 

BlackRock Advantage Term Trust

BlackRock Broad Investment Grade 2009 Term Trust

BlackRock Core Bond Trust

BlackRock High Yield Trust

BlackRock Income Opportunity Trust

BlackRock Income Trust

BlackRock Investment Quality Term Trust

BlackRock Strategic Bond Trust

 



 

BLACKROCK CLOSED-END TRUSTS
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

Deferral Election Form

 

The undersigned hereby elects to participate in the Deferred Compensation Plan (“Plan”) in accordance with the elections made in this Deferral Election Form.

 

1.              Amount Deferred

 

I hereby elect to defer compensation earned as a Trustee which are earned subsequent to the date of this election, as follows:

 

o   All fees; or

 

o                       % of fees.

 

o $                    of fees.

 

2.              Investment Choice

 

I hereby elect to have the deferred compensation valued by an investment in the Eligible Investments as set forth on the attachment to this Deferral Election Form.  I understand that I may change this election by giving written notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of each calendar year.

 



 

3.              Time of Payment

 

I hereby elect to be paid as follows:

 

o   On the first business day in January of the calendar year following the calendar year in which I cease to be a Trustee; or

 

o   On the following other date or event:

 

4.              Number of Payments

 

I hereby elect to receive payment as follows:

 

o   Entire amount in a lump sum; or

 

o   In                      annual installments (not to exceed 10).

 

I hereby relinquish and release any and all rights to receive payment of the deferred amounts except in accordance with the Plan.

 

Executed this       day of,        

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustee’s Signature

 

 

 

 

Received and accepted by the Participating Funds:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 



 

BLACKROCK CLOSED-END TRUSTS
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

 

Designation of Beneficiary

 

The undersigned hereby designates the person or persons named below as the beneficiary(ies) of any benefits which may become due according to the terms and conditions of the BlackRock Funds Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) in the event of my death.

 

o   To my Estate: or

 

o   To the following beneficiaries:

 

 

Primary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Name, address and relationship) if living, or if not living at my my death, to my Estate.

 

 

 

 

 

Secondary:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Name, address and relationship) if living, or if not living at my my death, to

 

I hereby revoke all prior beneficiary designation(s) made under the terms of the Plan by execution of this form.

 

Executed this             day of                        ,      

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustee’s Signature

 




Exhibit 99(j)

 

 

CUSTODIAN CONTRACT

 

 

                This Contract is made as of                 , 2004 between BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, having its principal place of business at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware  19809 hereinafter called the “Fund”, and State Street Bank and Trust Company, a Massachusetts trust company, having its principal place of business at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts  02110, hereinafter called the “Custodian”,

 

                WITNESSETH :  That in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

 

1.                                        Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It

 

                The Fund hereby employs the Custodian as the custodian of its assets pursuant to the provisions of the Fund’s agreement and declaration of trust (the “Declaration of Trust”).  The Fund agrees to deliver to the Custodian all securities and cash owned by it, and all payments of income, payments of principal or capital distributions received by it with respect to all securities owned by the Fund from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it for such new or treasury shares of beneficial interest (“Shares”) of the Fund as may be issued or sold from time to time.  The Custodian shall not be responsible for any property of the Fund held or received by the Fund and not delivered to the Custodian or which is delivered out in accordance with Proper Instructions (as such term is defined in Article 6 hereof) including, without limitation, Fund property held by brokers, private bankers, custodians other than the Custodian, warehousing agents or servicers including, without limitation, Midland Loan Servicers, Inc., or other persons or entities on behalf of the Fund.

 

                Upon receipt of “Proper Instructions” (within the meaning of Article 6), the Custodian shall from time to time employ one or more sub-custodians, but only in accordance with an applicable vote by the board of trustees of the Fund (the “Board”), and provided that the Custodian shall have no more or less responsibility or liability to the Fund on account of any actions or omissions of any sub-custodian so employed than any such sub-custodian has to the Custodian.

 

 

2.                                        Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the Fund Held By the Custodian

 

2.1                                  Holding Securities .  The Custodian shall hold and physically segregate for the account of the Fund all non-cash property, including all securities owned by the Fund, other than (a) securities which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.8 in a clearing agency registered with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), which acts as a securities depository, or in the book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury and certain federal agencies (each, a “Securities System”) and (b) commercial paper of an

 



 

issuer for which State Street Bank and Trust Company acts as issuing and paying agent (“Direct Paper”) which is deposited and/or maintained in the Direct Paper System of the Custodian (the “Direct Paper System”) pursuant to Section 2.9.

 

2.2                                  Delivery of Securities .  The Custodian shall release and deliver securities owned by the Fund held by the Custodian or in a Securities System account of the Custodian (“Securities System Account”) or in the Custodian’s Direct Paper book entry system account (“Direct Paper System Account”) only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

 

                                                1)                                       Upon sale of such securities for the account of the Fund and receipt of payment therefor;

 

                                                2)                                       Upon the receipt of payment in connection with any repurchase agreement related to such securities entered into by the Fund;

 

                                                3)                                       In the case of a sale effected through a Securities System, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.8 hereof;

 

                                                4)                                       To the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for securities of the Fund;

 

                                                5)                                       To the issuer thereof or its agent when such securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable; provided that, in any such case, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

                                                6)                                       To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Fund or into the name of any nominee or nominees of the Custodian or into the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or into the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Article 1; or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units; provided that, in any such case, the new securities are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

                                                7)                                       Upon the sale of such securities for the account of the Fund, to the broker or its clearing agent, against a receipt, for examination in accordance with “street delivery” custom; provided that in any such case, the Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct;

 

                                                8)                                       For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or

 

2



 

pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

                                                9)                                       In the case of warrants, rights or similar securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to the Custodian;

 

                                                10)                                 For delivery in connection with any loans of securities made by the Fund, but only against receipt of adequate collateral as agreed upon from time to time by the Custodian and the Fund, which may be in the form of cash or obligations issued by the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities, except that in connection with any loans for which collateral is to be credited to the Custodian’s account in the book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the Custodian will not be held liable or responsible for the delivery of securities owned by the Fund prior to the receipt of such collateral;

 

                                                11)                                 For delivery as security in connection with any borrowings by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund, but only against receipt of amounts borrowed;

 

                                                12)                                 For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act and a member of The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange, or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;

 

                                                13)                                 For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian, and a Futures Commission Merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) and/or any Contract Market, or any similar organization or organizations, regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund;

 

                                                14)                                 For any other proper purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the securities of the Fund to be delivered, setting forth the purpose for which such delivery is to be made, declaring such purpose to be a proper purpose, and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

 

2.3                                  Registration of Securities .  Securities held by the Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of any nominee of the Fund or of any nominee of the Custodian which nominee shall be assigned exclusively to the Fund, unless the Fund has authorized in writing the appointment of a nominee to be used in

 

3



 

common with other registered investment companies having the same investment adviser as the Fund, or in the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or in the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Article 1.  All securities accepted by the Custodian on behalf of the Fund under the terms of this Contract shall be in “street name” or other good delivery form.  If, however, the Fund directs the Custodian to maintain securities in “street name”, the Custodian shall utilize its best efforts only to timely collect income due the Fund on such securities and to notify the Fund on a best efforts basis only of relevant corporate actions including, without limitation, pendency of calls, maturities, tender or exchange offers.

 

2.4                                  Bank Accounts .  The Custodian shall open and maintain a separate bank account or accounts in the name of the Fund, subject only to draft or order by the Custodian acting pursuant to the terms of this Contract, and shall hold in such account or accounts, subject to the provisions hereof, all cash received by it from or for the account of the Fund, other than cash maintained by the Fund in a bank account established and used in accordance with Rule 17f-3 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).  Funds held by the Custodian for the Fund may be deposited by it to its credit as Custodian in the banking department of the Custodian or in such other banks or trust companies as it may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable; provided , however, that every such bank or trust company shall be qualified to act as a custodian under the 1940 Act and that each such bank or trust company and the funds to be deposited with each such bank or trust company shall be approved by vote of a majority of the Board of the Fund.  Such funds shall be deposited by the Custodian in its capacity as Custodian and shall be withdrawable by the Custodian only in that capacity.

 

2.5                                  Collection of Income .  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to registered securities held hereunder to which the Fund shall be entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the securities business, and shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to bearer securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are held by the Custodian or its agent thereof and shall credit such income, as collected, to the Fund’s custodian account.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Custodian shall detach and present for payment all coupons and other income items requiring presentation as and when they become due and shall collect interest when due on securities held hereunder.  Income due the Fund on securities loaned pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 (10) shall be the responsibility of the Fund.  The Custodian will have no duty or responsibility in connection therewith, other than to provide the Fund with such information or data as may be necessary to assist the Fund in arranging for the timely delivery to the Custodian of the income to which the Fund is properly entitled.

 

2.6                                  Payment of Fund Monies .  Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out monies of the Fund in the following cases only:

 

4



 

 

                                                1)                                       Upon the purchase of securities, options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts for the account of the Fund but only (a) against the delivery of such securities or evidence of title to such options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts to the Custodian (or any bank, banking firm or trust company doing business in the United States or abroad which is qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian and has been designated by the Custodian as its agent for this purpose) registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of a nominee of the Custodian referred to in Section 2.3 hereof or in proper form for transfer; (b) in the case of a purchase effected through a Securities System, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.8 hereof; (c) in the case of a purchase involving the Direct Paper System, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.11; (d) in the case of repurchase agreements entered into between the Fund and the Custodian, or another bank, or a broker-dealer which is a member of NASD, (i) against delivery of the securities either in certificate form or through an entry crediting the Custodian’s account at the Federal Reserve Bank with such securities or (ii) against delivery of the receipt evidencing purchase by the Fund of securities owned by the Custodian along with written evidence of the agreement by the Custodian to repurchase such securities from the Fund or (e) for transfer to a time deposit account of the Fund in any bank; such transfer may be effected prior to receipt of a confirmation from a broker and/or the applicable bank pursuant to Proper Instructions as defined in Article 6;

 

                                                2)                                       In connection with conversion, exchange or surrender of securities owned by the Fund as set forth in Section 2.2 hereof;

 

                                                3)                                       For the payment of any expense or liability incurred by the Fund, including but not limited to the following payments for the account of the Fund:  interest, taxes, management fees, accounting fees, transfer agent and legal fees, and operating expenses of the Fund whether or not such expenses are to be in whole or part capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

 

                                                4)                                       For the payment of any dividends declared pursuant to the governing documents of the Fund;

 

                                                5)                                       For payment of the amount of dividends received in respect of securities sold short;

 

                                                6)                                       For any other proper purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment, setting forth the purpose for which such payment is to be made, declaring such purpose to be a proper purpose, and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

 

2.7                                  Appointment of Agents .  The Custodian may at any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any time remove) any other bank or trust company which is itself qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian, as its agent to carry out such of the provisions of this Article 2 as the Custodian may from time to time direct; provided , however, that the

 

5



 

appointment of any agent shall not relieve the Custodian of its responsibilities or liabilities hereunder.

 

2.8                                  Deposit of Securities in Securities Systems .  The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by the Fund in a Securities System in compliance with the conditions of Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act, as amended from time to time.

 

2.9                     Fund Assets Held in the Custodian’s Direct Paper System.   The Custodian may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by the Fund in the Direct Paper System of the Custodian subject to the following provisions:

 

                                   1)                                       No transaction relating to securities in the Direct Paper System will be effected in the absence of Proper Instructions;

 

                                   2)                                       The Custodian may keep securities of the Fund in the Direct Paper System only if such securities are represented in Direct Paper System Account which shall not include any assets of the Custodian other than assets held as a fiduciary, custodian or otherwise for customers;

 

                                   3)                                       The records of the Custodian with respect to securities of the Fund which are maintained in the Direct Paper System shall identify by book-entry those securities belonging to the Fund;

 

                                   4)                                       The Custodian shall pay for securities purchased for the account of the Fund upon the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such payment and transfer of securities to the account of the Fund.  The Custodian shall transfer securities sold for the account of the Fund upon the making of an entry on the records of the Custodian to reflect such transfer and receipt of payment for the account of the Fund;

 

                                   5)                                       The Custodian shall furnish the Fund confirmation of each transfer to or from the account of the Fund, in the form of a written advice or notice, of Direct Paper on the next business day following such transfer and shall furnish to the Fund copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting each day’s transaction in the Securities System for the account of the Fund;

 

                                   6)                                       The Custodian shall provide the Fund with any report on its system of internal accounting control as the Fund may reasonably request from time to time.

 

2.10               Segregated Account .  The Custodian shall upon receipt of Proper Instructions from the Fund establish and maintain a segregated account or accounts for and on behalf of the Fund, into which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or securities, including securities maintained in an account by the Custodian pursuant to Section 2.8 hereof, (i) in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, the Custodian and a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act and a member of the NASD (or any futures commission

 

 

6



 

merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or the CFTC or any registered contract market), or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund, (ii) for purposes of segregating cash or government securities in connection with options purchased, sold or written by the Fund or commodity futures contracts or options thereon purchased or sold by the Fund, (iii) for the purposes of compliance by the Fund with the procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent release or releases of the SEC relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by registered investment companies and (iv) for other proper purposes, but only , in the case of clause (iv), upon receipt of Proper Instructions from the Fund setting forth the purpose or purposes of such segregated account and declaring such purposes to be proper purposes.

 

2.11               Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes .  The Custodian shall execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for all federal and state tax purposes in connection with receipt of income or other payments with respect to securities of the Fund held by it and in connection with transfers of such securities.

 

2.12               Proxies .  The Custodian shall, with respect to the securities held hereunder, cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such securities, if the securities are registered otherwise than in the name of the Fund or a nominee of the Fund, all proxies, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and shall promptly deliver to the Fund such proxies, all proxy soliciting materials and all notices relating to such securities.

 

2.13               Communications Relating to Fund Securities .  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund all written information (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith and notices of exercise of call and put options written by the Fund and the maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold by the Fund) received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities being held for the Fund.  With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by the Custodian from issuers of the securities whose tender or exchange is sought and from the party (or his agents) making the tender or exchange offer.  If the Fund desires to take action with respect to any tender offer, exchange offer or any other similar transaction, the Fund shall notify the Custodian at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take such action.

 

2.14               Reports to Fund by Independent Public Accountants   The Custodian shall provide the Fund, at such times as the Fund may reasonably require, with reports by independent public accountants on the accounting system, internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including securities deposited and/or maintained in a  Securities System, relating to the services provided by the Custodian under this Contract; such reports, shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail, as may reasonably be required by the Fund, to provide reasonable

 

 

7



 

assurance that any material inadequacies would be disclosed by such examination, and, if there are no such inadequacies, the reports shall so state.

 

 

3.             Provisions Relating to Rules 17f-5 and 17f-7

 

3.1.          Definitions .   Capitalized terms in this Contract shall have the following meanings:

 

“Country Risk” means all factors reasonably related to the systemic risk of holding Foreign Assets in a particular country including, but not limited to, such country’s political environment, economic and financial infrastructure (including any Eligible Securities Depository operating in the country), prevailing or developing custody and settlement practices, and laws and regulations applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Foreign Assets held in custody in that country.

 

“Eligible Foreign Custodian” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(1) of Rule 17f-5, including a majority-owned or indirect subsidiary of a U.S. Bank (as defined in Rule 17f-5), a bank holding company meeting the requirements of an Eligible Foreign Custodian  (as set forth in Rule 17f-5 or by other appropriate action of the SEC), or a foreign branch of a Bank (as defined in Section 2(a)(5) of the 1940 Act) meeting the requirements of a custodian under Section 17(f) of the 1940 Act; the term does not include any Eligible Securities Depository.

 

“Eligible Securities Depository” has the meaning set forth in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7.

 

“Foreign Assets” means any of the Fund’s investments (including foreign currencies) for which the primary market is outside the United States and such cash and cash equivalents as are reasonably necessary to effect the Fund’s transactions in such investments.

 

“Foreign Custody Manager” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(3) of Rule 17f-5.

 

3.2.          The Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager .

 

                                                3.2.1                         Delegation to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager .   The Fund, by resolution adopted by its Board, hereby delegates to the Custodian, subject to Section (b) of Rule 17f-5, the responsibilities set forth in this Section 3.2 with respect to Foreign Assets held outside the United States, and the Custodian hereby accepts such delegation as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.

 

                                                3.2.2                         Countries Covered .   The Foreign Custody Manager shall be responsible for performing the delegated responsibilities defined below only with respect to the countries and custody arrangements for each such country listed on Schedule A to this Contract, which list of countries may be amended from time to time by the Fund with the agreement of the Foreign Custody Manager.  The Foreign Custody Manager shall list on Schedule A the Eligible Foreign Custodians selected by the

 

 

8



 

Foreign Custody Manager to maintain the Fund’s assets, which list of Eligible Foreign Custodians may be amended from time to time in the sole discretion of the Foreign Custody Manager.  The Foreign Custody Manager will provide amended versions of Schedule A in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereof.

 

Upon the receipt by the Foreign Custody Manager of Proper Instructions to open an account or to place or maintain Foreign Assets in a country listed on Schedule A, and the fulfillment by the Fund of the applicable account opening requirements for such country, the Foreign Custody Manager shall be deemed to have been delegated by the Board responsibility as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to that country and to have accepted such delegation.  Execution of this Amendment by the Fund shall be deemed to be a Proper Instruction to open an account, or to place or maintain Foreign Assets, in each country listed on Schedule A in which the Custodian has previously placed or currently maintains Foreign Assets pursuant to the terms of the Contract.  Following the receipt of Proper Instructions directing the Foreign Custody Manager to close the account of the Fund with the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in a designated country, the delegation by the Board to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager for that country shall be deemed to have been withdrawn and the Custodian shall immediately cease to be the Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund with respect to that country.

 

The Foreign Custody Manager may withdraw its acceptance of delegated responsibilities with respect to a designated country upon written notice to the Fund.  Thirty days (or such longer period to which the parties reasonably agree in writing) after receipt of any such notice by the Fund, the Custodian shall have no further responsibility in its capacity as Foreign Custody Manager to the Fund with respect to the country as to which the Custodian’s acceptance of delegation is withdrawn.

 

                3.2.3        Scope of Delegated Responsibilities .

 

                                                                (a)           Selection of Eligible Foreign Custodians .   Subject to the provisions of this Section 3.2, the Foreign Custody Manager may place and maintain the Foreign Assets in the care of the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in each country listed on Schedule A, as amended from time to time.  In performing its delegated responsibilities as Foreign Custody Manager to place or maintain Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian, the Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the country in which the Foreign Assets will be held by that Eligible Foreign Custodian, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including, without limitation the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(1).

 

 

9



 

                                                                (b)           Contracts With Eligible Foreign Custodians .   The Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the contract governing the foreign custody arrangements with each Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager will satisfy the requirements of Rule 17f-5(c)(2).

 

                                                                (c)           Monitoring .  In each case in which the Foreign Custody Manager maintains Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager, the Foreign Custody Manager shall establish a system to monitor (i) the appropriateness of maintaining the Foreign Assets with such Eligible Foreign Custodian and (ii) the contract governing the custody arrangements established by the Foreign Custody Manager with the Eligible Foreign Custodian.  In the event the Foreign Custody Manager determines that the custody arrangements with an Eligible Foreign Custodian it has selected are no longer appropriate, the Foreign Custody Manager shall notify the Board in accordance with Section 3.2.5 hereunder.

 

                                                3.2.4                         Guidelines for the Exercise of Delegated Authority .   For purposes of this Section 3.2, the Board (or at the Board’s delegation, the Fund’s duly-authorized investment manager) shall be deemed to have considered and determined to accept such Country Risk as is incurred by placing and maintaining the Foreign Assets in each country for which the Custodian is serving as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.

 

3.2.5                         Reporting Requirements .   The Foreign Custody Manager shall report the withdrawal of the Foreign Assets from an Eligible Foreign Custodian and the placement of such Foreign Assets with another Eligible Foreign Custodian by providing to the Board an amended Schedule A at the end of the calendar quarter in which an amendment to such Schedule has occurred.  The Foreign Custody Manager shall make written reports notifying the Board of any other material change in the foreign custody arrangements of the Fund described in this Section 3.2 after the occurrence of the material change.

 

3.2.6                         Standard of Care as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund .  In performing the responsibilities delegated to it, the Foreign Custody Manager agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of assets of management investment companies registered under the 1940 Act would exercise.

 

                                                3.2.7                         Representations with Respect to Rule 17f-5 .   The Foreign Custody Manager represents to the Fund that it is a U.S. Bank as defined in section (a)(7) of Rule 17f-5.  The Fund represents to the Custodian that the Board has determined that it is reasonable for the Board to rely on the Custodian to perform the responsibilities delegated pursuant to this Contract to the Custodian as the Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.

 

 

10



 

                                                3.2.8                         Effective Date and Termination of the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager .   The Board’s delegation to the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall remain in effect until terminated at any time, without penalty, by written notice from the terminating party to the non-terminating party.  Termination will become effective thirty (30) days after receipt by the non-terminating party of such notice.  The provisions of Section 3.2.2 hereof shall govern the delegation to and termination of the Custodian as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund with respect to designated countries.

 

3.3           Eligible Securities Depositories .

 

                                                3.3.1                         Analysis and Monitoring .   The Custodian shall (a) provide the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment adviser) with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depositories set forth on Schedule B hereto in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(A) of Rule 17f-7, and (b) monitor such risks on a continuing basis, and promptly notify the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment adviser) of any material change in such risks, in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(B) of Rule 17f-7.

 

                                                3.3.2                         Standard of Care .   The Custodian agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the duties set forth in Section 3.3.1.

 

 

4.                                        Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the Fund Held Outside the United States .

 

4.1                                  Definitions .   Capitalized terms in this Article 4 shall have the following meanings:

 

“Foreign Securities System” means an Eligible Securities Depository listed on Schedule B hereto.

 

“Foreign Sub-Custodian” means a foreign banking institution serving as an Eligible Foreign Custodian.

 

4.2.                               Holding Securities .  The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Fund the foreign securities held by each Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System.  The Custodian may hold foreign securities for all of its customers, including the Fund, with any Foreign Sub-Custodian in an account that is identified as belonging to the Custodian for the benefit of its customers, provided however, that (i) the records of the Custodian with respect to foreign securities of the Fund which are maintained in such account shall identify those securities as belonging to the Fund and (ii), to the extent permitted and customary in the market in which the account is maintained, the Custodian shall require that securities so held by the Foreign Sub-Custodian be held separately from

 

11



 

any assets of such Foreign Sub-Custodian or of other customers of such Foreign Sub-Custodian.

 

4.3.                               Foreign Securities Systems .  Foreign securities shall be maintained in a Foreign Securities System in a designated country through arrangements implemented by the Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian, as applicable, in such country.

 

4.4.          Transactions in Foreign Custody Account .

 

4.4.1.                      Delivery of Foreign Assets .   The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall release and deliver foreign securities of the Fund held by the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian, or in a Foreign Securities System account, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

 

(i)                                      Upon the sale of such foreign securities for the Fund in accordance with commercially reasonable market practice in the country where such foreign securities are held or traded, including, without limitation: (A) delivery against expectation of receiving later payment; or (B) in the case of a sale effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of the Foreign Securities System;

 

(ii)                                   In connection with any repurchase agreement related to foreign securities;

 

(iii)                                To the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for foreign securities of the Fund;

 

(iv)                               To the issuer thereof or its agent when such foreign securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable;

 

(v)                                  To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Custodian (or the name of the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or of any nominee of the Custodian or such Foreign Sub-Custodian) or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units;

 

(vi)                               To brokers, clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination or trade execution in accordance with market custom; provided that in any such case the Foreign Sub-Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct;

 

(vii)                            For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of

 

 

12



 

such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement;

 

(viii)                         In the case of warrants, rights or similar foreign securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities;

 

(ix)                                 For delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund;

 

(x)                                    In connection with trading in options and futures contracts, including delivery as original margin and variation margin;

 

(xi)                                 In connection with the lending of foreign securities; and

 

(xii)                              For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the foreign securities to be delivered and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

 

4.4.2.                      Payment of Fund Monies .   Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, the Custodian shall pay out, or direct the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or the respective Foreign Securities System to pay out, monies of the Fund in the following cases only:

 

(i)                                      Upon the purchase of foreign securities for the Fund, unless otherwise directed by Proper Instructions, by (A) delivering money to the seller thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such seller or dealer) against expectation of receiving later delivery of such foreign securities; or (B) in the case of a purchase effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of such Foreign Securities System;

 

(ii)                                   In connection with the conversion, exchange or surrender of foreign securities of the Fund;

 

(iii)                                For the payment of any expense or liability of the Fund, including but not limited to the following payments:  interest, taxes, investment advisory fees, transfer agency fees, fees under this Contract, legal fees, accounting fees, and other operating expenses;

 

(iv)                               For the purchase or sale of foreign exchange or foreign exchange contracts for the Fund, including transactions executed with or through the Custodian or its Foreign Sub-Custodians;

 

13



 

(v)                                  In connection with trading in options and futures contracts, including delivery as original margin and variation margin;

 

(vi)                               For payment of part or all of the dividends received in respect of securities sold short;

 

(vii)                            In connection with the borrowing or lending of foreign securities; and

 

(viii)                         For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

 

4.4.3.                      Market Conditions .   Notwithstanding any provision of this Contract to the contrary, settlement and payment for Foreign Assets received for the account of the Fund and delivery of Foreign Assets maintained for the account of the Fund may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or processing practices and procedures in the country or market in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivering Foreign Assets to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Foreign Assets from such purchaser or dealer.

 

The Custodian shall provide to the Board the information with respect to custody and settlement practices in countries in which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian described on Schedule C hereto at the time or times set forth on such Schedule. The Custodian may revise Schedule C from time to time, provided that no such revision shall result in the Board being provided with substantively less information than had been previously provided hereunder.

 

4.5.                               Registration of Foreign Securities .   The foreign securities maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of the Custodian or in the name of any Foreign Sub-Custodian or in the name of any nominee of the foregoing, and the Fund agrees to hold any such nominee harmless from any liability as a holder of record of such foreign securities. The Custodian or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall not be obligated to accept securities on behalf of the Fund under the terms of this Contract unless the form of such securities and the manner in which they are delivered are in accordance with reasonable market practice.

 

4.6           Bank Accounts .   The Custodian shall identify on its books as belonging to the Fund cash (including cash denominated in foreign currencies) deposited with the Custodian.  Where the Custodian is unable to maintain, or market practice does not facilitate the maintenance of, cash on the books of the Custodian, a bank account or bank accounts shall be opened and maintained outside the United States on behalf of the Fund with a Foreign Sub-Custodian.  All accounts referred to in this Section shall be subject only to draft or order by the Custodian (or, if applicable, such Foreign Sub-Custodian) acting pursuant to the

 

14



 

terms of this Contract to hold cash received by or from or for the account of the Fund.  Cash maintained on the books of the Custodian (including its branches, subsidiaries and affiliates), regardless of currency denomination, is maintained in bank accounts established under, and subject to the laws of, The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

4.7.                               Collection of Income .   The Custodian shall use reasonable commercial efforts to collect all income and other payments with respect to the Foreign Assets held hereunder to which the Fund shall be entitled and shall credit such income, as collected, to the Fund.  In the event that extraordinary measures are required to collect such income, the Fund and the Custodian shall consult as to such measures and as to the compensation and expenses of the Custodian relating to such measures.

 

4.8                             Shareholder Rights .  With respect to the foreign securities held pursuant to this Article 4, the Custodian will use reasonable commercial efforts to facilitate the exercise of voting and other shareholder rights, subject always to the laws, regulations and practical constraints that may exist in the country where such securities are issued.  The Fund acknowledges that local conditions, including lack of regulation, onerous procedural obligations, lack of notice and other factors may have the effect of severely limiting the ability of the Fund to exercise shareholder rights.

 

4.9.                               Communications Relating to Foreign Securities .   The Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund written information with respect to materials received by the Custodian via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Fund (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of foreign securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith).  With respect to tender or exchange offers, the Custodian shall transmit promptly to the Fund written information with respect to materials so received by the Custodian from issuers of the foreign securities whose tender or exchange is sought or from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer.  The Custodian shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with foreign securities or other property of the Fund at any time held by it unless (i) the Custodian or the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian is in actual possession of such foreign securities or property and (ii) the Custodian receives Proper Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which the Custodian is to take action to exercise such right or power.

 

4.10.        Liability of Foreign Sub-Custodians .

 

Each agreement pursuant to which the Custodian employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall, to the extent possible, require the Foreign Sub-Custodian to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties, and to indemnify, and hold harmless, the Custodian from and against any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim arising out of or in connection with the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s performance of such obligations.  At the election of the Fund, the Fund shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of the Custodian with respect to any claims against a Foreign Sub-Custodian as a consequence

 

 

15



 

of any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim if and to the extent that the Fund has not been made whole for any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim.

 

4.11.        Tax Law .

 

The Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Fund or the Custodian as custodian of the Fund by the tax law of the United States or of any state or political subdivision thereof.  It shall be the responsibility of the Fund to notify the Custodian of the obligations imposed on the Fund or the Custodian as custodian of the Fund by the tax law of countries other than those mentioned in the above sentence, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, certifications and governmental reporting.  The sole responsibility of the Custodian with regard to such tax law shall be to use reasonable efforts to assist the Fund with respect to any claim for exemption or refund under the tax law of countries for which the Fund has provided such information.

 

4.12.        Liability of Custodian .

 

Except as may arise from the Custodian’s own negligence or willful misconduct or the negligence or willful misconduct of a Foreign Sub-Custodian, the Custodian shall be without liability to the Fund for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by anything which is part of Country Risk.

 

The Custodian shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a Foreign Sub-Custodian to the same extent as set forth with respect to sub-custodians generally in the Contract and, regardless of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian or a Foreign Securities System, the Custodian shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, or acts of war or terrorism, or any other loss where the Sub-Custodian has otherwise acted with reasonable care.

 

 

5.             Payments for Sales or Repurchases or Redemptions of Shares

 

                The Custodian shall receive from the distributor of the Shares or from the Fund’s Transfer Agent (the “Transfer Agent”) and deposit into the account of the Fund such payments as are received for Shares thereof issued or sold from time to time by the Fund.  The Custodian will provide timely notification to the Fund and the Transfer Agent of any receipt by it of payments for Shares of the Fund.

 

                From such funds as may be available for the purpose, the Custodian shall, upon receipt of instructions from the Transfer Agent, make funds available for payment to holders of Shares who have delivered to the Transfer Agent a request for redemption or repurchase of their Shares.  In connection with the redemption or repurchase of Shares, the Custodian is authorized upon receipt

 

 

16



 

of instructions from the Transfer Agent to wire funds to or through a commercial bank designated by the redeeming shareholders.  In connection with the redemption or repurchase of Shares, the Custodian shall honor checks drawn on the Custodian by a holder of Shares, which checks have been furnished by the Fund to the holder of Shares, when presented to the Custodian in accordance with such procedures and controls as are mutually agreed upon from time to time between the Fund and the Custodian.

 

 

6.             Proper Instructions

 

                Proper Instructions as used throughout this Contract means a writing signed or initialed by one or more person or persons as the Board shall have from time to time authorized.  Each such writing shall set forth the specific transaction or type of transaction involved, including a specific statement of the purpose for which such action is requested.  Oral instructions will be considered Proper Instructions if the Custodian reasonably believes them to have been given by a person authorized to give such instructions with respect to the transaction involved.  The Fund shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing.  Proper Instructions may include communications effected directly between electro-mechanical or electronic devices provided that the instructions are consistent with the security procedures agreed to by the Fund and the Custodian including, but not limited to, the security procedures selected by the Fund on the Funds Transfer Addendum to this Contract.  For purposes of this Article, Proper Instructions shall include instructions received by the Custodian pursuant to any three-party agreement which requires a segregated asset account in accordance with Section 2.10.

 

 

7.             Actions Permitted without Express Authority

 

                The Custodian may in its discretion, without express authority from the Fund:

 

                                   1)                                       make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of handling securities or other similar items relating to its duties under this Contract, provided that all such payments shall be accounted for to the Fund;

 

                                   2)                                       surrender securities in temporary form for securities in definitive form;

 

                                   3)                                       endorse for collection, in the name of the Fund, checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and

 

                                   4)                                       in general, attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the securities and property of the Fund except as otherwise directed by the Board.

 

17



 

8.             Evidence of Authority

 

                The Custodian shall be protected in acting upon any instructions, notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument or paper believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed by or on behalf of the Fund.  The Custodian may receive and accept a certified copy of a vote of the Board as conclusive evidence (a) of the authority of any person to act in accordance with such vote or (b) of any determination or of any action by the Board pursuant to the Declaration of Trust as described in such vote, and such vote may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by the Custodian of written notice to the contrary.

 

 

9.                           Duties of Custodian with Respect to the Books of Account and Calculation of Net Asset Value and Net Income

 

                                   The Custodian shall cooperate with and supply necessary information to the entity or entities appointed by the Board to keep the books of account of the Fund and/or compute the net asset value per share of the outstanding shares of the Fund or, if directed in writing to do so by the Fund, shall itself keep such books of account and/or compute such net asset value per share.  If so directed, the Custodian shall also calculate weekly the net income of the Fund as described in the Fund’s registration statement on Form N-2 under the 1940 Act as filed with the SEC (the “Registration Statement”) and shall advise the Fund and the Transfer Agent weekly of the total amounts of such net income and, if instructed in writing by an officer of the Fund to do so, shall advise the Transfer Agent periodically of the division of such net income among its various components.  The calculations of the net asset value per share and the weekly income of the Fund shall be made at the time or times described from time to time in the Fund’s currently effective Registration Statement.

 

 

10.           Records

 

                The Custodian shall with respect to the Fund create and maintain all records relating to its activities and obligations under this Contract in such manner as will meet the obligations of the Fund under the 1940 Act, with particular attention to Section 31 thereof and Rules 31a-1 and 31a-2 thereunder.  All such records shall be the property of the Fund and shall at all times during the regular business hours of the Custodian be open for inspection by duly authorized officers, employees or agents of the Fund and employees and agents of the SEC.  The Custodian shall, at the Fund’s request, supply the Fund with a tabulation of securities owned by the Fund and held by the Custodian and shall, when requested to do so by the Fund and for such compensation as shall be agreed upon between the Fund and the Custodian, include certificate numbers in such tabulations.

 

 

11.                     Opinion of Fund’s Independent Accountants

 

                The Custodian shall take all reasonable action, as the Fund may from time to time request, to obtain from year to year favorable opinions from the Fund’s independent accountants with

 

18



 

respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of the Fund’s Registration Statement, and Form N-SAR or other annual reports to the SEC and with respect to any other requirements of the SEC.

 

 

12.           Compensation of Custodian

 

                The Custodian shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services and expenses as Custodian, as agreed upon from time to time between the Fund and the Custodian.

 

 

13.           Responsibility of Custodian

 

                So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of reasonable care, the Custodian shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Contract and shall be held harmless in acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper party or parties, including any futures commission merchant acting pursuant to the terms of a three-party futures or options agreement.  The Custodian shall be held to the exercise of reasonable care in carrying out the provisions of this Contract, but shall be kept indemnified by and shall be without liability to the Fund for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith without negligence.  It shall be entitled to rely on and may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Fund) on all matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted pursuant to such advice.

 

                If the Fund requires the Custodian to take any action with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or which action may, in the opinion of the Custodian, result in the Custodian or its nominee assigned to the Fund being liable for the payment of money or incurring liability of some other form, the Fund, as a prerequisite to requiring the Custodian to take such action, shall provide indemnity to the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

 

                If the Fund requires the Custodian, its affiliates, subsidiaries or agents, to advance cash or securities for any purpose (including but not limited to securities settlements and assumed settlement) or in the event that the Custodian or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this Contract, except such as may arise from its or its nominee’s own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, any property at any time held for the account of the Fund shall be security therefor and should the Fund fail to repay the Custodian promptly, the Custodian shall be entitled to utilize available cash and to dispose of the Fund’s assets to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement.

 

                In no event shall the Custodian be liable for indirect, special or consequential damages.

 

 

19



 

14.           Effective Period, Termination and Amendment

 

                This Contract shall become effective as of the date of its execution, shall continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter provided, may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties hereto and may be terminated by either party by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed, postage prepaid to the other party, such termination to take effect not sooner than thirty (30) days after the date of such delivery or mailing; provided , however, that the Fund shall not amend or terminate this Contract in contravention of any applicable federal or state regulations, or any provision of the Declaration of Trust, and further provided, that the Fund may at any time by action of its Board (i) substitute another bank or trust company for the Custodian by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or (ii) immediately terminate this Contract in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Custodian by the Comptroller of the Currency or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction.

 

                Upon termination of the Contract, the Fund shall pay to the Custodian such compensation as may be due as of the date of such termination and shall likewise reimburse the Custodian for its costs, expenses and disbursements.

 

 

15.           Successor Custodian

 

                If a successor custodian shall be appointed by the Board, the Custodian shall, upon termination, deliver to such successor custodian at the office of the Custodian, duly endorsed and in the form for transfer, all securities then held by it hereunder and shall transfer to an account of the successor custodian all of the Fund’s securities held in a Securities System.

 

                If no such successor custodian shall be appointed, the Custodian shall, in like manner, upon receipt of a certified copy of a vote of the Board, deliver at the office of the Custodian and transfer such securities, funds and other properties in accordance with such vote.

 

                In the event that no written order designating a successor custodian or certified copy of a vote of the Board shall have been delivered to the Custodian on or before the date when such termination shall become effective, then the Custodian shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company, which is a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act, doing business in Boston, Massachusetts, of its own selection, having an aggregate capital, surplus, and undivided  profits, as shown by its last published report, of not less than $25,000,000, all securities, funds and other properties held by the Custodian and all instruments held by the Custodian relative thereto and all other property held by it under this Contract and to transfer to an account of such successor custodian all of the Fund’s securities held in any Securities System.  Thereafter, such bank or trust company shall be the successor of the Custodian under this Contract.

 

                In the event that securities, funds and other properties remain in the possession of the Custodian after the date of termination hereof owing to failure of the Fund to procure the certified copy of the vote referred to or of the Board to appoint a successor custodian, the Custodian shall be

 

20



 

entitled to fair compensation for its services during such period as the Custodian retains possession of such securities, funds and other properties and the provisions of this Contract relating to the duties and obligations of the Custodian shall remain in full force and effect.

 

 

16.           Interpretive and Additional Provisions

 

                In connection with the operation of this Contract, the Custodian and the Fund, may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of or in addition to the provisions of this Contract as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Contract.  Any such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a  writing signed by both parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable federal or state regulations or any provision of the Declaration of Trust.  No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Contract.

 

 

17.           Massachusetts Law to Apply

 

                This Contract shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

 

18.           Prior Contracts

 

                This Contract supersedes and terminates, as of the date hereof, all prior contracts between the Fund and the Custodian relating to the custody of the Fund’s assets.

 

 

19.           Reproduction of Documents

 

                This Contract and all schedules, exhibits, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process.  The parties hereto all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

 

 

20.           Notices

 

                Any notice, instruction or other instrument required to be given hereunder may be delivered in person to the offices of the parties as set forth herein during normal business hours or delivered

 

21



 

prepaid registered mail or by telex, cable or facsimile to the parties at the following addresses or such other addresses as may be notified by any party from time to time.

 

 

To the Fund:

 

BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust

 

 

 

c/o BlackRock, Inc.

 

 

 

100 Bellevue Parkway

 

 

 

Wilmington, Delaware  19809

 

 

 

Attention:  Jeff Wing, Vice President

 

 

 

Telephone:

302-797-2134

 

 

 

Facsimile:

302-797-2459

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

To the Custodian:

 

State Street Bank and Trust Company

 

 

 

One Heritage Drive, JPB/2S

 

 

 

North Quincy, Massachusetts  02171

 

 

 

Attention:  William M. Marvin, Vice President

 

 

 

Telephone:

617-985-6829

 

 

 

Facsimile:

617-985-5271

 

 

 

 

 

                Such notice, instruction or other instrument shall be deemed to have been served in the case of a registered letter at the expiration of five business days after posting, in the case of cable twenty-four hours after dispatch and, in the case of telex, immediately on dispatch and if delivered outside normal business hours it shall be deemed to have been received at the next time after delivery when normal business hours commence and in the case of cable, telex or facsimile on the business day after the receipt thereof.  Evidence that the notice was properly addressed, stamped and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence of posting.

 

 

21.           Remote Access Services Addendum

 

                The Custodian and the Fund each agree to abide by the terms of the Remote Access Services Addendum attached hereto.

 

 

22.           Shareholder Communications Election

 

                SEC Rule 14b-2 requires banks which hold securities for the account of customers to  respond to requests by issuers of securities for the names, addresses and holdings of beneficial owners of securities of that issuer held by the bank unless the beneficial owner has expressly objected to disclosure of this information.  In order to comply with the rule, the Custodian needs the Fund to indicate whether it authorizes the Custodian to provide the Fund’s name, address, and share position to requesting companies whose securities the Fund owns.  If the Fund tells the Custodian “no”, the Custodian will not provide this information to requesting companies.  If the Fund tells the Custodian “yes” or does not check either “yes” or “no” below, the Custodian is required by the rule to treat the Fund as consenting to disclosure of this information for all securities owned by the Fund or any funds or accounts established by the Fund.  For the Fund’s protection, the Rule prohibits the

 

 

22



 

requesting company from using the Fund’s name and address for any purpose other than corporate communications.  Please indicate below whether the Fund consents or objects by checking one of the alternatives below.

 

 

YES

o

The Custodian is authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.

 

 

 

NO

ý

The Custodian is not authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.

 

 

 

 

23



 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE

 

 

                IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this instrument to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized representative and its seal to be hereunder affixed as of the date first above-written.

 

 

ATTEST:

BLACKROCK GLOBAL FLOATING RATE INCOME TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:

STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Stephanie L. Poster, Vice President and

 

Joseph L. Hooley, Executive Vice President

Counsel

 

 

 

 

24




Exhibit 99(k)

 

Transfer Agency and Service Agreement

 

Among

 

Each of the BlackRock Closed-End Investment Companies

 

Listed Herein on Exhibit C

 

and

 

EquiServe Trust Company, N.A.

 

and

 

EquiServe, Inc.

 

1



 

Table of Contents

 

Section 1.

Certain Definitions

4

 

 

 

Section 2.

Appointment of Agent

5

 

 

 

Section 3.

Standard Services

6

 

 

 

Section 4.

Dividend Disbursing Services

7

 

 

 

Section 5.

Fee and Expenses

8

 

 

 

Section 6.

Representations and Warranties of Transfer Agent

9

 

 

 

Section 7.

Representations and Warranties of Customer

10

 

 

 

Section 8.

Indemnification/Limitation of Liability

10

 

 

 

Section 9.

Damages

13

 

 

 

Section 10.

Responsibilites of the Transfer Agent

13

 

 

 

Section 11.

Covenants of the Customer and Transfer Agent

14

 

 

 

Section 12.

Confidentiality

14

 

 

 

Section 13.

Term and Terminiation

15

 

 

 

Section 14.

Assignment

17

 

 

 

Section 15.

Unaffiliated Third Parties

17

 

 

 

Section 16.

Miscellaneous

17

 

 

 

Section 16.1

Notices.

17

 

 

 

Section 16.2

Successors

18

 

 

 

Section 16.3.

Amendments

18

 

 

 

Section 16.4.

Severability

18

 

2



 

Section 16.5.

Governing Law

18

 

 

 

Section 16.6

Force Majeure

18

 

 

 

Section 16.7

Descriptive Headings

18

 

 

 

Section 16.8

Third Party Beneficiaries

18

 

 

 

Section 16.9

Survival

18

 

 

 

Section 16.10

Priorities

19

 

 

 

Section 16.11.

Merger of Agreement

19

 

 

 

Section 16.12

Counterparts

19

 

3



 

AGREEMENT made as of the 1 st day of December, 2002, by and among each of the BlackRock closed-end investment companies listed on Exhibit C attached hereto, having a principal office and place of business at 100 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809 (each the “Customer”), and EquiServe, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its fully owned subsidiary EquiServe Trust Company, N.A., a federally charted trust company doing business at 150 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021 (collectively the “Transfer Agent”).

 

WHEREAS , the Customer desires to appoint the Transfer Agent as sole transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursing agent and administrator of dividend reinvestment plans.

 

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors or Trustees, as applicable, of each Customer has approved appointment of the Transfer Agent and the form of this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.      Certain Definitions .

 

(a)            Account ” or “ Accounts ” shall mean the account of each Shareholder which account shall hold any full or fractional shares of stock held by such Shareholder and/or outstanding funds or tax reporting to be done.

 

(b)            Additional Services ” shall mean any and all services which are not Services as set forth in the Fee and Service Schedule, but performed by Transfer Agent upon request of Customer.

 

(c)            Agreement ” shall mean this agreement and any and all exhibits or schedules attached hereto and any and all amendments or modifications, which may from time to time be executed.

 

(d)            Annual Period ” shall mean each twelve (12) month period commencing on the Effective Date and, thereafter, on each anniversary of the Effective Date.

 

(e)            Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors or the Board of Trustees, as the case may be, of each Customer.

 

(f)             Closed Account ” shall mean an account with a zero share balance, no outstanding funds or no reportable tax information.

 

(g)            Dividend Reinvestment Plan ” shall mean the services as set forth in Section 4 and in the Fee and Service Schedule.

 

(h)            Effective Date ” shall mean the date first stated above.

 

(i)             Fee and Service Schedule ” shall mean the fees and services set forth in the “Fee and Service Schedule” attached hereto.

 

4



 

(j)             Participant ” or “ Participants ” shall mean Shareholders enrolled in a Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

 

(k)            “Services”   shall mean any and all services as further described herein and in the “Fee and Service Schedule” or other schedules attached hereto.

 

(l)             Share ” shall mean common units of beneficial interest or common stock, as the case may be, of each Customer authorized by the Customer’s respective Declaration of Trust or Articles of Incorporation, as the case may be.

 

(m)           “Shareholder”   shall mean the holder of record of Shares.

 

2.      Appointment of Agent .

 

2.1            Appointments . The Customer hereby appoints the Transfer Agent to act as sole transfer agent and registrar for all Shares in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Transfer Agent accepts said appointment.

 

2.2            Documents .  In connection with the appointment of Transfer Agent as the transfer agent and registrar for a Customer, the Customer will provide or has previously provided the following documents to the Transfer Agent:

 

(a)            Copies of Registration Statements and amendments thereto, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for initial public offerings;

 

(b)            Specimens of all forms of stock certificates relating to outstanding Shares, in forms approved by the Board of Directors of the Customer, with a certificate of the Secretary of each Customer as to such approval; and

 

(c)            Specimens of the Signatures of the officers of the Customer authorized to sign stock certificates and individuals authorized to sign written instructions and requests.

 

2.3            Records .  Transfer Agent may adopt as part of its records all lists of holders, records of the Customer’s stock, books, documents and records which have been employed by any former agent of the Customer for the maintenance of the ledgers for the Customer’s Shares, provided such ledger is certified by an officer of Customer or the prior transfer agent to be true, authentic and complete.

 

2.4            Shares .  Customer shall, if applicable, inform Transfer Agent as to (i) the existence or termination of any restrictions on the transfer of Shares and in the application to or removal from any certificate of stock of any legend restricting the transfer of such Shares or the substitution for such certificate of a certificate without such legend, (ii) any authorized but unissued Shares reserved for specific purposes, (iii) any outstanding shares which are exchangeable for Shares and the basis for exchange, (iv) reserved Shares subject to option and the details of such

 

5



 

reservation and (v) special instructions regarding dividends and information of foreign holders.

 

2.5            Customer’s Agent .  Transfer Agent represents that it is engaged in an independent business and will perform its obligations under this Agreement as an agent of Customer.

 

2.6            Certificates .  Upon notification from Transfer Agent, Customer shall deliver to Transfer Agent an appropriate supply of stock certificates, which certificates shall provide a signature panel for use by an officer of or authorized signor for Transfer Agent to sign as transfer agent and registrar, and which shall state that such certificates are only valid after being countersigned and registered.

 

3.      Standard Services .

 

3.1            Services .  The Transfer Agent will perform the following services:

 

In accordance with the procedures established from time to time by agreement between the Customer and the Transfer Agent, the Transfer Agent shall:

 

(a)            issue and record the appropriate number of Shares as authorized and hold such shares in the appropriate shareholder (“Shareholder”) account;

 

(b)            effect transfers of Shares by the registered owners thereof upon receipt of appropriate documentation;

 

(c)            prepare and transmit payments for dividends and distributions declared by the Customer, provided good funds for said dividends or distributions are received by the Transfer Agent on or prior to the scheduled payable date for said dividends or distributions;

 

(d)            act as agent for Shareholders pursuant to the dividend reinvestment plan, and other investment programs, if any, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms of the agreements relating thereto to which the Transfer Agent is or will be a party;

 

(e)            issue replacement certificates for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed upon receipt from the respective Shareholder by the Transfer Agent of an open penalty surety bond satisfactory to it and holding it and the Customer harmless, absent notice to the Customer and the Transfer Agent that such certificates have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser.  The Transfer Agent, at its option, may issue replacement certificates in place of mutilated stock certificates upon presentation thereof without such indemnity.  Further, the Transfer Agent may at its sole option accept indemnification from a Customer to issue replacement certificates for those certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed in lieu of an open penalty bond; and

 

(f)             issue replacement checks and place a stop payment order on original checks

 

6



 

based on shareholder’s representation that a check was not received or was lost.  Such stops and replacement will be deemed to have been made at the request of Customer and Customer shall be responsible for all losses or claims resulting from such replacement.

 

3.2            Customary Services .  The Transfer Agent shall perform all the customary services of a transfer agent, dividend disbursing agent, dividend reinvestment plan agent, and other investment programs as described in Section 3.1 consistent with those requirements in effect as of the date of this Agreement.  The detailed services and definition, frequency, limitations and associated costs (if any) are set out in the attached fee and service schedule (“Fee and Service Schedule”).

 

3.3            Compliance with Laws .  The Customer agrees the Transfer Agent is obligated to and the Transfer Agent agrees to comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, codes, order and government rules in the performance of its duties under this Agreement.

 

3.4            Unclaimed Property and Lost Shareholders .  The Transfer Agent shall report unclaimed property to each state in compliance with state law and Section 17Ad-17 of the Exchange Act of 1934 as amended (the “Exchange Act”) for lost shareholders. If the Funds are not in compliance with applicable state laws, there will be no charge for such Funds for the first two years for this service, other than a charge of $3.00 per due diligence notice mailed; provided that after the first two years, the Transfer Agent will charge Customer its then standard fee plus any out-of-pocket expenses, and such fees will be estimated and provided upon liquidation of any Customer.

 

3.5            Compliance with Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) Regulations .  The Transfer Agent shall ensure compliance with OFAC laws and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

4.      Dividend Disbursing Services .

 

4.1            Declaration of Dividends .  Upon receipt of a written notice from the President, any Vice President, Secretary, Assistant Secretary, Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer of Customer declaring the payment of a dividend, Transfer Agent shall disburse such dividend payments provided that in advance of such payment, Customer furnishes Transfer Agent with sufficient funds.  The payment of such funds to Transfer Agent for the purpose of being available for the payment of dividend checks from time to time is not intended by Customer to confer any rights in such funds on Fund Shareholders whether in trust or in contract or otherwise.

 

4.2            Stop Payments .  Customer hereby authorizes Transfer Agent to stop payment of checks issued in payment of dividends, but not presented for payment, when the payees thereof allege either that they have not received the checks or that such checks have been mislaid, lost, stolen, destroyed or, through no fault of theirs, are otherwise beyond their control and cannot be produced by them for presentation and collection, and Transfer Agent shall issue and deliver

 

7



 

duplicate checks in replacement thereof, and Customer shall indemnify Transfer Agent against any loss or damage resulting from reissuance of the checks.

 

4.3            Tax Withholding .  Transfer Agent is hereby authorized to deduct from all dividends declared by the Funds and disbursed by Transfer Agent, as dividend disbursing agent, the tax required to be withheld pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442 and 3406 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or by any Federal or State statutes subsequently enacted, and to make the necessary return and payment of such tax in connection therewith.

 

4.4            Dividends and Other Distributions.   For Customers that are municipal term trusts, Transfer Agent will act as the paying agent for the Customer for all dividends and distributions, but upon receipt thereof shall hold such dividends or distributions on behalf of the shareholders.

 

5.      Fees and Expenses .

 

5.1            Fee and Service Schedules .   Customer agrees to pay Transfer Agent fees for services performed pursuant to this Agreement as set forth in the Fee and Service Schedule attached hereto, for the Initial Term of the Agreement, as defined in Section 13.

 

5.2            COLA/Fee Increases .   After the Initial Term of the Agreement, providing that service mix and volumes remain constant, the fees listed in the Fee and Service Schedule shall be increased by the accumulated change in the National Employment Cost Index for Service Producing Industries (Finance, Insurance, Real Estate) for the preceding years of the contract, as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics of the United States Department of.  Fees will be increased on this basis on each successive contract anniversary thereafter.

 

5.3            Adjustments .  Notwithstanding Section 5.1 above, fees, and the out-of-pocket expenses and advances identified under Section 5.4 below, may be changed from time to time as agreed upon in writing between the Transfer Agent and the Customer.

 

5.4            Out-of-Pocket Expenses .  In addition to the fees paid under Section 5.1 above, the Customer agrees to reimburse the Transfer Agent for out-of-pocket expenses, including but not limited to postage, forms, telephone, microfilm, microfiche, taxes, records storage, exchange and broker fees, or advances incurred by the Transfer Agent for the items set out in Exhibit A attached hereto.  Out-of-pocket expenses may include the costs to Transfer Agent of administrative expenses, as indicated on Exhibit A.  In addition, any other expenses incurred by the Transfer Agent at the request or with the consent of the Customer, will be reimbursed by the Customer.

 

5.5            Postage .  Postage for mailing of dividends, proxies, Customer reports and other mailings to all shareholder accounts shall be advanced to the Transfer Agent by the Customer prior to commencement of the mailing date of such materials.

 

5.6            Invoices .  The Customer agrees to pay all fees and reimbursable expenses within forty-five (45) days of receipt of the respective billing notice, except for any fees or expenses that are subject to good faith dispute.  In the event of such a dispute, the Customer may only

 

8



 

withhold that portion of the fee or expense subject to the good faith dispute. The Customer shall notify the Transfer Agent in writing within forty-five (45) days following the receipt of each billing notice if the Customer is disputing any amounts in good faith.  If the Customer does not provide such notice of dispute within the required time, the billing notice will be deemed accepted by the Customer.  The Customer shall settle such disputed amounts within five (5) days of the day on which the parties agree on the amount to be paid by payment of the agreed amount.  If no agreement is reached, then such disputed amounts shall be settled as may be required by law or legal process.  Invoices shall be sent to each Customer, with a duplicate copy to BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.

 

5.7                                  Taxes .  Customer shall pay all sales or use taxes in lieu thereof with respect to the Services (if applicable) provided by Transfer Agent under this Agreement.

 

5.8            Late Payments .

 

(a)  If any undisputed amount in an invoice of the Transfer Agent (for fees or reimbursable expenses) is not paid when due, the Customer shall pay the Transfer Agent interest thereon (from the due date to the date of payment) at a per annum rate equal to one percent (1.0%) plus the Prime Rate (that is, the base rate on corporate loans posted by large domestic Transfer Agents) published by The Wall Street Journal (or, in the event such rate is not so published, a reasonably equivalent published rate selected by Customer on the first day of publication during the month when such amount was due.  Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, such interest rate shall be no greater than permitted under applicable provisions of Massachusetts law.

 

(b)  The failure by Customer to pay an invoice within 45 days after written and telephonic notice to Customer that payment is overdue or the failure by the Customer to timely pay two consecutive invoices shall constitute a material breach pursuant to Section 15.4(a) below.  Transfer Agent will provide notice by writing and telephone forty-five (45) days after payment is past due.  The Transfer Agent may terminate this Agreement for such material breach immediately and shall not be obligated to provide the Customer with 30 days to cure such breach.

 

5.9            Services Required by Legislation .  Services required by legislation or regulatory mandate that become effective after the effective date of this Agreement shall not be part of the standard services, and shall be billed by appraisal.

 

5.10          Overtime Charges .  Overtime charges will be assessed in the event of a late delivery to the Transfer Agent of Customer material for mailings to shareholders, unless the mail date is rescheduled.  Such material includes, but is not limited to, proxy statements, quarterly and annual reports, dividend enclosures and news releases.

 

5.11          Bank Accounts .  The Customer acknowledges that the Transfer Agent may receive float benefits and/or investment earnings in connection with maintaining certain bank accounts required to provide services under this Agreement (e.g., dividend disbursing accounts).

 

9



 

6.      Representations and Warranties of Transfer Agent .

 

6.1            Governance .  EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. is a federally chartered limited purpose national bank duly organized under the laws of the United States and EquiServe, Inc. is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and they have full corporate power, authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Transfer Agent has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and constitutes the legal valid and binding obligation of Transfer Agent enforceable against Transfer Agent in accordance with its terms.

 

6.2            Compliance .  The execution, delivery and performance of the Agreement by Transfer Agent will not violate, conflict with or result in the breach of any material term, condition or provision of, or require the consent of any other party to, (i) any existing law, ordinance, or governmental rule or regulation to which Transfer Agent is subject, (ii) any judgement, order, writ, injunction, decree or award of any court, arbitrator or governmental or governmental or regulatory official, body or authority which is applicable to Transfer Agent, (iii) the incorporation documents or by-laws of, or any material agreement to which Transfer Agent is a party.

 

6.3            Facilities .  The Transfer Agent has and will continue to have access to the necessary facilities, equipment and personnel to perform its duties and obligations under this Agreement.

 

7.      Representations and Warranties of Customer .

 

Each Customer severally and not jointly represents and warrants to the Transfer Agent that:

 

7.1            Organizations .  It is a corporation duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization;

 

7.2            Governance .  It is empowered under applicable laws and by its charter documents to enter into and perform this Agreement.  All corporate proceedings required by said charter documents and applicable law have been taken to authorize it to enter into and perform this Agreement.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by each Customer has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or trust action and constitutes the legal valid and binding obligation of each Customer enforceable against each Customer in accordance with its terms;

 

7.3            Securities Act of 1933 .  A registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”) has been filed and is currently effective, or will be effective prior to the sale of any Shares, and will remain so effective, and all appropriate state securities law filings have been made with respect to all the Shares of each Customer outstanding or being offered for sale except for any Shares which are offered in a transaction or series of transactions which are exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act and state securities laws; information to the contrary will result in immediate notification to the Transfer Agent.

 

10



 

8.      Indemnification /Limitation of Liability.

 

8.1            Standard of Care.   The Transfer Agent shall at all times act in good faith and agrees to use its best efforts within reasonable time limits to insure the accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless said errors are caused by its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct or that of its employees as set forth and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 8.4 below.

 

8.2            Customer Indemnity .  The Transfer Agent shall not be responsible for, and the Customer shall indemnify and hold the Transfer Agent harmless from and against, any and all losses, claims, damages, costs, charges, and counsel fees reasonably acceptable to Customer and expenses, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to:

 

(a)                All actions of the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement, provided such actions are taken in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct;

 

(b)               The Customer’s bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct or the material breach of any representation or warranty of the Customer hereunder;

 

(c)                The reliance or use by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of information, records and documents which (i) are received by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors and furnished to it by or on behalf of the Customer, and (ii) have been prepared and /or maintained by the Customer or any other person or firm on behalf of the Customer.  Such other person or firm shall include any former transfer agent or former registrar, or co-transfer agent or co-registrar or any current registrar where the Transfer Agent is not the current registrar other than State Street Bank and Trust Company in its role as prior transfer agent during the period from September 30, 1995 until the date of this Agreement;

 

(d)               The reliance or use by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of any paper or document reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper person or persons including Shareholders;

 

(e)                The reliance on, or the carrying out by the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors of any instructions or requests of the Customer’s representatives, provided such actions are taken in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct;

 

(f)                The offer or sale of Shares in violation of any federal or state securities laws requiring that such shares be registered or in violation of any stop order or other determination or ruling by any federal or state agency with respect to the offer or sale of such Shares; and

 

(g)               Any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any former agent of Customer (other than State Street Bank and Trust Company in its role as prior transfer agent during the period from September 30, 1995 until the date of this Agreement) and arising from

 

11



 

Transfer Agent’s reliance on the certified list of holders.

 

8.3            Instructions .  At any time the Transfer Agent may apply to any officer of the Customer for instruction, and may consult with legal counsel reasonably acceptable to Customer with respect to any matter arising in connection with the services to be performed by the Transfer Agent under this Agreement, and Transfer Agent and its agents and subcontractors shall not be liable and shall be indemnified by the Customer for taking action or omitting to take action by it in reliance upon such instructions or upon the advice or opinion of such counsel provided that when the action is taken it is performed in good faith and without negligence or willful misconduct.  The Transfer Agent, its agents and subcontractors shall be protected and indemnified in acting upon any paper or document reasonably believed to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper person or persons, or upon any instruction, information, data, records or documents provided the Transfer Agent or its agents or subcontractors by telephone, in person, machine readable input, telex, CRT data entry or similar means authorized by the Customer or the Funds, and shall not be held to have notice of any change of authority of any person, until receipt of written notice thereof from the Customer.  The Transfer Agent, its agents and subcontractors shall also be protected and indemnified in recognizing stock certificates which are reasonably believed to bear the proper manual or facsimile signatures of officers of the Customer, and the proper countersignature of any former transfer agent or former registrar, or of a co-transfer agent or co-registrar.

 

8.4            Transfer Agent Indemnification/Limitation of Liability . Transfer Agent shall be responsible for and shall indemnify and hold the Customer harmless from and against any and all losses, damages, costs, charges, counsel fees, payments, expenses and liability arising out of or attributable to Transfer Agent’s refusal or failure to comply with the terms of this Agreement, or which arise out of Transfer Agent’s bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct or which arise out of the breach of any representation or warranty of Transfer Agent hereunder, for which Transfer Agent is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement; provided, however, that Transfer Agent’s aggregate liability during any term of this Agreement with respect to, arising from, or arising in connection with this Agreement, or as a result of any services provided or omitted to be provided under this Agreement, whether in contract, or in tort, or otherwise, is limited to, and shall not exceed, the following amounts: (a) amounts paid hereunder by the Customer to Transfer Agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the thirty-six (36) calendar months immediately preceding the event for which recovery from the Transfer Agent is being sought which arises out of the Transfer Agent’s negligence and (b) amounts paid hereunder by the Customer to Transfer agent as fees and charges, but not including reimbursable expenses, during the sixty (60) calendar months immediately preceding the event for which recovery is being sought which arises out of the Transfer Agent’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct.

 

8.5            Notice. In order that the indemnification provisions contained in this Section shall apply, upon the assertion of a claim for which one party may be required to indemnify the other, the party seeking indemnification shall promptly notify the other party of such assertion, and shall keep the other party advised with respect to all developments concerning such claim.  The indemnifying party shall have the option to participate with the indemnified party in the defense of such claim or to defend against said claim in its own name or the name of the indemnified

 

12



 

party.  The indemnified party shall in no case confess any claim or make any compromise in any case in which the indemnifying party may be required to indemnify it except with the indemnifying party’s prior written consent.

 

9.      Damages .

 

NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF ANTICIPATED PROFITS, OCCASIONED BY A BREACH OF ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT EVEN IF APPRISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

 

10.   Responsibilities of the Transfer Agent .

 

The Transfer Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Customer, by its acceptance hereof, shall be bound:

 

10.1          Whenever in the performance of its duties hereunder the Transfer Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Customer or the Funds and delivered to the Transfer Agent.  Such certificate shall be full authorization to the Transfer Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate provided the action taken is without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

 

10.2          The Customer agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Transfer Agent for the carrying out, or performing by the Transfer Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.3          Transfer Agent, any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Transfer Agent may buy, sell or deal in the securities of the Customer or the Funds or become pecuniary interested in any transaction in which the Customer may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Customer or the Funds or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not appointed as agent under this Agreement.  Nothing herein shall preclude the Transfer Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Customer or the Funds or for any other legal entity.

 

10.4          No provision of this Agreement shall require the Transfer Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if it shall believe in good faith that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

13



 

11.   Covenants of the Customer and Transfer Agent .

 

11.1          Customer Corporate Authority .  The Customer has previously furnished or shall furnish to the Transfer Agent the following:

 

(a)    A copy of the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Customer;

 

(b)    Copies of all material amendments to its Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws made after the date of this Agreement, promptly after such amendments are made; and

 

(c)    A certificate of the Customer as to the Shares authorized, issued and outstanding, as well as a description of all reserves of unissued shares relating to the exercise of options, warrants or a conversion of debentures or otherwise.

 

11.2          Transfer Agent Facilities .   The Transfer Agent hereby agrees to establish and maintain facilities and procedures reasonably acceptable to the Customer for the safekeeping of stock certificates, check forms and facsimile signature imprinting devices, if any, and for the preparation, use, and recordkeeping of such certificates, forms and devices.

 

11.3          Records .   The Transfer Agent shall keep records relating to the services to be performed hereunder, in the form and manner it may deem advisable and as required under the Exchange Act.  The Transfer Agent agrees that all such records prepared or maintained by it relating to the services performed hereunder are the property of the Customer and will be preserved, maintained and made available in accordance with the requirements of law, and will be surrendered promptly to the Customer on and in accordance with its request.

 

11.4          Non-Solicitation of Transfer Agent Employees .  Customer shall not attempt to hire or assist with the hiring of an employee of EquiServe or affiliated companies or encourage any employee to terminate their relationship with EquiServe or its affiliated companies.

 

11.5          Notification .  Customer shall notify Transfer Agent as soon as possible in advance of any stock split, stock dividend or any similar event which may affect the Shares and any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other proceeding regarding Customer affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement to the contrary, Transfer Agent will have no obligation to perform any Services under the Agreement subsequent to the commencement of any bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other proceeding regarding Customer affecting the enforcement of creditor’ rights unless Transfer Agent receives assurance satisfactory to it that it will receive full payment for such services.  Further, Customer may not assume the Agreement after the filing of a bankruptcy petition without Transfer Agent’s written consent.

 

12.   Confidentiality .

 

12.1          Covenant.   The Transfer Agent and the Customer agree that they will not, at any time during the term of this Agreement or after its termination, reveal, divulge, or make known to any person, firm, corporation or other business organization, any customers’ lists, trade

 

14



 

secrets, or any other secret or confidential information whatsoever identified as confidential, whether of the Transfer Agent or of the Customer, used or gained by the Transfer Agent or the Customer during performance under this Agreement.  The Customer and the Transfer Agent further covenant and agree to retain all such knowledge and information acquired during and after the term of this Agreement respecting such lists, trade secrets, or any secret or confidential information whatsoever in trust for the sole benefit of the Transfer Agent or the Customer and their successors and assigns.  The above prohibition of disclosure shall not apply to the extent that the Transfer Agent must disclose such data to its sub-contractor or agents for purposes of providing services under this Agreement.

 

12.2          Shareholder “Non-Public Personal Information”.   The Transfer Agent agrees that it will not disclose or use any “non-public personal information” about a Customer’s Shareholders other than such uses or disclosures which are necessary to permit the Transfer Agent to carry out its duties under this Agreement, or are otherwise required by the Transfer Agent in compliance with a regulatory investigation or in response to judicial process, including as set forth in Section 12.3 below.  “Non-public personal information” about a Shareholder shall mean (i) personally identifiable financial information; (ii) any list, description, or other grouping of consumers that is derived from using any personally identifiable information that is not publicly available; and (iii) any other information that the Transfer Agent is prohibited from using or disclosing pursuant to Regulation S-P under Section 504 of the Gramm Leach Bliley Act.

 

12.3          Request for Records .  In the event that any requests or demands are made for the inspection of the Shareholder records, other than request for records of Shareholders pursuant to standard subpoenas from state or federal government authorities (e.g., in divorce and criminal actions), the Transfer Agent will endeavor to notify the Customer and to secure instructions from an authorized officer of the Customer as to such inspection.  The Transfer Agent expressly reserves the right, however, to exhibit the Shareholder records to any person whenever it is advised by counsel that it may be held liable for the failure to exhibit the Shareholder records to such person or if required by law or court order.

 

13.   Term and Termination .

 

13.1          Term .   The initial term of this Agreement (the “Initial Term”) shall be three (3)  years from the date first stated above unless terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 13 .  Unless a terminating party gives written notice to the other party sixty (60) days before the expiration of the Initial Term this Agreement will renew automatically from year to year (“Renewal Term”).  Sixty (60) days before the expiration of the Initial Term or a Renewal Term the parties to this Agreement will agree upon a Fee Schedule for the upcoming Renewal Term.  If no new fee schedule is agreed upon, the fees will increase as set forth in Section 5.2 .

 

13.2          Early Termination.   Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, should Customer desire to move any of its services provided by the Transfer Agent hereunder to a successor service provider prior to the expiration of the then current Initial or Renewal Term, or without the required notice period, the Transfer Agent shall make a good faith effort to facilitate the conversion on such prior date, however, there can be no guarantee that the

 

15



 

Transfer Agent will be able to facilitate a conversion of services on such prior date.  In connection with the foregoing, should services be converted to a successor service provider, or if the Customer is fully liquidated other than the liquidation of a Customer which is a term trust at its scheduled liquidation time, or its assets merged or purchased or the like with another entity which does not utilize the services of the Transfer Agent, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses or costs associated with the movement of records and material will be borne by the Customer.  Additionally, the Transfer Agent reserves the right to charge for any other reasonable expenses associated with such termination and a de-conversion/transition fee in an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate fees incurred by Customer during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period.

 

13.3          Expiration of Term .   After the expiration of the Initial Term or Renewal Term whichever currently in effect, should either party exercise its right to terminate, all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses or costs associated with the movement of records and material will be borne by the Customer.  Additionally, the Transfer Agent reserves the right to charge for any other reasonable expenses associated with such termination and a de-conversion/transition fee in an amount equal to 20% of the aggregate fees incurred by Customer during the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period.

 

13.4          Termination .

 

This Agreement may be terminated in accordance with the following:

 

(a)  at any time by either party upon a material breach of a representation, covenant or term of this Agreement by the other which is not cured within a period not to exceed thirty (30) days after the date of written notice thereof by the other party; and

 

(b)  by Transfer Agent, at any time, in the event that during the term if this Agreement, a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding is filed by or against Customer or a trustee or receiver is appointed for any substantial part of Customer’s property (and in a case of involuntary bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceeding, there is entered an order for relief, or order appointing a receiver or some similar order or decree and Customer does not succeed in having such order lifted or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of its entry), or Customer makes an assignment of all or substantially all of its property for the benefit of creditors or ceases to conduct its operations in the normal course or business.

 

13.5          Records.   Upon receipt of written notice of termination, the parties will use commercially practicable efforts to effect an orderly termination of this Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing, Transfer Agent will deliver promptly to Customer, in machine readable form on media as reasonably requested by Customer, all stockholder and other records, files and data supplied to or compiled by Transfer Agent on behalf of Customer.

 

16



 

14.   Assignment .

 

14.1          Affiliates .  The Transfer Agent may, without further consent of the Customer assign its right and obligations hereunto to any affiliated and registered transfer agent under Section 17(A)(c)(2) of the Securities and Exchange Act.  The Transfer Agent will not assign its rights and obligations to any other person without consent.

 

14.2          Sub-contractors .  Transfer Agent may, without further consent on the part of Customer, subcontract with other subcontractors for telephone and mailing services as may be required from time to time; provided, however, that the Transfer Agent shall be as fully responsible to the Customer for the acts and omissions of any subcontractor as it is for its own acts and omissions.

 

15.   Unaffiliated Third Parties .

 

Nothing herein shall impose any duty upon the Transfer Agent in connection with or make the Transfer Agent liable for the actions or omissions to act of unaffiliated third parties such as, by way of example and not limitation, airborne services, the U.S. mails and telecommunication companies, provided, if the Transfer Agent selected such company, the Transfer Agent shall have exercised due care in selecting the same.

 

16.   Miscellaneous .

 

16.1          Notices .

 

Any notice or communication by the Transfer Agent or the Customer to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, telex, telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the other’s address:

 

If to the Customer:

 

c/o BlackRock Advisors Inc.

100 Bellevue Parkway

Wilmington, Delaware 19809

Attn:                                 

 

If to the Transfer Agent:

 

EquiServe Trust Company, N.A.

c/o EquiServe, Inc.

150 Royall Street

Canton, MA 02021

Telecopy No.: (781) 575-4210

Attn:  General Counsel

 

The Transfer Agent and the Customer may, by notice to the other, designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

17



 

16.2          Successors .

 

All the covenants and provisions of this agreement by or for the benefit of the Customer or the Transfer Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

 

16.3          Amendments .

 

This Agreement may be amended or modified by a written amendment executed by both parties hereto and authorized or approved by a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Customer.

 

16.4          Severability .

 

If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provision, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

 

16.5          Governing Law .

 

This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

16.6          Force Majeure .

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Transfer Agent shall not be liable for any delays or failures in performance resulting from acts beyond its reasonable control including, without limitation, acts of God, shortage of supply, breakdowns or malfunctions, interruptions or malfunction of computer facilities, or loss of data due to power failures or mechanical difficulties with information storage or retrieval systems, labor difficulties, war, or civil unrest.

 

16.7          Descriptive Headings .

 

Descriptive headings of the several sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

 

16.8          Third Party Beneficiaries .

 

The provisions of this Agreement are intended to benefit only the Transfer Agent, the Customer and their respective permitted successors and assigns.  No rights shall be granted to any other person by virtue of this agreement, and there are no third party beneficiaries hereof.

 

18



 

16.9          Survival .

 

All provisions regarding indemnification, warranty, liability and limits thereon, and confidentiality and protection of proprietary rights and trade secrets shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

16.10        Priorities .

 

In the event of any conflict, discrepancy, or ambiguity between the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and any schedules or attachments hereto, the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement shall take precedence.

 

16.11        Merger of Agreement .

 

This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written.

 

16.12        Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by one of its officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the date first written above.

 

BlackRock Advisors, Inc.

 

On behalf of the BlackRock Closed-End Investment

Companies listed on Exhibit C

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EquiServe, Inc.

EquiServe Trust Company, N.A.

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

19



 

EXHIBIT C

 

THE BLACKROCK ADVANTAGE TERM TRUST INC.

THE BLACKROCK INCOME TRUST INC.

THE BLACKROCK INSURED MUNICIPAL TERM TRUST INC.

THE BLACKROCK MUNICIPAL TARGET TERM TRUST INC.

THE BLACKROCK INVESTMENT QUALITY TERM TRUST INC.

THE BLACKROCK INSURED MUNICIPAL 2008 TERM TRUST INC.

THE BLACKROCK NEW YORK INSURED MUNICIPAL 2008 TERM TRUST INC.

THE BLACKROCK CALIFORNIA INSURED MUNICIPAL 2008 TERM TRUST INC.

THE BLACKROCK FLORIDA INSURED MUNICIPAL 2008 TERM TRUST INC.

THE BLACKROCK INVESTMENT QUALITY MUNICIPAL TRUST INC.

THE BLACKROCK HIGH YIELD TRUST

THE BLACKROCK BROAD INVESTMENT GRADE 2009 TERM TRUST INC.
THE BLACKROCK STRATEGIC MUNICIPAL TRUST

THE BLACKROCK PENNSYLVANIA STRATEGIC MUNICIPAL TRUST

THE BLACKROCK CALIFORNIA INVESTMENT QUALITY MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST, INC.

THE BLACKROCK FLORIDA INVESTMENT QUALITY MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST, INC.

THE BLACKROCK NEW YORK INVESTMENT QUALITY MUNICIPAL TRUST, INC.

THE BLACKROCK CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST II

THE BLACKROCK CORE BOND TRUST

THE BLACKROCK CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL 2018 TERM TRUST

THE BLACKROCK CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL BOND TRUST

THE BLACKROCK FLORIDA MUNICIPAL BOND TRUST

THE BLACKROCK FLORIDA MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST

THE BLACKROCK CALIFORNIA MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST

THE BLACKROCK MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST II

THE BLACKROCK NEW JERSEY MUNICIPAL BOND TRUST

THE BLACKROCK MUNICIPAL BOND TRUST

THE BLACKROCK MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST

THE BLACKROCK MARYLAND MUNICIPAL BOND TRUST

THE BLACKROCK NEW YORK MUNICIPAL BOND TRUST

THE BLACKROCK NEW JERSEY MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST

THE BLACKROCK INCOME OPPORTUNITY TRUST, INC.

THE BLACKROCK NEW YORK MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST

THE BLACKROCK NEW YORK MUNICIPAL 2018 TERM TRUST

THE BLACKROCK STRATEGIC BOND TRUST

THE BLACKROCK MUNICIPAL 2018 TERM TRUST

THE BLACKROCK VIRGINIA MUNICIPAL BOND TRUST

THE BLACKROCK NEW YORK MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST II

THE BLACKROCK INSURED MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST

THE BLACKROCK CALIFORNIA INSURED MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST

THE BLACKROCK FLORIDA INSURED MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST

THE BLACKROCK NEW YORK INSURED MUNICIPAL INCOME TRUST

THE BLACKROCK NEW JERSEY INVESTMENT QUALITY MUNI TRUST, INC.

BAI LIQUIDATING LLC

THE BLACKROCK PREFERRED OPPORTUNITY TRUST

THE BLACKROCK LIMITED DURATION INCOME TRUST

THE BLACKROCK FLORIDA MUNICIPAL 2020 TERM TRUST

BLACKROCK MUNICIPAL 2020 TERM TRUST

BLACKROCK GLOBAL FLOATING RATE INCOME TRUST

BAT SUBSIDIARY, INC.

BCT SUBSIDIARY, INC.

BQT SUBSIDIARY, INC.

 

20




Exhibit 99(L)

 

SKADDEN, ARPS, SLATE, MEAGHER & FLOM LLP

FOUR TIMES SQUARE

NEW YORK, NY  10036-6522

____

(212) 735-3000

 

August 25, 2004

 

 

BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust

40 East 52 nd Street

New York, NY 10022

Re:          BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust

                Registration Statement on Form N-2

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust, a statutory trust created under the Delaware Statutory Trust Act (the “Trust”), in connection with the issuance and sale by the Trust of up to 27,000,000 shares of the Trust’s common shares (including shares subject to an over-allotment option) of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share (the “Common Shares”).

This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 24 of the Form N-2 Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of (i) the Notification of Registration of the Trust as an investment company under the 1940 Act on Form N-8A, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on April 21, 2004, (ii) the Registration Statement of the Trust on Form N-2 (File Nos. 333-114662 and 811-21566), as filed with the Commission on April 21, 2004, and as

 



 

amended by Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 on May 27, 2004, Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 on June 25, 2004, and as proposed to be amended by Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 on the date hereof, under the 1933 Act (such Registration Statement, as so amended and proposed to be amended, being hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement”); (iii) the form of the Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) proposed to be entered into between the Trust, as issuer, BlackRock Advisors, Inc., as investment adviser to the Trust, and UBS Securities, LLC, as representative of the several underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement; (iv) a specimen certificate representing the Common Shares; (v) the Certificate of Amendment, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 20, 2004, amending the Certificate of Trust of the Trust, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on May 27, 2004, and the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Trust dated April 20, 2004 (the “Declaration”); (vii) the By-Laws of the Trust, as currently in effect; and (viii) certain resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust relating to the creation, issuance and sale of the Common Shares and related matters. We also have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Trust and such agreements, certificates of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Trust and others, and such other documents, certificates and records as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth herein.

In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or photostatic copies and the authenticity of the originals of such copies.  In making our examination of documents, we have assumed that the parties thereto, other than the Trust, had or will have the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof on such parties.  We have also assumed that the Underwriting Agreement will be executed and delivered in substantially the form reviewed by us and that the share certificates representing the Common Shares will conform to the specimen examined by us and will have been signed manually or by facsimile by an authorized officer of

 

2



 

the transfer agent and registrar for the Common Shares and registered by such transfer agent and registrar.  As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein which we have not independently established or verified, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Trust and others.

In rendering the opinion set forth below, we have assumed that any Common Shares issued to a Principal Shareholder (as that term is defined in Section 11.7 of the Declaration) will be issued in compliance with Section 11.7 of the Declaration.

Members of our firm are admitted to the bar in the State of Delaware and we do not express any opinion as to any laws other than the Delaware Statutory Trust Act.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the issuance and sale of the Common Shares have been duly authorized, and, when the Registration Statement becomes effective and the Common Shares have been delivered to and paid for by the Underwriters as contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement, the Common Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable (except as provided in the last sentence of Section 3.8 of the Declaration).

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Opinions” in the Registration Statement.  In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the 1933 Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

,

Very truly yours

 

/s/ Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

 

 

3





 

Exhibit 99(n)

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

 

We consent to the use in this Pre-Effective Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement of BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust on Form N-2 (Securities Act Registration No. 333-114662 and Investment Company Registration No. 811-21566) of our report dated August 24, 2004, relating to the financial statements of BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust as of July 12, 2004 and for the period then ended appearing in the Statement of Additional Information, which is a part of this Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

 

/s/DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Boston, MA

August 24, 2004



Exhibit 99(p)

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 12th day of July, 2004, between BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust, a statutory trust organized and existing under the laws of Delaware (the “Trust”), and BlackRock Funding, Inc. (the “Purchaser”).

 

THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                        PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SHARES

 

1.1                                  SALE AND ISSUANCE OF SHARES. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Trustees agree to sell to the Purchaser, and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Trustees 6,021 common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001, representing undivided beneficial interests in the Trust (the “Shares”) at a price per Share of $19.10 for an aggregate purchase price of $115,001.

 

2.                                        REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS OF THE PURCHASER. The Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants for the benefit of, the Trust that:

 

2.1                                  PURCHASE ENTIRELY FOR OWN ACCOUNT.  This Agreement is made by the Trustees with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Trustees, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares are being acquired for investment for the Purchaser’s own account, and not as a nominee or agent and not with a view to the resale or distribution by the Purchaser of any of the Shares, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the Shares, in either case in violation of any securities registration requirement under applicable law, but subject nevertheless, to any requirement of law that the disposition of its property shall at all times by within its control.  By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer or grant participation to such person or to any third person, with respect to any of the Shares.

 



 

2.2                                  INVESTMENT EXPERIENCE.  The Purchaser acknowledges that it can bear the economic risk of the investment for an indefinite period of time and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters (and particularly in the business in which the Trust operates) as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares.  The Purchaser is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”).

 

2.3                                  RESTRICTED SECURITIES.  The Purchaser understands that the Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under the United States securities laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Trustees in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such laws and applicable regulations such Shares may be resold without registration under the 1933 Act only in certain circumstances.  In this connection, the Purchaser represents that it understands the resale limitations imposed by the 1933 Act and is generally familiar with the existing resale limitations imposed by Rule 144.

 

2.4                                  FURTHER LIMITATIONS ON DISPOSITION.  The Purchaser further agrees not to make any disposition directly or indirectly of all or any portion of the Shares unless and until:

 

(a)                                   There is then in effect a registration statement under the 1933 Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

 

(b)                                  The Purchaser shall have furnished the Trustees with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees, that such disposition will not require registration of such Shares under the 1933 Act.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) above, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel shall be necessary for a transfer by the Purchaser to any affiliate of the Purchaser, if the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms hereof to the same extent as if it were the original Purchaser hereunder.

 

2.5                                  LEGENDS.  It is understood that the certificate evidencing the Shares may bear either or both of the following legends:

 

2



 

(a)                                   “These securities have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. They may not be sold, offered for sale, pledged or hypothecated in the absence of a registration statement in effect with respect to the Shares under such Act or an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees of BlackRock Global Floating Rate Income Trust that such registration is not required.”

 

(b)                                  Any legend required by the laws of any other applicable jurisdiction.

 

The Purchaser and the Trustees agree that the legend contained in the paragraph (a) above shall be removed at a holder’s request when they are no longer necessary to ensure compliance with federal securities laws.

 

2.6                                  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

BLACKROCK GLOBAL FLOATING RATE INCOME TRUST

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

   Name: Anne F. Ackerley

 

 

 

   Title: Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BLACKROCK FUNDING, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

   Name: Anne F. Ackerley

 

 

 

   Title: Managing Director

 

4




Exhibit 99 ( r ) (1)

 

THE BLACKROCK CLOSED END TRUSTS

CODE OF ETHICS

 

I.                                          Introduction .

 

The purpose of this Code of Ethics is to prevent Access Persons (as defined below) of The BlackRock Closed End Trusts (the “Trusts”) from engaging in any act, practice or course of business prohibited by paragraph (b) of Rule 17j-l (the “Rule”) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Act”). This Code of Ethics is required by paragraph (c) of the Rule. A copy of the Rule is attached to this Code of Ethics as Appendix 1.

 

Access Persons of the Trusts, in conducting their personal securities transactions, owe a fiduciary duty to the shareholders of the Trusts. The fundamental standard to be followed in personal securities transactions is that Access Persons may not take inappropriate advantage of their positions. All personal securities transactions by Access Persons must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest between the Access Person’s interest and the interests of the Trusts, or any abuse of an Access Person’s position of trust and responsibility. Potential conflicts arising from personal investment activities could include buying or selling securities based on knowledge of the Trust’s trading position or plans (sometimes referred to as front-running), and acceptance of personal favors that could influence trading judgments on behalf of the Trusts. While this Code of Ethics is designed to address identified conflicts and potential conflicts, it cannot possibly be written broadly enough to cover all potential situations and, in this regard, Access Persons are expected to adhere not only to the letter, but also the spirit, of the policies contained herein.

 

II.                                      Definitions .

 

In order to understand how this Code of Ethics applies to particular persons and transactions, familiarity with the key terms and concepts used in this Code of Ethics is necessary. Those key terms and concepts are:

 

 

Approved: [   ], 2004



 

1.                                        “Access Person” means any trustee, officer or “advisory person” of the Trusts. A list of the Trust’s Access Persons who are officers and trustees of the Trusts is attached as Appendix 2 to this Code of Ethics and will be updated from time to time.

 

2.                                        “Advisory person” means (a) any employee of the Trusts or of any company in a control relationship to the Trusts, who, in connection with his regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a “Covered Security” by the Trusts, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; and (b) any natural person in a control relationship to the Trusts who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Trusts with regard to the purchase or sale of “Covered Securities”.

 

3.                                        “Beneficial ownership” has the meaning set forth in Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, a copy of which is included as Appendix 3. The determination of direct or indirect beneficial ownership shall apply to all securities which an Access Person has or acquires.

 

4.                                        “BlackRock” means BlackRock Advisors, Inc. the investment advisor of the Trusts.

 

5.                                        “BlackRock Code” means the Employee Investment Transaction Policy adopted by BlackRock and approved by the Board.

 

6.                                        “Control” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act.

 

7.                                        “Covered Security” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Act, except that it shall not include: direct obligations of the Government of the United States; bankers* acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high-quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements; and shares issued by registered open-end investment companies.*  A high-quality short-term debt instrument is one with a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

 

8.                                        “Independent trustee” means a trustee of the Trusts who is not an “interested person” of the Trusts within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Act.

 

 

2



 

9.                                        “Investment Personnel” of the Trusts means (a) any employee of the Trusts (or of any company in a control relationship to the Trusts) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Trusts and (b) any natural person who controls the Trusts and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to the Trusts regarding the purchase or sale of securities by the Trusts.

 

10.                                  “IPO” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the issuer or which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act.

 

11.                                  “Limited Offering” means an offering exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2), 4(6) or Rule 504, 505 or 506 under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

12.                                  “Purchase or sale of a Covered Security” includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.

 

III.                                  Restrictions Applicable to Directors, Officers and Employees of BlackRock .

 

1.                                        All Directors, officers and employees of BlackRock’s investment advisory companies shall be subject to the restrictions, limitations and reporting responsibilities set forth in the BlackRock Code, respectively, as if fully set forth herein.

 

2.                                        Persons subject to this Section III shall not be subject to the restrictions, limitations and reporting responsibilities set forth in Sections IV. and V. below.

 

IV.                                  Prohibitions; Exemptions .

 

1.                                        Prohibited Purchases and Sales .

 

A.                                    No Access Person may purchase or sell, directly or indirectly, any Covered Security in which that Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction would acquire, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership and which to the actual knowledge of that Access Person at the time of such purchase or sale:

 

3



 

(1)                                   is being considered for purchase or sale by the Trusts; or

 

(2)                                   is being purchased or sold by the Trusts.

 

1.                                        Exemptions From Certain Prohibitions .

 

A.                                    The prohibited purchase and sale transactions described in paragraph IV.1 above do not apply to the following personal securities transactions:

 

(1)                                   purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control;

 

(2)                                   purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either the Access Person or the Trusts;

 

(3)                                   purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan (other than pursuant to a cash purchase plan option);

 

(4)                                   purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent the rights were acquired from that issuer, and sales of the rights so acquired;

 

(5)                                   any purchase or sale, or series of related transactions, involving 500 shares or less in the aggregate, if the issuer has a market capitalization (outstanding shares multiplied by the current price per share) greater than $1 billion;

 

(6)                                   any purchase or sale which the Compliance Officer of BlackRock (as defined in the BlackRock Code) approves on the grounds that its potential harm to the Trusts is remote.

 

3.                                        Prohibited Recommendations .

 

An Access Person may not recommend the purchase or sale of any Covered Security to or for the Trusts without having disclosed his or her interest, if any, in such security or the issuer thereof, including without limitation:

 

4



 

A.                                    any direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any Covered Security of such issuer, including any Covered Security received in a private securities transaction;

 

B.                                      any contemplated purchase or sale by such person of a Covered Security;

 

C.                                      any position with such issuer or its affiliates; or

 

D.                                     any present or proposed business relationship between such issuer or its affiliates and such person or any party in which such person has a significant interest.

 

4.                                        Pre-approval of Investments in Initial

Public Offerings or Limited Offerings .

 

A.                                    No Investment Personnel shall purchase any security (including, but not limited to, any Covered Security) issued in an initial public offering (“IPO”) or a Limited Offering unless an officer of the Trusts approves the transaction in advance. The Secretary shall maintain a written record of any decisions to permit these transactions, along with the reasons supporting the decision.

 

V.                                      Reporting .

 

1.                                        Initial Holdings Reports .

 

No later than ten (10) days after a person becomes an Access Person, he or she must report to the Trusts the following information:

 

(i)                                      the title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership when the person became an Access Person;

 

(ii)                                   the name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintained an account in which any securities were held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person as of the date the person became an Access Person; and

 

(iii)                                the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

5



 

 

2.                                        Quarterly Reporting .

 

A.                                    Every Access Person shall either report to the Trusts the information described in paragraphs B and C below with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which the Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security or, in the alternative, make the representation in paragraph D below.

 

B.                                      Every report shall be made not later than 10 days after the end of the calendar quarter in which the transaction to which the report relates was effected and shall contain the following information:

 

(1)                                   the date of the transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares and the principal amount of each Covered Security involved;

 

(2)                                   the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

(3)                                   the price of the Covered Security at which the transaction was effected;

 

(4)                                   the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected;

 

(5)                                   the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person; and

 

(6)                                   a description of any factors potentially relevant to an analysis of whether the Access Person may have a conflict of interest with respect to the transaction, including the existence of any substantial economic relationship between the transaction and securities held or to be acquired by the Trusts.

 

C.                                      With respect to any account established by the Access Person in which any securities were held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person, no later than 10 days after the end of a calendar quarter, an Access Person shall provide a report to the Trusts containing the following information:

 

6



 

(1)                                   the name of the broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person established the account;

 

(2)                                   the date the account was established; and

 

(3)                                   the date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

D.                                     If no transactions were conducted by an Access Person during a calendar quarter that are subject to the reporting requirements described above, such Access Person shall, not later than 10 days after the end of that calendar quarter, provide a written representation to that effect to the Trusts.

 

3.                                        Annual Reporting .

 

A.                                    Every Access Person shall report to the Trusts the information described in paragraph B below with respect to transactions in any Covered Security in which the Access Person has, or by reason of the transaction acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security.

 

B.                                      Annually, within 30 days of the end of each calendar year, the following information (which information must be current as of a date no more than 30 days before the report is submitted):

 

(1)                                   The title, number of shares and principal amount of each Covered Security in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect beneficial ownership;

 

(2)                                   The name of any broker, dealer or bank with whom the Access Person maintains an account in which any securities are held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and

 

(3)                                   The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

 

4.                                        Exceptions to Reporting Requirements .

 

A.                                    An Access Person is not required to make a report otherwise required under paragraphs 1, 2 or 3 above with respect to any transaction effected for any account over which the Access Person does not have any direct or indirect influence or control;

 

7



 

provided, however, that if the Access Person is relying upon the provisions of this paragraph 4(A) to avoid making such a report, the Access Person shall, not later than 10 days after the end of each calendar quarter, identify any such account in writing and certify in writing that he or she had no direct or indirect influence over any such account.

 

B.                                      An independent trustee of the Trusts who would be required to make a report pursuant to paragraphs 1, 2 or 3 above solely by reason of being a trustee of the Trusts is not required to make an initial holdings report under paragraph 1 above and an annual report under paragraph 3 above, and is only required to make a quarterly report under paragraph 2 above if the independent trustee, at the time of the transaction, knew or, in the ordinary course of fulfilling the independent trustee’s official duties as a trustee of the Trusts, should have known that (a) the Trusts has engaged in a transaction in the same security within the last 15 days or is engaging or going to engage in a transaction in the same security within the next 15 days, or (b) the Trusts or BlackRock has within the last 15 days considered a transaction in the same security or is considering a transaction in the same security or within the next 15 days is going to consider a transaction in the same security.

 

5.                                        Annual Certification .

 

A.                                    All Access Persons are required to certify that they have read and understand this Code of Ethics and recognize that they are subject to the provisions hereof and will comply with the policy and procedures stated herein. Further, all Access Persons are required to certify annually that they have complied with the requirements of this Code of Ethics and that they have reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of such policies. A copy of the certification form to be used in complying with this paragraph A is attached to this Code of Ethics as Appendix 4.

 

B.                                      The Trusts and BlackRock shall prepare an annual report to the Board of Trustees of the Trusts to be presented at the first regular meeting of the Board after March 31 of each year and which shall:

 

(1)                                   Summarize existing procedures concerning personal investing, including pre-clearance policies and the monitoring of personal investment activity after pre-clearance has been granted, and any changes in the procedures during the past year;

 

8



 

(2)                                   describe any issues arising under the Code of Ethics or procedures since the last report to the Board including, but not limited to, information about any material violations of the Code of Ethics or procedures and the sanctions imposed during the past year;

 

(3)                                   identify any recommended changes in existing restrictions or procedures based upon experience under this Code of Ethics, evolving industry practice or developments in applicable laws and regulations;

 

(4)                                   contain such other information, observations and recommendations as deemed relevant by the Trusts or BlackRock; and

 

(5)                                   certify that the Trusts, BlackRock have adopted Codes of Ethics with procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the provisions of Rule 17j-1(b) or this Code.

 

6.                                        Notification of Reporting Obligation and Review of Reports .

 

Each Access Person shall receive a copy of this Code of Ethics and be notified of his or her reporting obligations. All reports shall be promptly submitted upon completion to the Trust’s Secretary who shall review such reports.

 

7.                                        Miscellaneous .

 

A.                                    Any report under this Code of Ethics may contain a statement that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making the report that the person has any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the securities to which the report relates.

 

VI.                                  Confidentiality .

 

No Access Person shall reveal to any other person (except in the normal course of his or her duties on behalf of the Trusts) any information regarding securities transactions by the Trusts or consideration by the Trusts or BlackRock of any such securities transaction.

 

All information obtained from any Access Person hereunder shall be kept in strict confidence, except that reports of securities transactions hereunder will be made available

 

9



 

to the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organization to the extent required by law or regulation.

 

VII.                              Sanctions .

 

Upon discovering a violation of this Code of Ethics, the Board of Trustees of the Trusts may impose any sanctions it deems appropriate, including a letter of censure, the suspension or termination of any trustee, officer or employee of the Trusts, or the recommendation to the employer of the violator of the suspension or termination of the employment of the violator.

 

Dated:              May 22, 2003

 

10



 

Appendix 1

 

Rule 17j-l under the Investment Company Act of 1940

 

A-1



 

Appendix 2

 

The following are “Access Persons” for purposes of the foregoing Code of Ethics:

 

Name

 

Title

 

 

 

Trustees

 

 

 

 

 

Ralph L. Schlosstein

 

Chairman/Trustee

Andrew F. Brimmer

 

Trustee

Richard E. Cavanagh

 

Trustee

Kent Dixon

 

Trustee

Frank J. Fabozzi

 

Trustee

Robert S. Kapito

 

Trustee

James Clayburn La Force, Jr.

 

Trustee

Walter F. Mondale

 

Trustee

 

 

 

Officers

 

 

 

 

 

Robert S. Kapito

 

President

Kevin Klingert

 

Vice President (Municipals Only)

Anne Ackerley

 

Vice President

Richard M. Shea

 

Vice President/Tax

Henry Gabbay

 

Treasurer

James Kong

 

Assistant Treasurer

Vincent Tritto

 

Secretary

Brian Kindelan

 

Assistant Secretary

 

A-2



 

Appendix 3

 

Rule 16a-l(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

A-3



 

Appendix 4

 

CERTIFICATION FORM

 

This is to certify that I have read and understand the Code of Ethics of the BlackRock Closed End Trusts dated May 22, 2003, and that I recognize that I am subject to the provisions thereof and will comply with the policy and procedures stated therein.

 

This is to further certify that I have complied with the requirements of such Code of Ethics and that I have reported all personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of such Code of Ethics.

 

 

Please sign your name here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Please print your name here:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Please date here:

 

 

 

 

Please sign two copies of this Certification Form, return one copy to Mr. Bart Battista, Chief Compliance Officer, BlackRock Advisors, Inc., 40 East 52nd Street, New York, NY 10022, and retain the other copy, together with a copy of the Code of Ethics, for your records.

 

A-4




Exhibit 99(r)(2)

 

Code of Ethics of the Advisor and Sub-Advisor

 

EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT TRANSACTION POLICY

 

For

 

BLACKROCK INVESTMENT ADVISER COMPANIES

 

Effective March 1, 2000

 



 

EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT TRANSACTION POLICY

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

i

 

 

 

 

I.

PREAMBLE

1

 

 

 

 

 

A.

General Principles

1

 

 

 

 

 

B.

The General Scope Of The Policy’s Application To Personal Investment Transactions

3

 

 

 

 

 

C.

The Organization Of This Policy

3

 

 

 

 

 

D.

Questions

3

 

 

 

 

II.

PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS

3

 

 

 

 

 

A.

In General

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

Reporting Obligations

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Use Of Broker-Dealers And Futures Commission Merchants

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Initial Report

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

New Accounts

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Timely Reporting Of Investment Transactions

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

Related Accounts

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

Annual Holdings Report

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.

Exemptions From Reporting

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

C.

Prohibited Or Restricted Investment Transactions

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Initial Public Offerings

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Private Placements

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

D.

Investment Transactions Requiring Prior Notification

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Prior Notification Procedure

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Exemptions From Prior Notification

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

Transactions Exempt From Prior Notification

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Securities Exempt From Prior Notification

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Futures Contracts Exempt From Prior Notification

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

E.

Ban On Short-Term Trading Profits

9

 

i



 

 

F.

Blackout Periods

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Specific Blackout Periods

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Exemptions From Blackout Restrictions

10

 

 

 

 

 

III.

INSIDE INFORMATION AND SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.

Inside Information

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

Service As A Director

11

 

 

 

 

 

IV.

EXEMPTIONS

11

 

 

 

 

 

V.

COMPLIANCE

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

A.

Certifications

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

Upon Receipt Of This Policy

11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

Annual Certificate Of Compliance

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

B.

Supervisory Procedures

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.

The Compliance Committee

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.

The Compliance Officer

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.

Post-Trade Monitoring And Investigations

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.

Remedial Actions

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.

Reports Of Material Violations

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.

Annual Reports

14

 

 

 

 

 

VI.

EFFECTIVE DATE

14

 

 

 

 

Appendices

 

 

 

 

 

I.

Definitions Of Capitalized Terms

 

 

 

 

 

II.

Acknowledgment Of Receipt Of The Policy

 

 

 

 

 

III.

Annual Certification Of Compliance With The Policy

 

 

 

 

 

III-A.

Annual Holdings Report

 

 

 

 

IV.

Initial Report Of Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

V-A.

Request For Duplicate Broker Reports (For persons not associated with BlackRock Investments, Inc.)

 

 

 

 

V-B.

Request For Duplicate Broker Reports (For persons associated with BlackRock Investments, Inc.)

 

 

 

 

 

VI.

Investment Transaction Prior Notification Form

 

 

 

 

 

VII.

Fully Discretionary Account Form

 

 

ii



 

EMPLOYEE INVESTMENT TRANSACTION POLICY

 

FOR BLACKROCK, INVESTMENT ADVISER COMPANIES

 

I.               PREAMBLE

 

A.        General Principles

 

This Employee Investment Transaction Policy (the “Policy”) is based on the principle that you, as an officer, director or other Advisory Employee of an Advisor affiliated with BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”), owe a fiduciary duty of undivided loyalty to the registered investment companies, institutional investment clients, personal trusts and estates, guardianships, employee benefit trusts, and other Advisory Clients which that Advisor serves.(1) Accordingly, you must avoid transactions, activities, and relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interests of those Advisory Clients.

 

At all times, you must observe the following general principles:

 

1.      You must place the interests of Advisory Clients first. As a fiduciary you must scrupulously avoid serving your own personal interests ahead of the interests of Advisory Clients. You must adhere to this general fiduciary principle as well as comply with the Policy’s specific provisions. Technical compliance with the Policy will not automatically insulate from scrutiny any Investment Transaction(2) that indicates an abuse of your fiduciary duties or that creates an appearance of such abuse.

 


(1)   This Policy uses a number of capitalized terms, e.g., Advisor, Advisory Client, Advisory Employee, Beneficial Ownership, Exempt Security, Fixed Income Security, Fully Discretionary Account, Futures Contract, Immediate Family, Investment Transaction, Personal Account, Portfolio Employee, Portfolio Manager, Related Account, and Security. The first time a capitalized term is used, a definition is stated in the text or in a footnote. The full definitions of these capitalized terms are set forth in Appendix I. To understand your responsibilities under the Policy, it is important that you review and understand all of the definitions of capitalized terms in Appendix I. As indicated in Appendix I:

 

The term “Advisor” means any entity affiliated with BlackRock, whether now in existence or formed after the date hereof, that is registered as (i) an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or (ii) a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than any such investment advisor or broker-dealer that has adopted its own employee investment transaction policy.

 

The term “Advisory Client” means a registered investment company, an institutional investment client, a personal trust or estate, a guardianship, an employee benefit trust, or another client with which the Advisor by which you are employed or with which you are associated has an investment management, advisory or sub-advisory contract or relationship.

 

The term “Advisory Employee” means an officer, director, or employee of an Advisor, or any other person identified as a “control person” on the Form ADV or the Form BD filed by the Advisor with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, (1) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, generates, participates in, or obtains information regarding that Advisor’s purchase or sale of a Security by or on behalf of an Advisory Client; (2) whose regular functions or duties relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; (3) who obtains information or exercises influence concerning investment recommendations made to an Advisory Client of that Advisor; or (4) who has line oversight or management responsibilities over employees described in (1), (2) or (3), above.

 

(2)   For purposes of this Policy, the term “Investment Transaction” means any transaction in a Security or Futures Contract in which you have, or by reason of the transaction will acquire, a Beneficial Ownership interest.

 

As a general matter, the term “Security” means any stock, note, bond, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (including any loan participation or assignment), limited partnership interest or investment

 



 

Your fiduciary obligation applies not only to your personal Investment Transactions but also to actions taken on behalf of Advisory Clients. In particular, you may not cause an Advisory Client to take action, or not to take action, for your personal benefit rather than for the benefit of the Advisory Client. For example, you would violate this Policy if you caused an Advisory Client to purchase a Security you owned for the purpose of increasing the value of that Security. If you are a Portfolio Employee,(3) you would also violate this Policy if you made a personal investment in a Security that might be an appropriate investment for an Advisory Client without first considering the Security as an investment for the Advisory Client.

 

2.    You must conduct all of your personal Investment Transactions in full compliance with this Policy, the BlackRock, Inc. Insider Trading Policy, the PNC Code of Ethics, and the other policies of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”) and BlackRock (including the policies that prohibit insider trading or that restrict trading in PNC Securities). BlackRock encourages you and your family to develop personal investment programs. However, those investment programs must remain within boundaries reasonably necessary to insure that appropriate safeguards exist to protect the interests of our Advisory Clients and to avoid even the appearance of unfairness or impropriety. Doubtful situations should be resolved in favor of our Advisory Clients and against your personal Investment Transactions.

 


contract other than an Exempt Security (as defined above). The term “Security” includes an option on a Security, an index of Securities, a currency or a basket of currencies, including such an option traded on the Chicago Board of Options Exchange or on the New York, American, Pacific or Philadelphia Stock Exchanges as well as such an option traded in the over-the-counter market. The term “Security” does not include a physical commodity or a Futures Contract. The term “Futures Contract” includes (a) a futures contract and an option on a futures contract traded on a U.S. or foreign board of trade, such as the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the New York Mercantile Exchange, or the London International Financial Futures Exchange (a “Publicly-Traded Futures Contract”), as well as (b) a forward contract, a “swap”, a “cap”, a “collar”, a “floor” and an over-the-counter option (other than an option on a foreign currency, an option on a basket of currencies, an option on a Security or an option on an index of Securities) (a “Privately-Traded Futures Contract”).

 

As a general matter, you are considered to have a “Beneficial Ownership” interest in a Security or Futures Contract if you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in that Security or Futures Contract. You are presumed to have a Beneficial Ownership interest in any Security or Futures Contract held, individually or jointly, by you and/or by a member of your Immediate Family (as defined below). In addition, unless specifically excepted by the Compliance Officer based on a showing that your interest or control is sufficiently attenuated to avoid the possibility of a conflict, you will be considered to have a Beneficial Ownership interest in a Security held by: (1) a joint account to which you are a party, (2) a partnership in which you are a general partner, (3) a limited liability company in which you are a manager-member, (4) a trust in which you or a member of your Immediate Family has a pecuniary interest or (5) an investment club in which you are a member.

 

See Appendix I for more complete definitions of the terms “Beneficial Ownership,” “Futures Contract,” and “Security.”

 

(3)    The term “Portfolio Employee” means a Portfolio Manager or an Advisory Employee who provides information or advice to a Portfolio Manager, who helps execute a Portfolio Manager’s decisions, or who directly supervises a Portfolio Manager. The term “Portfolio Manager” means any employee of an Advisor who has the authority, whether sole or shared or only from time to time, to make investment decisions or to direct trades affecting an Advisory Client.

 

2



 

3.    You must not take inappropriate advantage of your position. The receipt of investment opportunities, perquisites, gifts or gratuities from persons seeking to do business, directly or indirectly, with BlackRock, an affiliate, or an Advisory Client could call into question the independence of your business judgment. Doubtful situations should be resolved against your personal interests.

 

B.         The General Scope Of The Policy’s Application To Personal Investment Transactions

 

Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, requires reporting of all personal Investment Transactions in Securities (other than certain “Exempt Securities”) by Advisory Employees, whether or not they are Securities that might be purchased or sold by or on behalf of an Advisory Client. This Policy implements that reporting requirement.

 

However, since a primary purpose of the Policy is to avoid conflicts of interest arising from personal Investment Transactions in Securities and other instruments that are held or might be acquired on behalf of Advisory Clients, this Policy only places restrictions on personal Investment Transactions in such investments. This Policy also requires reporting and restricts personal Investment Transactions in certain Futures Contracts which, although they are not Securities, are instruments that Advisors buy and sell for Advisory Clients.

 

Although this Policy applies to all officers, directors and other Advisory Employees of BlackRock, the Policy recognizes that Portfolio Managers, and the other Portfolio Employees who provide them with advice and who execute their decisions, occupy more sensitive positions than other Advisory Employees, and that it is appropriate to subject their personal Investment Transactions to greater restrictions.

 

C.         The Organization Of This Policy

 

The remainder of this Policy is divided into four main topics. Section II concerns personal investment transactions. Section III describes restrictions that apply to Advisory Employees who receive inside information or seek to serve on a board of directors or similar governing body. Section IV outlines the procedure for seeking case-by-case exemptions from the Policy’s requirements. Section V summarizes the methods for ensuring compliance under this Policy. In addition, the following Appendices are also a part of this Policy:

 

I.               Definitions Of Capitalized Terms

 

II.             Acknowledgment Of Receipt Of The Policy

 

III.            Annual Certification Of Compliance With The Policy

 

IV.            Initial Report Of Accounts

 

V.             Request For Duplicate Broker Reports

 

VI.            Investment Transaction Prior Notification Form

 

VII.           Fully Discretionary Account Form

 

D.        Questions

 

Questions regarding this Policy should be addressed to the Compliance Officer. If you have any question regarding the interpretation of this Policy or its application to a potential Investment Transaction, you should consult the Compliance Officer before you execute that transaction.

 

II.             PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS

 

A.        In General

 

Subject to the limited exceptions described below, you are required to report all Investment Transactions in Securities and Futures Contracts made by you, a member of your Immediate Family, a trust or an investment club

 

3



 

in which you have an interest, or on behalf of any account in which you have an interest or which you direct.(4) In addition, you must provide prior notification of certain Investment Transactions in Securities and Futures Contracts that an Advisor holds or may acquire on behalf of an Advisory Client. (The exercise of an option is an Investment Transaction for purposes of these requirements.) The details of these reporting and prior notification requirements are described below.

 

B.         Reporting Obligations

 

1.      Use Of Broker-Dealers And Futures Commission Merchants

 

You must use a registered broker-dealer or futures commission merchant to engage in any purchase or sale of a publicly traded Security or Futures Contract. This requirement also applies to any purchase or sale of a Security or Futures Contract in which you have, or by reason of the Investment Transaction will acquire, a Beneficial Ownership interest. Thus, as a general matter, any Securities or Futures Contract transactions by members of your Immediate Family will need to be made through a registered broker-dealer or futures commission merchant.

 

2.      Initial Report

 

Within 10 days of commencing employment or within 10 days of any event that causes you to become subject to this Policy, you must supply to the Compliance Officer copies of the most recent statements for each and every Personal Account and Related Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest, as well as copies of confirmations for any and all transactions subsequent to the effective dates of those statements.(5) These documents should be supplied to the Compliance Officer by attaching them to the form attached hereto as Appendix IV.

 


(4)    The term “Immediate Family” means any of the following persons who reside in your household or who depend on you for basic living support: your spouse, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including any adoptive relationships.

 

(5)   The term “Personal Account” means the following accounts that hold or are likely to hold a Security or Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest:

 

      any account in your individual name;

 

      any joint or tenant-in-common account in which you have an interest or are a participant;

 

      any account for which you act as trustee, executor, or custodian; and

 

      any account over which you have investment discretion or have the power (whether or not exercised) to direct the acquisition or disposition of Securities or Futures Contracts (other than an Advisory Client’s account that you manage or over which you have investment discretion), including the accounts of any individual or entity that is managed or controlled directly or indirectly by or through you, such as the account of an investment club to which you belong. There is a presumption that you can control accounts held by members of your Immediate Family sharing the same household. This presumption may be rebutted only by convincing evidence.

 

The term “Related Account” means any account, other than a Personal Account, that holds a Security or Futures Contract in which you have a direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership interest (other than an account over which you have no investment discretion and cannot otherwise exercise control) and any account (other than an Advisory Client’s account) of any individual or entity to whom you give advice or make recommendations with regard to the acquisition or disposition of Securities or Futures Contracts (whether or not such advice is acted upon).

 

4



 

On that same form you should supply the name of any registered broker-dealer and/or futures commission merchant and the number for any Personal Account and Related Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest for which you cannot supply the most recent account statement. You must also certify, where indicated on the form, that the contents of the form and the documents attached thereto disclose all such Personal Accounts and Related Accounts.

 

In addition, you must also supply, where indicated on the form, the following information for each Security or Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest, to the extent that this information is not available from the statements attached to the form:

 

1.      A description of the Security or Futures Contract, including its name or title;

 

2.      The quantity (e.g., in terms of numbers of shares, units or contracts) and value (in dollars) of the Security or Futures Contract; and

 

3.      The custodian of the Security or Futures Contract.

 

4.      New Accounts

 

Upon the opening of a new Personal Account or a Related Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or a Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest, you must give written notice to the Compliance Officer of the name of the registered broker-dealer or futures commission merchant for that account, the identifying number for that Personal Account or Related Account and the date that the account was established.

 

5.      Timely Reporting Of Investment Transactions

 

You must cause each broker-dealer or futures commission merchant that maintains a Personal Account or a Related Account that holds a Security or a Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest to provide to the Compliance Officer, on a timely basis, duplicate copies of confirmations of all transactions in that account and of periodic statements for that account (“Duplicate Broker Reports”). A form for that purpose is attached hereto as Appendix V.

 

In addition, you must report to the Compliance Officer, on a timely basis, any transaction in a Security or Futures Contract in which you have or acquired a Beneficial Ownership interest that was made without the use of a registered broker-dealer or futures commission merchant.

 

6.      Related Accounts

 

The reporting obligations described above also apply to any Related Account (as defined in Appendix I) and to any Investment Transaction in a Related Account. It is important that you recognize that the definitions of “Personal Account,” “Related Account” and “Beneficial Ownership” in Appendix I probably will require you to provide, or to arrange for the broker-dealer or futures commission merchant to furnish, copies of reports for any account used by or for a member of your Immediate Family or a trust in which you or a member of your Immediate Family has an interest, as well as for any other accounts in which you may have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in the profit derived from any Investment Transaction in that account, including the account of any investment club to which you belong.

 

7.      Annual Holdings Report

 

You must report to the Compliance Officer on an annual basis holdings of all Securities and Futures Contracts in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest. This requirement can generally be satisfied by causing each broker-dealer or futures commission merchant that maintains a Personal Account and/or a Related Account that holds a Security or Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest to provide

 

5



 

to the Compliance Officer, on a timely basis, Duplicate Broker Reports in accordance with the requirements under Section II.B.4 above. If you have a Beneficial Ownership Interest in a Security or Futures Contract that is not held in an account with a broker-dealer or a futures commission merchant or other custodian from whom the Compliance Officer receives a periodic statement of your Personal Account and/or Related Accounts, you must complete the Annual Holdings Report attached hereto as Appendix III-A and submit it to the Compliance Officer at the time you make your Annual Certification of Compliance in accordance with the requirements under Section V.A.2 of this Policy. The information in the Annual Holdings Report must be current as of a date no more than 30 days before the report is submitted.

 

You must supply, where indicated on the form, the following information for each Security or Futures Contract:

 

1.      Name of the person who owns the Security or Futures Contract;

 

2.      A description of the Security or Futures Contract, including its name or title;

 

3.      The quantity (e.g., in terms of numbers of shares, units or contracts) and value (in dollars) of the Security or Futures Contract;

 

4.      The valuation date of the Security or Futures Contract; and

 

5.      The custodian of the Security or Futures Contract.

 

6.      Exemptions From Reporting

 

You need not report Investment Transactions in any account, including a Fully Discretionary Account,(6) over which neither you nor an Immediate Family Member has or had any direct or indirect influence or control. For example, Investment Transactions in the account of your spouse in an employee benefit plan would not have to be reported if neither you nor your spouse has any influence or control over those Investment Transactions.

 

You also need not report Investment Transactions in Exempt Securities nor need you furnish, or require a broker-dealer or futures commission merchant to furnish, copies of confirmations or periodic statements for accounts that hold only Exempt Securities.(7) This includes accounts that only hold U.S. Government securities,

 


(6)            The term “Fully Discretionary Account” means a Personal Account or Related Account managed or held by abroker-dealer, futures commission merchant, investment advisor or trustee as to which neither you nor an Immediate Family Member: (a) exercises any investmentdiscretion; (b) suggests or receives notice of transactions prior to their execution; and (c) you do not otherwise has any direct or indirect influence or control. In addition, to qualify as a Fully Discretionary Account, the individual broker, registered representative or merchant responsible for that account must not be responsible for nor receive advance notice of any purchase or sale of a Security or Futures Contract on behalf of an Advisory Client. To qualify an account as a Fully Discretionary Account, the Compliance Officer must receive and approve a written notice, in the form attached hereto as Appendix VIII, that the account meets the foregoing qualifications as a Fully Discretionary Account.

 

(7)    The term “Exempt Security” means any Security (as defined in Appendix I) not included within the definition of Security in SEC Rule 17j-1(a)(4) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, including:

 

1.      A direct obligation of the Government of the United States;

 

2.      Shares of registered open-end investment companies (i.e., mutual funds); and

 

3.      High quality short-term debt instruments, including, but not limited to, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and repurchase agreements.

 

See Appendix I for a more complete definition of “Exempt Security.”

 

6



 

money market interests, or shares in registered open-end investment companies (i.e., mutual funds). This exemption from reporting will end immediately, however, at such time as there is an Investment Transaction in that account in a Security that is not an Exempt Security.

 

C.             Prohibited Or Restricted Investment Transactions

 

1.      Initial Public Offerings

 

As an Advisory Employee, you may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of any Security in an initial public offering, except that, with the approval of the Compliance Committee and the General Counsel of BlackRock, you may acquire Beneficial Ownership of a Security in an initial public offering directed or sponsored by BlackRock. For purposes of this Policy, an initial public offering shall not include the purchase of a Security in an initial public offering by (i) a savings bank to its depositors, (ii) a mutual insurance company to its policyholders, (iii) an issuer of debt securities (other than debt securities convertible into common or preferred stock) or (iv) with respect to an Advisory Employee employed by BlackRock International, Ltd. a building society to its depositors.

 

2.      Private Placements

 

If you are a Portfolio Employee, you may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of any Security in a private placement, or subsequently sell that interest, unless you have received the prior written approval of the Compliance Officer and of any supervisor designated by the Compliance Officer. Approval will not be given unless a determination is made that the investment opportunity should not be reserved for one or more Advisory Clients, and that the opportunity to invest has not been offered to you by virtue of your position with an Advisor. If you have acquired Beneficial Ownership of Securities in a private placement, you must disclose that investment to your supervisor when you play a part in any consideration of any investment by an Advisory Client in the issuer of the Securities, and any decision to make such an investment must be independently reviewed by a Portfolio Manager who does not have a Beneficial Ownership interest in any Securities of the issuer.

 

D.             Investment Transactions Requiring Prior Notification

 

You must give prior notification to the Compliance Officer of any Investment Transaction in Securities or Futures Contracts in a Personal Account or Related Account, or in which you otherwise have or will acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest, unless that Investment Transaction, Security or Futures Contract falls into one of the following categories that are identified as “exempt from prior notification.” The purpose of prior notification is to permit the Compliance Officer and the Compliance Committee to take reasonable steps to investigate whether that Investment Transaction is in accordance with this Policy. Satisfaction of the prior notification requirement does not, however, constitute approval or authorization of any Investment Transaction for which you have given prior notification. As a result, the primary responsibility for compliance with this Policy rests with you.

 

1.      Prior Notification Procedure

 

Prior notification must be given by completing and submitting to the Compliance Officer a copy of the prior notification form attached hereto as Appendix VII. No Investment Transaction requiring prior notification may be executed prior to notice by the Compliance Officer that the prior notification process has been completed. The time and date of that notice will be reflected on the prior notification form. Unless otherwise specified, an Investment Transaction requiring prior notification must be placed and executed by the end of trading in New York City or, in the case of Advisory Employees employed by BlackRock International, Ltd., by the end of trading in the United Kingdom on the day of notice from the Compliance Officer that the prior notification process has been completed. If a proposed Investment Transaction is not executed (with the exception of a limit order) within the time specified, you must repeat the prior notification process before executing the transaction. A notice from a Compliance Officer that the prior notification process has been completed is no longer effective if you discover, prior to executing your Investment Transaction, that the information on your prior notification form is no longer accurate, or if the Compliance Officer revokes his or her notice for any other reason.

 

7



 

The Compliance Officer may undertake such investigation as he or she considers necessary to investigate whether an Investment Transaction for which prior notification has been sought complies with the terms of this Policy and is consistent with the general principles described at the beginning of this Policy.

 

As part of that investigation, the Compliance Officer or a designee of the Compliance Officer will determine whether there is a pending buy or sell order in the same equity Security or Futures Contract, or a Related Security, on behalf of an Advisory Client.(8) If such an order exists, the Compliance Officer will not provide notice that the prior notification process has been completed until the Advisory Client’s order is executed or withdrawn.

 

2.      Exemptions From Prior Notification

 

Prior notification will not be required for the following Investment Transactions, Securities and Futures Contracts. They are exempt only from the Policy’s prior notification requirement, and, unless otherwise indicated, remain subject to the Policy’s other requirements, including its reporting requirements.

 

(a) Transactions Exempt From Prior Notification

 

Prior notification is not required for any of the following Investment Transactions:

 

1.      Any Investment Transaction in a Fully Discretionary Account that has been approved as such by the Compliance Officer.

 

2.      Purchases of Securities under dividend reinvestment plans.

 

3.      Purchases of Securities by an exercise of rights issued to the holders of a class of Securities pro rata, to the extent those rights are issued with respect to Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

 

4.      Acquisitions or dispositions of Securities as the result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other similar corporate distribution or reorganization applicable to all holders of a class of Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

 

5.      Purchases of common stock of BlackRock, Inc under the BlackRock, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

6.      With respect to Advisory Employees who are employed by BlackRock International, Inc., automatic investments by direct debit into a personal equity plan (PEP), or similar type of plan in Exempt Securities if the pre-notification process was completed for the first such investment.

 

7.      Investment Transactions made by a person who serves on the Board of Directors of an Advisor and is not involved with the Advisory operations of such Advisor nor engages in the type of activities described under (1) (2) or (3) under the term Advisory Employee as defined in Appendix I.

 

8.      Investment Transactions in Exchange Traded Funds (“ETFs”), such as the Nasdaq-100 Index Tracking Stock, (QQQ), SPDR Trust, (SPY), DIAMONDS Trust, (DIA), Merrill Lynch Semiconductor HOLDRS, (SMH), iSHARES MSCI Japan, (EWJ), Merrill Lynch Biotech HOLDRS, (BBH), Select Sector SPDR Fund—Technology, (XLK), Select Sector SPDR Fund—Financial, (XLF), MidCap SPDR Trust, (MDY), and other ETF’s as determined from time to time by the Compliance Committee to have sufficient liquidity as not to present the type of conflict that this policy is designed to protect against. Any questions about whether an ETF not listed in this Section II.D.2.(a) is exempt from prior-notification should be directed to the Compliance Officer.

 


(8)    The term “Related Security” means, as to any Security, any instrument related in value to that Security, including, but not limited to, any option or warrant to purchase or sell that Security, and any Security convertible into or exchangeable for that Security.

 

8



 

(b)    Securities Exempt From Prior Notification

 

Prior notification is not required for an Investment Transaction in an Exempt Security, as defined in Appendix I, e.g., U.S. Government securities, shares in registered open-end investment companies (i.e., mutual funds) and “high quality short-term debt instruments” (as defined in Appendix I).

 

(c)    Futures Contracts Exempt From Prior Notification

 

Prior notification is not required for an Investment Transaction in the following Futures Contracts:

 

1.    Currency futures.

 

2.    U.S. Treasury futures.

 

3.    Eurodollar futures.

 

4.    Physical commodity futures (e.g., contracts for future delivery of grain, livestock, fiber or metals).

 

5.    Futures contracts to acquire Fixed Income Securities issued by a U.S. Government agency, a foreign government, or an international or supranational agency.

 

6.    Futures contracts on the Standard and Poor’s 500 (S&P 500) or the Dow Jones Industrial Average or NASDAQ 100 stock indexes.

 

7.    For Advisory Employees who are employed by BlackRock International, Ltd., futures contracts on the Financial Times Stock Exchange 100 (FTSE) Index.

 

E.              Ban On Short-Term Trading Profits

 

You may not profit from the purchase and sale, or the sale and purchase, within 60 calendar days, of the same Securities and/or Related Security. Any such short-term trade must be reversed or unwound, or if that is not practical, the profits must be disgorged and distributed in a manner determined by the Compliance Committee.

 

This short-term trading ban does not apply to Investment Transactions in Exempt Securities (as defined in Appendix I) or in Futures Contracts. This ban also does not apply to a purchase or sale in connection with a Transaction Exempt From Prior Notification (as described above in Section II.D.2.(a)), a transaction in a Fully Discretionary Account or a transaction exempt from the “blackout” periods pursuant to Section II.F.2 below.

 

You are considered to profit from a short-term trade if Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership (including Securities held by Immediate Family members) are sold for more than their purchase price, even though the Securities purchased and the Securities sold are held of record or beneficially by different persons or entities.

 

F.              Blackout Periods

 

Your ability to engage in certain Investment Transactions may be prohibited or restricted during the “blackout” periods described below:

 

1.      Specific Blackout Periods

 

a.      You may not purchase or sell a Security, a Related Security, or Futures Contract at a time when you intend or know of another’s intention to purchase or sell that same Security, a Related Security, or Futures Contract, on behalf of an Advisory Client of any Advisor (the “Specific Knowledge Blackout Period”).

 

b.      In addition, if you are a Portfolio Employee, you may not purchase or sell a Security, a Related Security or a Futures Contract which you are actively considering or which you have actively considered and rejected for purchase or sale for an Advisory Client within the previous 15

 

9



 

calendar days (the “15-Day Blackout Period”) unless the Compliance Officer, after consultation with your supervisor, has approved your Investment Transaction.(9)

 

c.      Finally, if you are a Portfolio Manager, you may not purchase or sell a Security, a Related Security, or Futures Contract within 7 calendar days before or after a transaction in that Security, a Related Security, or Futures Contract, by an Advisory Client for which you are responsible (the “7-Day Blackout Period”).

 

For Portfolio Employees or Portfolio Managers, the Compliance Officer will not give such notice until any applicable 15-Day Blackout Period or 7-Day Blackout Period has expired or any required approvals or exemptions have been obtained. An Investment Transaction that violates one of these Blackout restrictions must be reversed or unwound, or if that is not practical, the profits must be disgorged and distributed in a manner determined by the Compliance Committee.

 

2.      Exemptions From Blackout Restrictions

 

The foregoing blackout period restrictions do not apply to Investment Transactions in:

 

a.    Exempt Securities, as defined in Appendix I.

 

b.    Securities of a company listed on the Standard & Poor’s 100 (S & P 100) Index.

 

c.    A Futures Contract Exempt From Prior Notification under this Policy (as described above).

 

d.    A Fully Discretionary Account.

 

e.    With respect to Advisory Employees who are employed by BlackRock International, Ltd., securities of a company listed on the Financial Times Stock Exchange 100 (FTSE 100).

 

f.     Exchange Traded Funds Exempt From Prior Notification under this Policy (as described above).

 

III.            INSIDE INFORMATION AND SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR

 

A.     Inside Information

 

As an employee of a subsidiary of PNC and BlackRock, Inc., you must comply with the PNC Insider Trading Policy and the BlackRock, Inc. Insider Trading Policy. A copy of the PNC Insider Trading Policy is included in Section E of the PNC Code of Ethics. A copy of the PNC Insider Trading Policy was furnished to all employees at the time of its adoption and is furnished to all new employees at the commencement of their employment. In addition, as an Advisory Employee, you must notify the General Counsel of BlackRock if you receive or expect to receive material non-public information about an entity that issues securities. The General Counsel will determine the restrictions, if any, that will apply to your communications and activities while in possession of that information. In general, those restrictions will include:

 

1.      An undertaking not to trade, either on your own behalf or on behalf of an Advisory Client, in the securities of the entity about which you have material non-public information.

 

2.      An undertaking not to disclose material non-public information to other Advisory Employees.

 

3.      An undertaking not to participate in discussions with or decisions by other Advisory Employees relating to the entity about which you have material non-public information.

 

The General Counsel, in cooperation with the Compliance Officer, will maintain a “restricted list” of entities about which Advisory Employees may have material non-public information. This “restricted list” will be

 


(9)    SEC Rule 17j-1 places restrictions on the purchase or sale of any “security held or to be acquired” by a registered investment company. Rule 17j-1(a)(10) defines a “security held or to be acquired” by a registered investment company as including any security which, within the most recent 15 days, “is being or has been considered by such company or its investment adviser for purchase by such company.”

 

10



 

available to the Compliance Officer when he or she conducts investigations or reviews related to the Prior Notification Procedure described previously in Section II(D)(1) or the Post-Trade Monitoring process described below in Section V(B)(3).

 

B.     Service As A Director

 

You may not serve on the board of directors or other governing board of any entity unless you have received the prior written approval of the General Counsel of PNC, to the extent such approval is required under the terms of the PNC Code of Ethics, and the General Counsel of BlackRock. If permitted to serve on a governing board, an Advisory Employee will be isolated from those Advisory Employees who make investment decisions regarding the securities of that entity, through a “Chinese wall” or other procedures determined by the General Counsel of BlackRock. In general, the “Chinese wall” or other procedures will include:

 

1.    An undertaking not to trade or to cause a trade on behalf of an Advisory Client in the securities of the entity on whose board you serve.

 

2.    An undertaking not to disclose material non-public information about that entity to other Advisory Employees.

 

3.    An undertaking not to participate in discussions with or decisions by other Advisory Employees relating to the entity on whose board you serve.

 

Any entity on whose board an Advisory Employee serves will be included on the “restricted list” referenced in subsection A, above.

 

IV.            EXEMPTIONS

 

The Compliance Committee, in its discretion, may grant case-by-case exceptions to any of the foregoing requirements, restrictions or prohibitions, except that the Compliance Committee may not exempt any Investment Transaction in a Security (other than an Exempt Security) or a Futures Contract from the Policy’s reporting requirements. Exemptions from the Policy’s prior notification requirements and from the Policy’s restrictions on acquisitions in initial public offerings, short-term trading and trading during blackout periods will require a determination by the Compliance Committee that the exempted transaction does not involve a realistic possibility of violating the general principles described at the beginning of this Policy. An application for a case-by-case exemption, in accordance with this paragraph, should be made in writing to the Compliance Officer, who will promptly forward that written request to the members of the Compliance Committee.

 

V.             COMPLIANCE

 

A.             Certifications

 

1.      Upon Receipt Of This Policy

 

Upon commencement of your employment or the effective date of this Policy, whichever occurs later, you will be required to acknowledge receipt of your copy of this Policy by completing and returning to the Compliance Officer a copy of the form attached hereto as Appendix II. By that acknowledgment, you will also agree:

 

1.    To read the Policy, to make a reasonable effort to understand its provisions, and to ask the Compliance Officer questions about those provisions you find confusing or difficult to understand.

 

2.    To comply with the Policy, including its general principles, its reporting requirements, its prohibitions, its prior notification requirements, its short-term trading and blackout restrictions.

 

3.    To advise the members of your Immediate Family about the existence of the Policy, its applicability to their personal Investment Transactions, and your responsibility to assure that their personal Investment Transactions comply with the Policy.

 

11



 

4.    To cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry by or on behalf of the Compliance Officer or the Compliance Committee to determine your compliance with the provisions of the Policy.

 

In addition, your acknowledgment will recognize that any failure to comply with the Policy and to honor the commitments made by your acknowledgment may result in disciplinary action, including dismissal.

 

2.      Annual Certificate Of Compliance

 

You are required to certify on an annual basis, on a copy of the form attached hereto as Appendix III, that you have complied with each provision of your initial acknowledgment (see above). In particular, your annual certification will require that you certify that you have read and that you understand the Policy, that you recognize that you are subject to its provisions, that you complied with the requirements of the Policy during the period to which it applies, and that you have disclosed, reported, or caused to be reported all Investment Transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Policy and that you have disclosed, reported or caused to be reported all Personal Accounts and Related Accounts that hold or are likely to hold a Security or Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest. In addition, you will be required to confirm the accuracy of the record of information on file with the Advisor with respect to such Personal Accounts and Related Accounts. If you have a Beneficial Ownership Interest in a Security or Futures Contract that is not reported to the Compliance Officer on a periodic basis through Duplicate Broker Reports, you must complete the Annual Holdings Report (Appendix III-A) as described under Section II.B.6 above and submit it to the Compliance Officer at the time you make your Annual Certification of Compliance. The information in the Annual Holdings Report must be current as of a date no more than 30 days before the report is submitted.

 

B.             Supervisory Procedures

 

1.      The Compliance Committee

 

The Policy will be implemented, monitored and reviewed by the Compliance Committee. The initial members of the Compliance Committee will be appointed by the management committee of BlackRock. The Compliance Committee, by a simple majority of its members, may appoint new members of the Committee, may replace existing members of the Committee, and may fill vacancies on the Committee. Among other responsibilities, the Compliance Committee will consider requests for case-by-case exemptions (described above) and will conduct investigations (described below) of any actual or suspected violations of the Policy. The Compliance Committee will determine what remedial actions, if any, should be taken by an Advisor in response to a violation of the Policy. The Compliance Committee will also provide reports (described below) regarding significant violations of the Policy and the procedures to implement the Policy. The Compliance Committee may recommend changes to those procedures or to the Policy to the management of the Advisors. Finally, the Compliance Committee will designate one person to act as Compliance Officer for all Advisors.

 

2.      The Compliance Officer

 

The Compliance Officer designated by the Compliance Committee will be responsible for the day-to-day administration of the Policy for all Advisors, subject to the direction and control of the Compliance Committee. Based on information supplied by the management of each Advisor, the Compliance Officer will forward a copy of the Policy to each Advisory Employee subject to the Policy and will notify each such person of his or her designation as an Advisory Employee, Portfolio Employee or Portfolio Manager. The Compliance Officer will also be responsible for administration of the reporting and prior notification functions described in the Policy, and will maintain the reports required by those functions. In addition, the Compliance Officer will attempt to answer any questions from an Advisory Employee regarding the interpretation or administration of the Policy. When necessary or desirable, the Compliance Officer will consult with the Compliance Committee about such questions. The Compliance Officer may designate one or more Assistant Compliance Officers to whom the Compliance Officer may delegate any of the duties described in this paragraph or in the succeeding paragraph, and who shall be empowered to act on the Compliance Officer’s behalf when the Compliance Officer is absent or unavailable.

 

12



 

3.      Post-Trade Monitoring And Investigations

 

The Compliance Officer will review the Duplicate Broker Reports and other information supplied for each Advisory Employee so that the Compliance Officer can detect and prevent potential violations of the Policy. This information may also be disclosed to the Advisor’s auditors, attorneys and regulators. If, based on his or her review of information supplied for an Advisory Employee, or based on other information, the Compliance Officer suspects that the Policy may have been violated, the Compliance Officer will perform such investigations and make such inquiries as he or she considers necessary. You should expect that, as a matter of course, the Compliance Officer will make inquiries regarding any personal Investment Transaction in a Security or Futures Contract that occurs on the same day as a transaction in the same Security or Futures Contract on behalf of an Advisory Client. If the Compliance Officer reaches a preliminary conclusion that an Advisory Employee may have violated this Policy, the Compliance Officer will report that preliminary conclusion in a timely manner to the Compliance Committee and will furnish to the Committee all information that relates to the Compliance Officer’s preliminary conclusion. The Compliance Officer may also report his or her preliminary conclusion and the information relating to that preliminary conclusion to the Advisor’s auditors, attorneys and regulators.

 

Promptly after receiving the Compliance Officer’s report of a possible violation of the Policy, the Compliance Committee, with the aid and assistance of the Compliance Officer, will conduct an appropriate investigation to determine whether the Policy has been violated and will determine what remedial action should be taken by the Advisor in response to any such violation(s). For purposes of these determinations, a majority of the Compliance Committee will constitute a quorum and action taken by a simple majority of that quorum will constitute action by the Committee.

 

4.      Remedial Actions

 

The remedial actions that may be recommended by the Compliance Committee may include, but are not limited to, disgorgement of profits, imposition of a fine, censure, demotion, suspension or dismissal. As part of any sanction, e.g., for violation of the Policy’s restrictions on short-term trading or trading during blackout periods, you may be required to reverse or unwind a transaction and to forfeit any profit or to absorb any loss from the transaction. If an Investment Transaction may not be reversed or unwound, you may be required to disgorge any profits associated with the transaction, which profits will be distributed in a manner prescribed by the Compliance Committee in the exercise of its discretion. Profits derived from Investment Transactions in violation of this Policy may not be offset by any losses from Investment Transactions in violation of this Policy. Finally, evidence suggesting violations of criminal laws will be reported to the appropriate authorities, as required by applicable law.

 

In determining what, if any, remedial action is appropriate in response to a violation of the Policy, the Compliance Committee will consider, among other factors, the gravity of your violation, the frequency of your violations, whether any violation caused harm or the potential of harm to any Advisory Client, whether you knew or should have known that your Investment Transaction violated the Policy, whether you engaged in an Investment Transaction with a view to making a profit on the anticipated market action of a transaction by an Advisory Client, your efforts to cooperate with the Compliance Officer’s investigation, and your efforts to correct any conduct that led to a violation. In rare instances, the Compliance Committee may find that, for equitable reasons, no remedial action should be taken.

 

5.      Reports Of Material Violations

 

In a timely manner, and not less frequently than annually, the Compliance Committee will report to the management committee of BlackRock, and to the directors or trustees of each investment company that is an Advisory Client, any known material violation of the Policy and sanctions imposed in response to the material violation. Evidence suggesting violations of criminal laws will be reported to the appropriate authorities, as required by applicable law.

 

13



 

6.      Annual Reports

 

The Compliance Committee will furnish an annual report to the management committee of BlackRock, and to the directors or trustees of each investment company that is an Advisory Client, that, at a minimum, will:

 

1.    Summarize existing procedures and restrictions concerning personal investing by Advisory Employees and any changes in those procedures and restrictions that were made during the previous year;

 

2.    Describes any issues arising under the Policy since the last report, including, but not limited to, information about any material violations of the Policy or procedures and the sanctions imposed in response to those violations; and

 

3.    Describe any changes in existing procedures or restrictions that the Compliance Committee recommends based upon its experience under the Policy, evolving industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.

 

VI.            EFFECTIVE DATE

 

The provisions of this Policy will take effect on October 1, 1998. Amendments to this Policy will take effect at the time such amendments are promulgated and distributed to the Advisory Employees governed by this Policy.

 

14



 

APPENDIX I

 

Definitions Of Capitalized Terms

 

The following definitions apply to the capitalized terms used in the Policy:

 

Advisor

 

The term “Advisor” means any entity affiliated with BlackRock, whether now in existence or formed after the date hereof, that is registered as (i) an investment advisor under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or (ii) a broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than any such investment advisor or broker-dealer that has adopted its own employee investment transaction policy.

 

Advisory Client

 

The term “Advisory Client” means a registered investment company, an institutional investment client, a personal trust or estate, a guardianship, an employee benefit trust, or another client with which the Advisor by which you are employed or with which you are associated has an investment management, advisory or sub-advisory contract or relationship.

 

Advisory Employee

 

The term “Advisory Employee” means an officer, director, or employee of an Advisor, or any other person identified as a “control person” on the Form ADV or the Form BD filed by the Advisor with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, (1) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, generates, participates in, or obtains information regarding that Advisor’s purchase or sale of a Security by or on behalf of an Advisory Client; (2) whose regular functions or duties relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales; or (3) who obtains information or exercises influence concerning investment recommendations made to an Advisory Client of that Advisor or who has line oversight or management responsibilities over employees who obtain such information or who exercise such influence.

 

Beneficial Ownership

 

As a general matter, you are considered to have a “Beneficial Ownership” interest in a Security or Futures Contract if you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in that Security. You are presumed to have a Beneficial Ownership interest in any Security or Futures Contract held, individually or jointly, by you and/or by a member of your Immediate Family (as defined below). In addition, unless specifically excepted by the Compliance Officer based on a showing that your interest or control is sufficiently attenuated to avoid the possibility of a conflict, you will be considered to have a Beneficial Ownership interest in a Security or Futures Contract held by: (1) a joint account to which you are a party, (2) a partnership in which you are a general partner, (3) a limited liability company in which you are a manager-member, or (4) a trust in which you or a member of your Immediate Family has a pecuniary interest. Although you may have a Beneficial Ownership interest in a Security or Futures Contract held in a Fully Discretionary Account (as defined below), the application of this Policy to such a Security or Futures Contract may be modified by the special exemptions provided for Fully Discretionary Accounts.

 

As a technical matter, the term “Beneficial Ownership” for purposes of this Policy will be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under SEC Rule 16a-1(a)(2) in determining whether a person has beneficial ownership of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

A-1



 

BlackRock

 

The term “BlackRock” means BlackRock, Inc.

 

Compliance Committee

 

The term “Compliance Committee” means the committee of persons who have responsibility for implementing, monitoring and reviewing the Policy, in accordance with Section V(B)(1) of the Policy.

 

Compliance Officer

 

The term “Compliance Officer” means the person designated by the Compliance Committee as responsible for the day-to-day administration of the Policy in accordance with Section V(B)(2) of the Policy.

 

Duplicate Broker Reports

 

The term “Duplicate Broker Reports” means duplicate copies of confirmations of transactions in your Personal or Related Accounts and of periodic statements for those accounts.

 

Exempt Security

 

The term “Exempt Security” means any Security (as defined below) not included within the definition of Security in SEC Rule 17j-1(a)(4) under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, including:

 

1.    A direct obligation of the Government of the United States;

 

2.    Shares of registered open-end investment companies; and

 

3.    High quality short-term debt instruments, including, but not limited to, bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and repurchase agreements. For these purposes, a “high quality short-term debt instrument” means any instrument having a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and which is rated in one of the highest two rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, or which is unrated but is of comparable quality.

 

4.    For Advisory Employees employed by BlackRock International, Ltd., shares of authorized unit trusts, open-ended investment companies (OEIC’s) and direct obligations of the Government of the United Kingdom.

 

Fixed Income Securities

 

For purposes of this Policy, the term “Fixed Income Securities” means fixed income Securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the Government of the United States, corporate debt Securities, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed Securities, fixed income Securities issued by state or local governments or the political subdivisions thereof, structured notes and loan participations, foreign government debt Securities, and debt Securities of international agencies or supranational agencies. For purposes of this Policy, the term “Fixed Income Securities” will not be interpreted to include U.S. Government Securities or any other Exempt Security (as defined above).

 

Fully Discretionary Account

 

The term “Fully Discretionary Account” means a Personal Account or Related Account (as defined below) managed or held by a broker-dealer, futures commission merchant, investment advisor or trustee as to which neither you nor an Immediate Family Member (as defined below): (a) exercises any investment discretion; (b) suggests or receives notice of transactions prior to their execution; and (c) otherwise has any direct or indirect

 

A-2



 

influence or control. In addition, to qualify as a Fully Discretionary Account, the individual broker, registered representative or merchant responsible for that account must not be responsible for nor receive advance notice of any purchase or sale of a Security or Futures Contract on behalf of an Advisory Client. To qualify an account as a Fully Discretionary Account, the Compliance Officer must receive and approve a written notice, in the form attached hereto as Appendix VIII, that the account meets the foregoing qualifications as a Fully Discretionary Account.

 

Futures Contract

 

The term “Futures Contract” includes (a) a futures contract and an option on a futures contract traded on a U.S. or foreign board of trade, such as the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the New York Mercantile Exchange, or the London International Financial Futures Exchange (a “Publicly-Traded Futures Contract”), as well as (b) a forward contract, a “swap”, a “cap”, a “collar”, a “floor” and an over-the-counter option (other than an option on a foreign currency, an option on a basket of currencies, an option on a Security or an option on an index of Securities, which fall within the definition of “Security”) (a “Privately-Traded Futures Contract”). You should consult with the Compliance Officer if you have any doubt about whether a particular Investment Transaction you contemplate involves a Futures Contract. For purposes of this definition, a Publicly-Traded Futures Contract is defined by its expiration month, i.e., a Publicly-Traded Futures Contract on a U.S. Treasury Bond that expires in June is treated as a separate Publicly-Traded Futures Contract, when compared to a Publicly-Traded Futures Contract on a U.S. Treasury Bond that expires in July.

 

Immediate Family

 

The term “Immediate Family” means any of the following persons who reside in your household or who depend on you for basic living support: your spouse, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including any adoptive relationships.

 

Investment Transaction

 

For purposes of this Policy, the term “Investment Transaction” means any transaction in a Security or Futures Contract in which you have, or by reason of the transaction will acquire, a Beneficial Ownership interest. The exercise of an option to acquire a Security or Futures Contract is an Investment Transaction in that Security or Futures Contract.

 

Personal Account

 

The term “Personal Account” means the following accounts that hold or are likely to hold a Security or Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest:

 

    any account in your individual name;

 

    any joint or tenant-in-common account in which you have an interest or are a participant;

 

    any account for which you act as trustee, executor, or custodian; and

 

    any account over which you have investment discretion or have the power (whether or not exercised) to direct the acquisition or disposition of Securities or Futures Contracts (other than an Advisory Client’s account that you manage or over which you have investment discretion), including the accounts of any individual or entity that is managed or controlled directly or indirectly by or through you. There is a presumption that you can control accounts held by members of your Immediate Family sharing the same household. This presumption may be rebutted only by convincing evidence.

 

A-3



 

Policy

 

The term “Policy” means this Employee Investment Transaction Policy.

 

Portfolio Employee

 

The term “Portfolio Employee” means a Portfolio Manager or an Advisory Employee who provides information or advice to a Portfolio Manager, who helps execute a Portfolio Manager’s decisions, or who directly supervises a Portfolio Manager.

 

Portfolio Manager

 

The term “Portfolio Manager” means any employee of an Advisor who has the authority, whether sole or shared or only from time to time, to make investment decisions or to direct trades affecting an Advisory Client.

 

Related Account

 

The term “Related Account” means any account, other than a Personal Account, that holds a Security or Futures Contract in which you have a direct or indirect Beneficial Ownership interest (other than an account over which you have no investment discretion and cannot otherwise exercise control) and any account (other than an Advisory Client’s account) of any individual or entity to whom you give advice or make recommendations with regard to the acquisition or disposition of Securities or Futures Contracts (whether or not such advice is acted upon).

 

Related Security

 

The term “Related Security” means, as to any Security, any instrument related in value to that Security, including, but not limited to, any option or warrant to purchase or sell that Security, and any Security convertible into or exchangeable for that Security. For example, the purchase and exercise of an option to acquire a Security is subject to the same restrictions that would apply to the purchase of the Security itself.

 

Security

 

As a general matter, the term “Security” means any stock, note, bond, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (including any loan participation or assignment), limited partnership interest, or investment contract, other than an Exempt Security (as defined above). The term “Security” includes an option on a Security, an index of Securities, a currency or a basket of currencies, including such an option traded on the Chicago Board of Options Exchange or on the New York, American, Pacific or Philadelphia Stock Exchanges as well as such an option traded in the over-the-counter market. The term “Security” does not include a physical commodity or a Futures Contract. The term “Security” may include an interest in a limited liability company (LLC) or in a private investment fund.

 

As a technical matter, the term “Security” has the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, which defines a Security to mean:

 

Any note, stock, treasury stock, bond debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument

 

A-4



 

commonly known as a “security”, or any certificate of interest or instrument commonly known as a “security”, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase any of the foregoing, except that the term “Security” does not include any Security that is an Exempt Security (as defined above), a Futures Contract (as defined above), or a physical commodity (such as foreign exchange or a precious metal).

 

A-5




Exhibit 99(r)(3)

 

Code of Ethics of The PNC Financial Services Group

 

PNC BANK CODE OF ETHICS

 

Honesty, integrity and fairness are some of the qualities that have marked the organizations and employees that have joined together to become PNC Bank. Certainly, that we operate in this manner is not by chance—our clients demand it of us, for our shareholders it is an imperative, and the law requires it of us. While these are all compelling reasons, I believe we conduct ourselves in an ethical manner, first and foremost, because we know it is simply the right thing to do.

 

This PNC Bank Code of Ethics, a revision of an earlier version, reflects the values of PNC Bank and stands as a statement and reminder for all of us as to what we believe in at PNC Bank.

 

In the rapidly changing, highly competitive business world, there are times when the appropriate course of action may not be clear. There can be many options and alternative methods for conducting business. While our common sense and good judgment can generally provide the guidance we require to enable us to do the right thing, the standards included in the Code have been designed to help you deal with situations you may encounter.

 

Please review the PVC Bank Code of Ethics. You can discuss areas of concern with your supervisor or contact any of the individuals noted in the Code whose responsibility it is to help you through these matters.

 

All of us need to adhere to the Code’s principles. Through proper business behavior, PNC Bank will maintain the high level of trust we enjoy with our clients and communities and continue to be successful. We must always strive to do the right thing, for there is no compromise.

 

/s/       JAMES E. ROHR

 

 

 

James E. Rohr

 

President & Chief Executive Officer

 



 

INTRODUCTION

 

The PNC Bank Code of Ethics (“Code”) conveys key information to assist you in discharging your responsibilities on behalf of PNC Bank Corp. and its subsidiaries (“PNC Bank” or “PNC”) in an ethical and legally proper manner. The PNC Code of Ethics (formerly known as the Guidelines for Corporate Conduct at PNC Bank) is based on the principles that PNC Bank believes in:

 

                  We conduct business with the highest ethical standards;

 

                  We obey the law;

 

                  We follow the policies and procedures of PNC Bank;

 

                  We maintain confidentiality;

 

                  We have a work environment that is fair and bias-free; and

 

                  We are honest and trustworthy.

 

The Code applies to all employees and directors as well as to agents when acting on behalf of PNC. Certain provisions of the Code also apply to others (such as family members).

 

Supervisors and managers should help their staff understand and apply the above principles and comply with the standards in the Code.

 

The conduct of each of us reflects on our organization and affects how we are perceived. Whether inside or outside of work your personal conduct should be an asset to PNC Bank.

 

Use your good judgment, follow the standards set forth in the Code, and report your concerns as provided in the Code. By doing so, we can ensure that PNC Bank continues to stand for honesty, integrity and fairness.

 

2



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Code of Ethics

 

Chairman’s Message

 

Introduction

 

Table of Contents

 

Number

 

 

 

 

 

Responsibilities

 

1.00

 

 

 

 

 

Administration

 

1.01

 

 

 

 

 

Notifications Approvals

 

1.02

 

 

 

 

 

Reporting Procedures

 

1.03

 

 

 

 

 

Key Contacts

 

1.04

 

 

 

 

 

Exceptions/Question

 

1.05

 

 

 

 

 

Enforcement

 

1.06

 

 

 

 

 

Written Acknowledgement

 

1.07

 

 

 

 

 

Standards of Conduct

 

2.00

 

 

 

 

 

Confidentiality

 

2.01

 

 

 

 

 

Insider Trading

 

2.02

 

 

 

 

 

Clients’ Property

 

2.03

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Property

 

2.04

 

 

 

 

 

Inventions

 

2.04

 

 

 

 

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

2.05

 

 

 

 

 

Gifts and Entertainment

 

2.05.1

 

 

 

 

 

Gifts to Public Officials

 

2.05.2

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowing from Clients or Suppliers Lending

 

2.05.3

 

 

 

 

 

Self-Dealing

 

2.05.4

 

 

 

 

 

Sales/Purchases of Property and Services to/from Employees

 

2.05.5

 

 

 

 

 

Dealing with Suppliers

 

2.05.6

 

 

 

 

 

Inheritances: Fiduciary Compensation and Fees for Personal Services

 

2.05.7

 

 

 

 

 

Use of Position or Authority

 

2.05.8

 

 

 

 

 

Outside Activities

 

2.05.9

 

 

 

 

 

                  Other Employment

 

2.05.9A

 

 

 

 

 

                  Officer or Directorships

 

2.05.9B

 

 

 

 

 

Public Office

 

2.05.10

 

 

 

 

 

Expert Witnesses

 

2.05.11

 

 

 

 

 

Insider Lending

 

2.05.12

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on Deposits of Directors, Officers, Attorneys, and Employees

 

2.05.13

 

 

 

 

 

Sales/Purchases of Property and Services to/from Non-Officer Directors

 

2.05.14

 

 

 

 

 

Discrimination, Bias and Harassment

 

2.06

 

 

 

 

 

Equal Employment Opportunity Policy

 

2.06.1

 

 

 

 

 

Bias and Harassment

 

2.06.2

 

 

 

 

 

Sexual Harassment

 

2.06.3

 

 

 

 

 

Antitrust

 

2.07

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Competition

 

2.08

 

 

 

 

 

Personal Responsibilities of Employees

 

2.09

 

 

 

 

 

Drug Abuse

 

2.09.1

 

 

 

 

 

Alcohol Abuse

 

2.09.2

 

 

 

 

 

Personal Finances

 

2.09.3

 

 

 

 

 

Solicitation

 

2.09.4

 

 

 

 

 

Political Contributions

 

2.10

 

 

 

 

 

Lobbying

 

2.11

 

 

 

 

 

Other Matters

 

2.12

 

 

3



 

Table of Contents

 

Number

 

 

 

 

 

Media Inquiries

 

2.13

 

 

 

 

 

Recordkeeping

 

2.14

 

 

 

 

 

Accounting Practices/Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

 

2.15

 

 

 

 

 

Bank Secrecy/Money Laundering Control Act

 

2.16

 

 

 

 

 

Community Reinvestment Act/Fair Lending

 

2.17

 

 

 

 

 

Safety, Health and Environment

 

2.18

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forms

 

Exhibit I

 

 

 

 

 

Notification/Approval Form

 

Exhibit 1-A

 

 

 

 

 

Form for Approval to Serve At the Request of PNC

 

Exhibit 1-B

 

 

 

 

 

Policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insider Trading Policy

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

Drug Abuse Policy Summary

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

Electronic Media Policy

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Information Privacy Principles

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Ownership Policy

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

Policy for Employee’s Holding Director and Officer Positions in

 

 

 

Outside Profit and Non-Profit Organizations

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

Public Office Policy

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

Key Contacts and Reference Guide

 

Addendum

 

 

4



 

1.00  Responsibilities

 

As part of your responsibilities, you must:

 

                  Understand and comply with the Code, other PNC policies and procedures, and applicable laws and regulations:

 

                  Provide the required notifications and obtain the necessary approvals in accordance with the Code: and

 

                  Report any possible violations of the Code of which you are aware.

 

You are not permitted to act in a way that violates the Code. Businesses or departments may have supplemental policies or procedures with which employees also must comply.

 

1.01  Administration

The PNC Code of Ethics is administered by PVC’s Director of Compliance or a designee (referred to in the Code as “Director of Compliance”). A PNC Code of Ethics Policy Committee (“Ethics Policy Committee”) has been established to determine policy issues relating to the Code, oversee resolution of major ethical issues, and receive and review reports relating to the Code’s administration.

 

1.02  Notifications/Approvals

You should become familiar with the following situations in the Code that require you to provide notification or obtain prior approval.

 

Insider Trading

 

2.02/Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Property

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventions

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gifts and Entertainment

 

2.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gifts to Public Officials

 

2.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inheritances: Fiduciary Compensation and Fees for Personal Services

 

2.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outside Activities

 

2.05

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Employment

 

2.05.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

Officer or Directorships

 

2.05.9B/Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expert Witnesses

 

2.05.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Antitrust

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Competition

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

Political Contributions

 

2.1

 

 

You can provide notification or obtain approval either (i) by contacting the Director of Compliance or (ii) through submission of the Code of Ethics Notification/Approval Form (“Notification/Approval Form”) to your supervisor and Human Resources (“HR”) representative, as designated in the Code. A sample of the Notification/Approval Form is attached as Exhibit I; the form is available via Lotus Notes PNC’s Intraweb at http://www.intranet.pncbank.com or from your Human Resources Department.

 

5



 

If employees have any questions regarding how to provide notification or obtain approval they should contact their HR representative. Directors and agents should contact the Director of Compliance regarding notifications or approvals, questions or any other matters under the Code.

 

1.03   Reporting Procedures

Reports of any possible violations of the Code, including dishonest or fraudulent acts, or questions or concerns regarding matters covered by the Code, should be made immediately to any of the following people:

 

                  Your supervisor;

 

                  Your HR representative;

 

                  The Security Services representative;

 

                  The Director of Compliance; or

 

                  The General Counsel.

 

You have been provided with several alternative people to whom you can report a possible violation so that you can choose a person with whom you feel comfortable. You may make an anonymous report if you wish.

 

Note: Any supervisor who receives a report of a possible violation should refer it immediately to the HR representative, the Security Services representative, the Director or Compliance, or the General Counsel.

 

When you report a possible violation. you will be protected from any employment discrimination, retaliation, or retribution for good faith reporting.

 

1.04  Key Contracts

HR representatives, the Security Services representative, the Director Contacts of Compliance, the General Counsel and others referenced in the Code are Key Contacts to assist you on Code matters for PNC. Their telephone numbers can be found in the Key Contacts and Reference Guide attached as an Addendum to the Code, on PNC’s intraweb at http://www.intranet.pncbank.com, or through Office Vision at BB CRPNEWS.

 

1.06  Exceptions/Questions

Exceptions to the Code and certain approvals will need to be made by the Questions Ethics Policy Committee. If you would like to ask for an exception or have a question about any part of the Code, you should first discuss it with your supervisor and your HR representative who will process your request, or you may contact the Director of Compliance. The Director of Compliance, as appropriate, will present requests for exceptions or approvals to the Ethics Policy Committee.

 

1.06  Enforcement

If an employee violates the Code, PNC polities and procedures or any applicable laws or regulations, the employee may be subject to

 

6



 

disciplinary action, which tray include termination of employment Violation of laws could also result in legal proceedings and penalties, including, in some circumstance, criminal penalties.

 

You are required to cooperate fully with investigations, audits, monitoring procedures, and other inquiries regarding Code matters, including requests to provide documentation. Refusal to comply may result in disciplinary action, which may include termination of employment.

 

1.07  Written Acknowledgement

When you are hired, and at certain times during your employment, you will be required to sign a written acknowledgment certifying that you have received, have read, understand, and will comply with the Code. Refusal to complete the acknowledgment may result in disciplinary action which may include termination of employment.

 

7



 

2.00  Standards of Conduct

 

The following are standards of conduct for some specific issues that may arise in our business. We may amend or change these standards from time to time.

 

2.01  Confidentiality Fundamental Principle

 

Confidentiality is a fundamental principle in PNC Bank’s business. You may deal with confidential, non-public information concerning PNC Bank, its clients, shareholders, employees and suppliers. You must protect all confidential information from unauthorized disclosure.

 

Definitions

 

The term “confidential information” includes, but is not limited to:

 

•     PNC’s business information, records, activities and plans;

 

•     The identity, business information, records, activities and plans of clients and prospective clients;

 

•     The identity of, or information relating to, merger and acquisition candidates;

 

•     PNC’s sources of supply, sales methods and sales proposals;

 

•     PNC’s computer programs, system documentation, special hardware, product hardware, software and technology developments;

 

                  Manuals, formulae, processes, methods, machines, compositions, ideas, improvements, inventions, or other confidential or proprietary information belonging to PNC or related to PNC’s affairs;

 

•     Security information such as passwords, personal identification numbers (PIN’s), and electronic keys;

 

•     Reports written to and by regulatory agencies; and

 

•     Any additional confidential information described in PNC’s Insider Trading Policy (attached as Exhibit 2).

 

Your Responsibilities

 

Your responsibilities with regard to confidential information are:

 

                  You must not disclose confidential information to any person within PNC, unless that person has a need to know such information in connection with his or her employment responsibilities.

 

•     You must not disclose confidential information to anyone outside of PNC, unless:

 

                  Such person is employed by an outside firm (i.e., a law, accounting or other firm) retained by PNC and that person

 

8



 

needs to know the information in connection with the service to be provided by the firm to PNC;

 

                  Pursuant to proper legal process or regulation. (PVC’s Legal Department has written guidelines for handling legal process. If you receive a request for confidential information, or subpoena or other legal process, you must immediately inform your supervisor who will contact the Legal Department): or

 

                  The individual or organization to which the information relates gives written consent, and release of the information is approved by the Legal Department.

 

                  You must never use confidential information for personal financial gain or to complete with PNC.

 

                  You must keep in a secure way all files, records, or inquiries regarding clients and employees, and other records that contain confidential information.

 

                  You must keep all identification and access codes, security equipment, security programs, and security procedures confidential.

 

                  You must avoid discussing confidential information in public places (for example, elevators, restaurants or at social events).

 

                  You must avoid discussing confidential information on cellular or car phones.

 

                  You must be sensitive to whether information is confidential when using E-Mail, Office Vision or facsimile machines.

 

                  You must not disclose confidential information, whether it is in written form or in your memory, even after you leave your employment or position with PNC.

 

In addition, you must comply with all other PNC policies and procedures relating to confidentiality, including those that have been adopted for your business or department. All employees should also become familiar with and follow the standards relating to confidentiality of information set forth in the Information Security Policy Manual, available through Office Vision at BB PCSECURE, from Information Security, or via PNC’s intranet (http://www.intranet.pncbank.com ).

 

2.02  Insider Trading

PNC has adopted an Insider Trading Policy, which is attached as Exhibit 2 to this Code. You should become familiar with the requirements of the Policy and must comply with its rules and standards.

 

2.03  Clients’ Property Fundamental Principle

 

You must maintain the highest standards of honesty and integrity in handling clients’ money and other property. You are not permitted to make unauthorized use of any client’s money or property.

 

9



 

2.04  Corporate Property Fundamental Principle

 

Corporate property may be used and removed from PNC premises only for business purposes,unless approved by your supervisor, or in accordance with policies adopted by the Board of Directors of PNC or a committee of the Board.

 

Corporate property includes, but is not limited to:

 

                  Information;

 

                  Files;

 

                  Products;

 

•     Office supplies and furnishings;

 

•     Services;

 

•     Automobiles;

 

•     Technologies;

 

•     Concepts;

 

•     Client lists;

 

•     Policies and procedures manuals;

 

•     Computer and other equipment, such as facsimile machines;

 

•     Computer databases, programs and software;

 

•     Data processing systems;

 

•     Voice mail;

 

•     E-Mail; and

 

                  Any other electronic messaging systems or information about PNC’s business

 

Inspections

 

Corporate property and personal possessions that you may bring onto PNC premises are subject to inspection.

 

Inventions

 

If you invent something, make a discovery, improve something or write something during your employment which is related to PNC’s business or activities, you are required to:

 

•     Disclose your work to your supervisor,

 

                  Assign any rights to the work to PNC, if appropriate; and

 

                  Assist PNC either during or after your employment in getting the use and benefits of the work, including anything necessary for PNC to get a patent or copyright or obtain other protection for the work.

 

2.05  Conflicts of Interest Fundamental Principle

 

You owe PNC Bank and its clients undivided loyalty. You should not have an interest that conflicts with, or may reasonably appear to

 

10



 

conflict with, PNC Bank or its clients, unless approved as set forth in this Code.

 

Definition

 

A conflict of interest exists when:

 

                  You engage in a personal activity or have a personal interest that may influence your decisions when acting for PNC or that may be at odds with PNC’s interests; or

 

                  You use your position with PNC or use PNC’s confidential information to benefit yourself rather than PNC.

 

A conflict of interest may be based on your financial, business, family or other personal relationships with clients, suppliers, competitors or others, or on some other factor.

 

Appearance Of Conflict

 

The appearance of a conflict can be as damaging as an actual conflict and can erode trust and confidence in PNC. When faced with a situation involving a potential conflict of interest, you should ask yourself whether public disclosure of the matter would embarrass PNC or lead an outside observer to believe a conflict exists.

 

Disclosure Requirements

 

You must disclose in writing to your supervisor and your market HR representative all known or potential conflicts of interest by submitting a Notification/Approval Form. The Director of Compliance should be contacted on how to handle a situation, if necessary.

 

Illustrations

 

Some illustrations of areas where potential conflicts of interests could occur and PNC’s policies are:

 

2.05.1  Gifts and Entertainment Fundamental Principle

 

You may not ask for or accept a gift or anything of value from anyone (before or after a transaction is discussed or concluded or a business decision is made) if you intend to be influenced or rewarded, or you believe the giver intends to exert influence, in connection with any business decision or transaction involving PNC. Where this is not the case, under certain circumstances, you may accept gifts or something of value from someone doing or seeking to do business with PNC. Examples of such circumstances are:

 

Permissible Gifts

 

                  Accepting a gift that is based on obvious family or personal relationships (such as between you and your parents, children, spouse or close friend) and it is clear that the gift is being accepted because of the relationship rather than any PNC business;

 

•     Letting someone else occasionally pay for meals, refreshments, travel arrangements, accommodations, or entertainment to

 

11



 

discuss business or foster business relationships if the expense is of reasonable value. In general, such items are of “reasonable value” if they involve a level of expense that customarily would be reimbursed by PNC as a reasonable business expense if not paid for by the other parry;

 

                  Accepting loans from other banks or financial institutions on normal terms to finance usual activities, such as home mortgage loans, except where prohibited by law;

 

                  Occasionally accepting advertising or promotional material haring a value not in excess of $100, such as pens, pencils, note pads, key chains, calendars and similar items;

 

                  Accepting discounts or rebates on merchandise or services that is not more than those available to other clients;

 

                  Accepting gifts having a value not in excess of $100 that are related to commonly recognized events or occasions, such as a promotion, new job, wedding, retirement, holiday, birthday, or bar or bat mitzvah; and

 

                  Accepting civic, charitable, educational or religious organizational awards for recognition of service and accomplishment.

 

Disclosure Requirements

 

You must make every effort to refuse or return a gift or something of value that goes beyond those permissible circumstances listed above. In the following circumstances, you must promptly notify your supervisor and market HR representative, or the Director of Compliance, to discuss how to handle the situation:

 

                  If you are offered a gift or something of value that goes beyond those permissible circumstances above and you cannot refuse or return it; or

 

                  You have any doubts about whether it is permissible to accept a gift or something of value.

 

Only the Ethics Policy Committee can give approval to accept a gift or something of value outside of the permissible circumstances listed above.

 

You can provide notification or obtain approval by submitting the Notification/Approval Form to your supervisor and market HR representative, or you may contact the Director of Compliance.

 

Giving Gifts

 

The above standards for accepting gifts also apply to giving gifts, except that giving gifts to public officials is addressed separately in the next section.

 

2.051  Gift to Public OfficialsMonetary Gifts Prohibited

 

You may not give a gift of money to a public official, except for legitimate personal campaign contributions to candidates for public

 

12



 

office. (Certain employees must obtain prior written approval before making political contributions. See Section 2.10)

 

Gifts Of Value To Influence Particular Acts Prohibited

 

You may not give anything of value (including, for example, gifts, meals, recreation, entertainment, flowers, transportation, lodging or sporting event tickets, which will be referred to in this section as “gifts”) to a public official for the purpose of influencing a particular act by the official or his or her agency.

 

Limitations On Other Types Of Gifts

 

Limitations on giving items of value are discussed below with respect to different types of public officials with whom PNC employers are likely to have contact. These limitations, which should be interpreted as applying also to the spouse or family members of the public official, do not apply to gifts based on obvious family or close personal relationships.

 

Limitations for Different Types of Public Officials

 

                  Federal Officials

                  Gifts of over $50 in value may not be offered to officials in the executive branch of the federal government (“executive branch official”). For example, the value of an executive branch official’s meal paid for by PNC may not be greater than $20. If all of the gifts to an executive branch official are added together in any calendar year, they may not be greater than $50. Any gift to an executive branch official must receive advance written approval from the Director of Compliance so that the $50 limit can be monitored. Advance approval of each gift, regardless of amount, is important because gifts given by all PNCofficers to one executive branch official will be aggregated.

 

Members of Congress and Congressional staff are subject to restrictions on gifts they may accept. Any gift to a member of Congress or to Congressional staff members must receive advance written approval from the Director of Compliance.

 

                  Pennsylvania State Officials

                  Gifts of more than nominal value may not be offered to officials in the executive branch of Pennsylvania government. Although nominal value does not have a specific dollar limit, you should be guided by the principles set forth in Section 2.05.1 above concerning PNC employees’ receipt of gifts. Any gift to a Pennsylvania State official must receive advance written approval from the Director of Compliance so that reporting requirements imposed by the Lobbying Disclosure Act may be satisfied.

 

•     Pennsylvania County Officials

                  In counties in which PNC employees are likely to have significant activity,  the rules for Pennsylvania state officials apply, except as follows. In Erie County, all gifts—even of nominal value—are prohibited. In Philadelphia County, the aggregate value of gifts may not exceed $100 annually. However, in Philadelphia County, gifts

 

13



 

of food and beverage consumed at an event or meeting at which the official is attending are not restricted as to dollar amount and do not count against the aggregate annual limit.

 

                  Kentucky State and Jefferson County Officials

                  Gifts, even of nominal value, may not be given to Kentucky state officials. Gifts to Jefferson County officials are prohibited if they are based on an understanding that they are given for the purpose of influencing the officer, directly or indirectly, in the discharge of his/her official duties.

 

                  Ohio State and County Officials

                  Gifts, even of nominal value, may not be offered to Ohio State or county officials.

 

                  Delaware State and New Castle County Officials

                  Gifts of more the nominal value may not be offered to officials in the executive branch, of Delaware (5) government. Although nominal value does not have a specific dollar limit, you should be guided by the principles set forth in Section 2.05.1 above concerning PNC employees’ receipt of gifts.

 

                  Massachusetts State and County Officials

                  Gifts of $50 or more may not be offered to Massachusetts state, county or municipal officials. Gifts of less than $50 in value (for example, business lunches) may not be offered on a regular basis or in a pattern.

 

                  New Jersey State Officials

                  Gifts, even of nominal value, may not be given to officials in the executive branch of New Jersey government.

 

                  Indiana State Officials

                  Gifts of more than $25 in value may not be offered to officials in the executive branch of Indiana government: in certain cases, the official may be required to obtain written approval from a designated state official before accepting the gift.

 

In preparing this section, the laws and regulations of only the states and counties, which are referred to above, were reviewed. Check with the Director of Compliance before offering gifts to other public officials.

 

The restrictions discussed above apply to gifts given to public officials directly or indirectly (for example, through another person).

 

Questions

 

If you have doubts about whether a gift to a public official is allowed under the Code, you should either not give the gift or you should contact the Director of Compliance for an interpretation or to obtain approval from the Ethics Policy Committee.

 

14



 

2.05.3  Borrowing from Clients Or Suppliers/LendingFundamental Principle

 

Employees cannot accept a loan from clients, suppliers or any other business contact of PNC unless the client, supplier or business contact is an immediate family member, or:

 

                  the loan is given by those who lend money in the usual course of their business; and

 

                  then only in accordance with the law and on terms offered to others who have similar credit standing, without special arrangements on interest rates, security, repayment terms and other conditions.

 

Additional Restrictions

 

Employees must not lend personal funds to, or cosign, endorse, or guarantee, or otherwise assume responsibility for the borrowing of any client, supplier or any other business contact of PNC unless the client, supplier or business contact isan immediate family member.

 

2.05.4  Self-Dealing

Self-dealing means using your employment or position for personal gain. Whether you are acting individually, through a business, or in a fiduciary capacity (a position of trust for another person), you are prohibited from self dealing.

 

Prohibitions

 

                  You may not accept from someone either doing business or intending to do business with PNC a business opportunity that is not available to other people on similar terms, or that is made available to you because of your position with PNC.

 

                  You may not take for yourself a business opportunity that belongs to PNC. An opportunity belongs to PNC when the company has pursued the opportunity, it has been offered to PNC, it is the kind of business PNC competes in PNC has funded it, or PNC has devoted time, facilities, personnel, or other corporate resources to develop it.

 

2.05.5  Sales Purchases of Property and Services to/from Employees

You may not purchase property or services from PNC other than products or services offered:

 

                  To the general public: and

 

                  On terms that are available to all employees or similar situated clients.

 

Further, you may not sell any property or services to PNC.

 

2.05.6  Dealing with SuppliersMerit Based Awards

 

Awards of orders, contracts and commitments for goods and services should always be made in the best interests of PNC. In your dealings with suppliers, you may not request or accept any kickbacks or other inducement.

 

15



 

2.05.7  Inheritances; Fiduciary Compensation and Fees For Fundamental Principle Personal Services

 

Neither you nor any member of your immediate family may accept any inheritance from any PNC client or the immediate family of any PNC client, unless the person giving you the inheritance is your relative or a relative of someone in your immediate family (through blood, marriage or adoption).

 

Application of Rule

 

This rule applies only if the relationship between the client and you or your immediate family was established through your employment or position with PNC.

 

Prohibited Appointments

 

Also, neither you nor any member of your immediate family may accept appointment as:

 

•     Executor:

 

•     Administrator:

 

•     Personal representative:

 

•     Attorney-in-fact:

 

•     Guardian;

 

•     Custodian under any Uniform Transfer or Gifts to Minors Act: or

 

•     Trustee

 

for any PNC client or the immediate family of any PNC client if the relationship between that person and you or your immediate family was established through your employment or position with PNC and you are to be compensated for the appointment through payment of fees or otherwise.

 

If the appointment is to be uncompensated you must receive prior approval from the Ethics Polity Committee. You should contact the Director of Compliance to obtain approval.

 

Client Relations

 

If you have advance knowledge of any inheritance or appointment that may violate this rule, you must try to discourage the client from making the gift or appointment. You must also notify the Director of Compliance.

 

2.05.8  Use of Position or AuthorityFundamental Principles

 

You may not act on behalf of PNC in any transaction involving a member of your immediate family or in any situation where you or a member of your immediate family has a personal or financial interest. You also may not act on behalf of PNC in connection with an organization with which you or a member of your immediate family is associated or has a personal or financial interest.

 

16



 

Note: This section does not apply to your actions related to publicly held PNC subsidiaries in which you own stock where your acquisition of the stock was approved by the Ethics Policy Committee or PNC’s Board of Directors and you comply with the Stock Ownership Policy adopted by the Ethics Policy Committee which is attached to this policy as exhibit #6.

 

2.05.9  Outside ActivitiesLimits on Outside Activities

 

PNC encourages employees to participate in charitable or community activities outside of the company. These activities must not interfere with your ability to meet your employment responsibilities nor cause harm to PNC’s reputation in the community or business interests. Some typical examples of outside activities are described below:

 

A.  Other Employment

 

Restrictions on Outside Employment/Positions

 

You may not have any outside employment with a competitor or hold a position with a competitor while an employee of PNC. Nor may you be self-employed in competition with PNC.

 

In addition, you may not engage in any outside employment (including self employment or hold any position which PNC determines may interfere with your PNC employment responsibilities. PNC may also determine that you are legally prohibited from or restricted in such outside employment while an employee of PNC, such as in the securities industry. You should be aware of your department’s supplemental policies and procedures in this regard, if any.

 

Notification Approval

 

All outside employment (including self-employment) for PNC employees must be approved in advance and in writing by submitting the Notification Approval form to your supervisor and your HR representative.

 

In some instances where approval to engage in outside employment has been given, it may be necessary to revisit the issue. In particular, where PNC determines that the outside activity is interfering with your PNC responsibilities, or where PNC determines that the outside activities or position is in competitionwith PNC, authorization to continue such outside employment or in such positionmay be withdrawn.

 

B.  Officer or Directorships

 

PVC has adopted a Policy for Employees Holding Director and Officer Positions in Outside Profit and Non-Profit Organizations which is attached as Exhibit = 7 to this Code. You must become familiar and comply with this Policy.

 

17



 

2.05.10  Public OfficeGuidelines

 

PNC has adopted a Public Office Policy which is attached as Exhibit #8 to this Code. You must become familiar and comply with this Policy.

 

Except for lobbyists and other officers authorized to act on behalf of PNC, employees participating in political activities do so as individuals and not at the request of or as representatives of PNC.

 

2.05.11  Expert WitnessesHandling Request To Serve

 

You may be asked to serve as an expert witness or to provide technical assistance in litigation or other proceedings not involving PNC. These activities generally take a lot of time and may be in conflict with PNC’s policies and practices or with positions PNC has taken in other lawsuits. For these reasons, if you are asked to serve as an expert witness or provide technical assistance for a party other than PNC, you must receive advance written approval. You must submit the Notification Approval Form to your supervisor and HR representative to request such approval.

 

2.05.12  Insider LendingRegulatory Requirements

 

No PNC Bank, under the requirements of Regulation O, may extend credit on preferential terms to:

 

                  Any of PNC’s directors or executive officers: or

 

                  Any related interest of these individuals.

 

(This space intentionally left blank.)

 

Reviewing Regulation O Policy

 

PNC has adopted a Regulation O Policy to implement the provisions of the regulation in all PNC markets. You should contact your Compliance Department representative to obtain a copy of the policy if applicable to your line of business or department.

 

2.05.13  Interest on Deposits of Directors, Officers, Fundamental Principle Attorneys and Employees

 

PNC Banks are not permitted to pay any of their directors, officers, attorneys or employees a greater rate of interest on their deposits than that paid to other depositors on similar deposits with such bank.

 

2.05.14  Sales/Purchases of Property and Services to/ from Non-Officer Directors

Unless pre-approved by a majority of disinterested members of the Board of Directors of PNC Bank Corp. or the appropriate subsidiary PNC Bank, non-officer directors and their firms may not:

 

                  Purchase property or services from PNC unless such property or services are offered in the regular course of PNC’s business, and on terms not more favorable to the director or his or her firm than those offered to other similarly situated clients who are not directors; or

 

18



 

                  Sell any property or services to PNC other than property or services that are sold in the regular course of the director’s (or firm’s) business and are sold upon terms not less favorable to PNC than those offered to similarly situated clients of the director (or firm).

 

2.06  Discrimination, Bias and Harassment

 

2.06.1  Equal Employment Opportunity Policy

It is the policy of PNC affirmatively to implement equal opportunity for all qualified applicants and existing employees without regard to race, religion, color, national origin, sex, age (over 40), disability, status as a Vietnam-era veteran or any other basis which would be in violation of any applicable ordinance or law. All personnel actions, including recruitment, selection, hiring, training, transfer, promotion, termination, compensation and benefits conform to this policy.

 

A copy of the full Equal Employment Opportunity (EEO) policy may be obtained from your market HR representative.

 

What To Do

 

If you believe you have been denied equal employment opportunity because of discrimination, bias or harassment, you should report it to your supervisor or market HR representative or you may contact the Director of Compliance or the General Counsel. You will be protected from any employment discrimination, retaliation or retribution for good faith reporting.

 

2.06.2  Bias and Harassment

You are entitled to a work environment free of racial, sexual, ethnic, and religious bias and harassment. Racial, sexual, ethnic or religious jokes or comments are subject to individual interpretation and may be offensive to some employees. Intimidation, coercion and threats, or actions leading to bodily harm are also unacceptable.

 

2.06.3                   Sexual HarassmentDefinition

 

Sexual harassment is any unwelcome conduct of a sexual nature that is sufficiently severe or pervasive so as to unreasonably interfere with an individual’s work performance or create an intimidating, hostile or offensive working environment.

 

Forms Of Sexual Harassment

 

Sexual harassment can take various forms, including:

 

                  Verbal (for example, sexual innuendo, sexual propositions, threats, suggestive or insulting comments or sounds and jokes of a sexual nature);

 

                  Non-verbal (sexually suggestive pictures or objects, graphic commentaries and obscene gestures); and

 

                  Physical (unwelcome physical contact).

 

19



 

Criteria of Sexual Harassment

 

Any one or a combination of three basic criteria determines whether conduct is sexual harassment:

 

                  If you are required to submit to the conduct as either an express or implied qualification for a job or a requirement of your employment relationship;

 

                  If submission to, or rejection of, the conduct is used as a basis for employment decisions affecting you; or

 

                  If the conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with your work performance, or creating an intimidating, hostile or offensive working environment.

 

Compliance Requirement

 

Sexual harassment by a manager/supervisor, or other employee, or client, supplier or visitor will not be tolerated within PNC. All employees must comply with this policy and take appropriate measures to ensure that sexual harassment does not occur.

 

What To Do

 

If you are confronted with actions that may be sexual harassment, you should report it to your supervisor or your market HR representative, or you may contact the Director of Compliance or the General Counsel.

 

2.07  AntitrustWhat are the Antitrust Laws?

 

You must obey the antitrust laws. The antitrust laws, which contain criminal and civil penalties, prohibit unfair methods of competition and agreements that restrain the way companies compete. The antitrust laws are most often enforced against agreements between separate businesses (for example, agreements between PNC and other companies) that limit competition. These agreements need not be in writing to raise a concern.

 

As a general matter, all of PNC strategies and other decisions should be made independently, without consultation with PNC’s Competitors. You may not enter into any of the following three types of arrangements or agreements:

Types of Arrangements

 

                  Price-Fixing Agreements are agreements with competitors about the prices, terms. or conditions to be charged clients. To avoid even an allegation of price fixing, you should not discuss our prices. terms or conditions with a competitor, except as noted below.

 

Note: Where we are openly working jointly with our competitors to provide a loan or other product or service to a client for example. loan syndications, agreements with such competitors on the price to be charged to the client generally do not constitute price fixing. You should only enter into such agreements if we have legitimate business reasons not wanting jointly with our competitors rather than

 

20



 

providing the product or service on our own (for example, in loan syndications, because of undue credit risk to PNC).

 

                  Group Boycott Agreements are agreements among two or more companies to “boycott’ or otherwise not do business with another company.

 

                  Market, Client, Territory or Location Allocation Agreements among Competitors are agreements with competitors not to compete in a particular line of business or product, not to “poach” competitors’ clients, or not to compete in a particular geographic area.

 

Because the following arrangements may raise antitrust concerns under certain circumstances, you should consult with the General Counsel before entering into any of them:

 

                  Tying Arrangements arise when a seller has a product or service buyers need, and requires the buyers of that product or service to purchase a second product or service from the seller.

 

                  Banking laws also prohibit certain ties. PNC Bank has adopted a Policy Statement on Product Tying Restrictions that you can obtain from your Compliance Department representative.

 

Note: Most tying arrangements that are long established in banking (such as compensating balances) that facilitate reasonable arrangements intended to assure the soundness of credit do not pose a problem under either the banking or antitrust laws.

 

                  Predatory Pricing is pricing at an unfairly low price for the purpose of driving all competitors out of the marketplace to reap the benefits of higher prices after the competitors are gone.

 

                  Exclusive Dealing involves agreements to do business with one supplier or client that preclude PNC from doing business with other suppliers or clients. You should consult with the Director of Compliance if PNC’s purchases or sales account for a substantial portion of the market for the product or service being purchased or sold.

 

                  Reciprocity involves a company conditioning the purchase of products or services from suppliers on those suppliers’ purchases of services from the company.

 

Other Instances in Which You Should Consult With the General Counsel. You should always consult the General Counsel:

 

                  Before a PNC unit that you manage merges with or acquires another company (including a division of another company or substantial assets of another company outside of the ordinary, course of business); or

 

                  If you believe that any activity that may be undertaken by PNC could be viewed as restraining fair or open competition. or if you have any questions about whether any such activities may fall within any of the categories of conduct described above.

 

21



 

2.08  Fair CompetitionFundamental Principle

 

PNC Bank expects you to engage in vigorous, but fair competition with our competitors. Unfair ways to compete are not permitted. For example. you must never direct or encourage any applicant or new employee to violate any contractual or legal obligations to a former employer, such as a responsibility to protect confidential business information, technical information or trade secrets.

 

Requirements

 

Also, you are required to notify your supervisor and HR representative by submitting a Notification/Approval Form if you have any obligations that may interfere with your ability to perform your job duties at PNC. These obligations may include an agreement with a former employer, business partner or other person or entity that says:

 

                  You may not compete with them for a certain time or in a specific location;

 

                  You may not ask their employees if they are interested in working for PNC;

 

                  You may not ask their clients to do business with PNC;

 

                  You may not take work-related inventions, developments, or writings to use at another business or place of employment;

 

                  You may be limited in your use of trade secrets. business information, materials, training or techniques that you learned there; or

 

                  You may have to notify them of any new employment or business venture.

 

2.09  Personal Responsibilities of Employees

 

2.09.1  Drug AbuseDrug-Free Workplace

 

PNC Bank is committed to promoting and maintaining a drug-free workplace. The illegal use of drugs interferes with effective and safe job performance. For this reason. PNC Bank has adopted a Drug Abuse Policy to prohibit employees from illegally using, possessing, distributing, or manufacturing drugs, or beingunder the illegal influence of drugs, while working or while on PNC property

 

Consequence of Violation

 

Employees who violate the Drug Abuse Policy (including the refusal to take a drug screening test) will be subject to disciplinary action.

 

A summary of the Drug Abuse Policy is attached as Exhibit 3. PNC’s Drug Abuse Policy is available from your market HR representative.

 

22



 

2.09.2  Alcohol Abuse Fundamental Principle

 

The use of alcohol can have wide-ranging effects in the workplace, including declining job performance and diminished safety of co-workers and clients. For this reason, PNC prohibits any use of alcohol that may affect your fitness forwork, the safety of co-workers or the public, your job performance or any operation of PNC.

 

2.09.3                   Personal Finances Employee Responsibilities

 

Because one of the primary functions of PNC Bank is the efficient and effective management of money, you must demonstrate trustworthiness and financial responsibility. You are expected to maintain your personal account relationships and financial affairs in the same responsible manner that is expected of clients and to manage debts in relation to income and net worth. Abuse of employee checking accounts. credit cards or loans obtained through PNC Bank is not in the best interest of PNC Bank and may result in revocation of these privileges.

 

In addition, you must use your expense account in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the Employee Expense Reimbursement Guide, available from your market HR representative, as well as the standards set forth in the Code.

 

2.09.4                   Solicitation Fundamental Principle

 

You are prohibited from soliciting other employees on behalf of any cause or organization during working time (that is, when the soliciting employee or the receiving employee is required to be performing work duties) or in client areas. Examples of prohibited solicitation include raffles, lotteries or memberships. You are also prohibited from distributing advertising materials, handbills, literature or other materials which are not prepared, supplied or approved by PNC, on PNC premises during working time or in any work area or any area where clients are routinely present to transact any business with PNC.

 

It will not be a violation of this policy, however, if the solicitation or distribution is part of a campaign officially approved or sponsored by PNC, such as United Way.

 

Non-employees of PNC are prohibited from soliciting or distributing literature on behalf of any cause or organization at any time on any of PNC’s premises.

 

2.10  Political Contributions Prohibitions

 

PNC cannot make direct or indirect contributions to political candidates or office holders.

 

You should abide be the following:

 

                  No payment or thing of value may be made or given by or on behalf of PNC to any political party, candidate for public office in relation to his or her candidacy, or to any committee or group formed to support a patty or candidate.

 

23



 

                  PNC will not reimburse you for personal political contributions.

 

                  You may not use PNC facilities or equipment in connection with any federal, state, or local election.

 

                  You may not participate in political activities during your working hours or on PNC property. For example, branch offices may not be used by candidates running for election for fund raisers or other activities related to running for office.

 

                  If you are a foreign national, you may not make a contribution in connection with any election (federal, state or local) or make a contribution to a PNC affiliated political action committee. This prohibition does not apply to U.S. citizens living outside the United States. If you are not a U.S. citizen and if you have not been lawfully admitted for permanent residence in the United States, you should not make any political contributions, directly or indirectly, without first checking with the Director of Compliance.

 

Permitted Activities

 

Except as prohibited by Rule G37 of the Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board (“MSRB”) and other related policies of PNC discussed below, the following activities are permissible:

 

                  You may sue your own funds to make contributions to political parties, candidates, or political action committees;

 

                  You may participate in volunteer political activities during non-working time and away from PNC premises, as long as you do not use any PNC resources in connection with your activities; and

 

                  PNC may make its facilities available to an affiliated political action committee (“PAC”) for PAC-related functions, including speeches by political candidates. In addition, PNC may absorb administrative or other expenses incurred by an affiliated PAC.

 

Additional Rules For Certain Employees

 

Employees of PNC Securities Corp. PNC Brokerage Corp. and certain other PNC employees associated with municipal securities or municipal finance. are subject to the following rules by MSRB Rule G-37 and PNC policies:

 

                  You may not make contributions to PACs affiliated with PNC or PACs controlled by any municipal finance professional.

 

                  You may not participate in the management of any PACs affiliated with PNC.

 

                  You must obtain prior written approval for political contributions to candidates or PACs. Contact your Compliance Department or consult the PNC policy implementing Rule G-37 for more information on obtaining approval.

 

24



 

                  You must limit any contributions to $250 per election and per candidate, and you may only make contributions to candidates for whom you are eligible to vote.

 

                  You may not make any direct or indirect political contribution for the purpose of influencing the award of municipal securities business to PNC.

 

A copy of the PNC policy implementing MSRB Rule G-37 is located in the PNC Securities Corp and PNC Brokerage Corp Compliance Manuals.

 

2.11  Lobbying

Specific laws apply to lobbying activities undertaken on behalf of PNC. You may obtain a summary of these laws and a copy of PNC’s Lobbying Policy from the Director of Compliance.

 

2.12  Other Matters

Crimes, Suspected Crimes, and Dishonest Acts Reporting Requirements

 

PNC must file information with law enforcement agencies under certain circumstances when criminal acts involving PNC have occurred or are suspected. If you have knowledge of a mysterious disappearance or loss or an unexplained shortage, or know or suspect that any criminal, dishonest, or fraudulent act has occurred that may affect PNC, its employees, officers or clients, you should immediately use any of the Reporting Procedures set forth in Section 1.03 of the Code.

 

Fidelity Bond Coverage

 

PNC holds a fidelity bond that covers all employees of PNC. The bond coverage for any employee may end as soon as PNC learns of any dishonest or fraudulent act that was or may have been committed by the employee at any time, whether or not the act was committed while in PNC’s employment.

 

Bonding Requirement

 

If an employee does not meet the standard for bonding, employment usually must be terminated. To comply with the bonding requirements and other requirements imposed by law. PNC reserves the right to investigate the personal history ofany applicant or employee, including any law enforcement records.

 

Convictions Involving Dishonesty or Breach of Trust

 

Any person who, at any time:

 

                  has been convicted of or plead guilty to a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust or money laundering or

 

                  has entered into a pretrial diversion or similar program for such an offense is prohibited from participating, directly or indirectly in am manner in conduct of the affairs of PNC without prior consent of the appropriate regulatory agency.

 

25



 

Consequence Of Violation

 

If any employee or director of PNC is convicted of or pleads guilty to such offense or enters into a pretrial diversion or similar program regarding such offense, employment will be terminated absent consent of the appropriate regulatory agency.

 

2.13  Media Inquiries Media Inquiries

 

You may be contacted by the media for information concerning PNC’s position on various matters.

You must always direct these inquires to the Public Relations Department.

 

Prohibitions

 

You also may not give information to the media about PNC activities, the activities of other employees, PNC clients or suppliers without the consent of the Public Relations Department. PNC (through the Public Relations Department) will speak out on issues of importance to PNC when appropriate. PNC will not, nor should you, without the consent of the Public Relations Department, identify clients or provide client information or do the following:

 

                  Comment on actions of any other company, entity or person;

 

                  Comment on issues that are in litigation or under governmental review;

 

                  Discuss financial projections;

 

                  Discuss plans, programs, products, or operations that have not been announced publicly;

 

                  Provide testimonials or endorsements; or

 

                  Describe the content of regulatory examination reports.

 

2.14  Record keeping Policy

 

PNC maintains a record retention policy in accordance with legal, regulatory, and appropriate business requirements.

 

Prohibitions

 

You may not dispose of or destroy any records that document or record the business of PNC, except to accordance with PNC’s record retention policy.

 

If there is threatened or pending litigation, an administrative charge, a subpoena or other legal process, or if a government audit or review is in process, you must not dispose of or destroy any relevant records.

 

Intentional destruction of records to avoid disclosure is prohibited.

 

Questions

 

If you have questions about record retention, ask your supervisor. Supervisors may direct their questions to the Corporate Records Retention Coordinator.

 

26



 

2.15  Accounting Practices/Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Requirements

 

PNC has established internal accounting controls and recordkeeping policies to meet legal and business requirements. including the following:

 

                  All business transactions and payments will be recorded accurately in supporting records:

 

                  No unrecorded fund or asset of PNC will be established or maintained for any reason:

 

                  The use or transfer of PNC funds for any purpose that would be in violation of any law or regulation or that would be improper is prohibited: and

 

                  The accounting records of PNC, and any public record, must be complete, accurate, and in reasonable detail, and no false, artificial, or misleading entries will be made for any reason.

 

Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended

 

Any dealings that you may have with an official of a foreign government, a foreign political party or party official, or candidate for foreign political office, must comply with the requirements of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended. The Act also applies to officials of public international organizations.

 

                  This law requires the use of proper accounting procedures.

 

                  You are prohibited from giving or promising anything of value to such foreign officials for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the official in his/her official capacity, or to obtain or retain business, or direct business to, any person. Violations may result in criminal penalties.

 

All laws of the applicable foreign country must be obeyed.

 

2.16  Bank Secrecy/Money Laundering Control Act Policy

 

It is the policy of PNC to have an effective Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) and anti-money laundering program. You are responsible for knowing and carrying out your responsibilities under the company’s BSA polices and procedures. In particular, you must be aware of your responsibility regarding:

 

                  Requirements to report cash transactions on Currency Transaction Reports (CTRs):

 

                  The company’s systems and procedures to avoid being used by persons who are laundering money through the bank from drug activities and other illegal activities:

 

                  “Know Your Customer” procedures: and

 

                  The procedures to identify a client’s suspicious activities and transactions and to report such matters to Security Services.

 

27



 

Your BSA Compliance Officer should be contacted regarding any BSA questions or concerns.

 

2.17  Community Reinvestment Act/Fair Lending Policy

 

It is the policy of PNC to respond to the credit needs of the communities to which it has facilities, including those of low and moderate income neighborhoods. In addition, each PNC Bank is expected to devote human and financial resources, consistent with safe and sound banking practices, to the solution of community problems.

 

It is the policy of PNC to conduct its business in accordance with fair lending laws. It is your responsibility to treat all clients fairly.

 

A copy of the Corporate Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) and Fair Lending Compliance Statements may be obtained from your Compliance Department representative or CRA Officer.

 

2.18  Safety, Health and Environment Compliance Requirement

 

You must comply with safety and health requirements governed by federal, state, and local laws. You have a responsibility:

 

                  To follow safe operating procedures;

 

                  To promote your own and your co-workers’ health; and

 

                  To encourage regard for the environment among fellow employees and in the community.

 

Firearms Prohibition

 

You are not permitted to possess firearms or other dangerous weapons on PNC premises, in PNC-owned vehicles or on work time, unless this is required as part of your job.

 

How To Report

 

Reports of any actual or potential safety, health, or environmental problems should be reported using the Reporting Procedures set forth in Section 1.03 of the Code.

 

This Code reflects principles PNC intends to abide by. It is not necessarily a statement of the law and in many instances may go beyond what the law and industry practice requires. This Code is not intended to result in the imposition of legal liability on PNC, or on any employee or any person who becomes subject to provisions of the Code, if such liability would not exist under law or regulations in the absence of the Code.

 

You are responsible for complying with the Code. This Code, however, does not, nor should it be construed to, imply an employment contract between you and PNC.

 

28



 

EXHIBIT 1: FORMS

 

Exhibit 1-A

 

 

Notification/Approval Form

 

 

Exhibit 1-B

Form for Approval to

 

Serve At the Request of PNC

 

29



 

Code of Ethics4PNC

 

Notification/Approval Form

 

After you complete Section 1, submit form to your supervisor who will complete Section II and then submit to the Human Resources representative to complete Section III.

 

Please Print Clearly in Ink or Type.

 

I. To Be Completed by Originating Employee

 

Submitted by:

 

Social Security Number Phone Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(   )

 

 

 

 

Market Location and Mail Stop

 

Line of BusinessSegment Dept. name       Current Position Job Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

I am providing notification to or requesting approval from my Supervisor and HR representative, regarding the following: (Check as applicable) ($ refers to Code)

 

Conflict of Interest ($2.05)

Expert Witness ($2.06.11)

Gifts

Obligation interfering with performing PNC job

 

duties ($2.08)

 

Other

 

Other Employment ($2.05.9A)

 

Please Describe Completely if “Other Employment”; you must provide at a minimum other Employer’s name, Type of Business and Summary of your Responsibilities and Job Duties. Attach additional sheets if necessary.

 

 

 

 

 

Employee Signature Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

II. To Be Completed By Employee’s Supervisor, Then Forwarded to HR Representative Supervisor Comments (Please comment on basis for your approval or disapproval)

 

 

Approved

 

Disapproved

 

Employee is:
FT
PT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supervisor Signature

 

Phone Number

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mail Stop

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

III. To Be Completed by HR Representative

 

 

 

 

 

HR Comments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee’s Hire

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Approved

 

Disapproved

 

Notification Acknowledged. No Action Required

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

HR Representative

 

 

 

Phone Number

 

 

 

 

 

 

(   )

 

 

 

 

Notification Approval Forms are available via PNC’s Intra-Web, Lotus notes or from your Human Resources Department.

 

PLEASE FOLLOW INSTRUCTIONS ON BACK OF FORM

 

30



 

Instructions for Completing

 

Code of Ethics Notification/Approval Form

 

General Instructions

 

This Form may be completed on-line sin PVC’s Intra-Web or Lotus Notes, or via this form which must be printed in ink or typed. Please make sure that you press down firmly enough so that the information on be read on all copies of the Form.

 

This Form should be used only when requesting approval or providing notification to roar supervisor and Human Resources (“HR”) representative as specified in the PVC Bank Code of Ethics (“Code”). Any questions about this Form or any other aspect of the Code requirements should be directed to your supervisor, HR representative or any of the key contacts identified in the Code. (See “Key Contacts and Reference Guide” Addendum to the Code which is located in Section E of your Employee Manual, or an PNC’s Intra-Web as www.intraweb.pncbank.com.)

 

Originating Employee Instructions for Completing Part 1

 

1.                Check the block describing notification or request for approval.

 

2.                On the lines provided, describe reason for providing notification and/or requesting approval. Provide enough information so that an adequate assessment of the situation can be made (e.g., Outside Employment; name of outside organization; type of business engaged in: and position held, etc.). Refer to the appropriate Code section as the basis for determining the information needed.

 

3.                After completing Part 1, sign and date Form and submit to your supervisor. Your supervisor is responsible for completing Part II and forwarding it to the HR representative for further processing.

 

Supervisor Instructions for Completing Part II

 

1.                Complete the “Supervisor s Comments” section [ILLEGIBLE] state the reason(s) for approving or disapproving the employee’s request. Indicate whether discussions were held with [ILLEGIBLE] employee, HR representative, etc.

 

2.                Check the appropriate action [ILLEGIBLE] “Approved” or “Disapproved.” Sign and Date form.

 

3.                Check appropriate blocks indicating employee’s status (full-time vs. part-time).

 

4.                Detach the Goldenrod copy of the Form and retain for your records, then forward remaining copies to the HR representative for further processing.

 

HR Representative Instructions for Completing Part III

 

1.                Review the information provided.

 

Notifying the Corp. Ethics Office for further review or to obtain approval may be necessary because it is required under the Code, as interpretation of the Code is needed, or because of the nature or sensitivity of the request. You should refer to the appropriate section of the Code to determine whether it is necessary and if you are still not sure, contact the Corp. Ethics Office. You should also refer to the additional HR guidelines regarding the protesting of notifications and approvals.

 

2.                Complete the “HR Comments” section. Summarize the reasons for approving or disapproving the employee’s request.

Additional instructions regarding processing the notification or approval will be provided by the Corp. Ethics Office, if necessary.

 

3.                Check the appropriate action taken—“Approved,” “Disapproved” or “Notification Acknowledged. No Action required.” Sign and Date form.

 

4.                Fill in Employee’s Hire Date.

 

5.                Detach the Canary copy and retain it to the originating employee.

 

6.                Detach the Pink copy and forward it to the Corp. Ethics Office. Mail Stop P1-POPP-22-22.

 

                  Note to HR Rep: If the pink copy is not legible, please attach a copy of the original.

 

7.                Retain the White copy and file it in the originating employee’s personnel file.

 

31



 

Code of Ethics4PNC

 

Form of Approval to Server at the Request of PNC

 

I. To Be Completed by Employee

 

Employee Name:

 

Phone Number

 

Business Function Area

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Outside Organization Position Being Sought

 

Director

 

Trustee

 

Officer

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Description of Organization, Type of organization, primary activities, etc.

 

 

Justification Description of Anticipated value to PNC

 

 

Is the outside organization (1) a bank, thrift or other depository organization, (2) an organization that has a depository organization anywhere within its group of affiliates or (3) otherwise a competitor of PNBC:

Yes No

 

Is the outside organization a public company:

Yes No

 

Does PNC or do its subsidiaries own or hold as a fiduciary an equity interest in [ILLEGIBLE]

Yes No

 

Would Employee’s service to this outside organization present any potential conflicts of interest factual or perceived?

Yes No

 

If you answered “yes” to any of the above questions, please describe [ILLEGIBLE]:

 

                  You must contact the Corporate Ethics Office if at any time in the future any of these answers change.

 

I have received, read, understand and will comply with the PNC Code of Ethics
and the PNC Policy for Employees Holding Director and Officer Positions in Outside profit and Non-Profit Organizations.

 

 

Signature of Employee’s Manager

Date Please Print Name

 

 

 

Recommended for Approval

 

 

 

Denied

 

 

Signature of Regional President

Date Please Print Name

 

 

 

Recommended for Approval

 

 

 

Denied

 

 

Signature of Business CEO, Director of Staff Function

Date Please Print Name

 

 

 

Recommended for Approval

 

 

 

Denied

 

 

Signature of Business/Staff Function HR Manager

Date Please Print Name

 

 

 

Recommended for Approval

 

 

 

Denied

 

 

Section III: Approval—In accordance with the PNC Code of Ethics and the PNC Policy for Employees Holding Director and Officer Positions in Outside Profit and Non-Profit Organizations, employees will be deemed to be serving in an outside organization at the request of PNC only if they obtain written approval from the CEO or Vice Chairman of PNC. At the request of PNC means at the request of PNC entity by which employee is employed unless otherwise specified below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CEO of PNC

ApprovedDeniedDate

 

 

 

 

 

Vice Chairman of PNCApprovedDeniedDate

 

 

If Approved, list any conditions (e.g., with respect to director compensation, service or committees, etc.)

 

32



 

PNC INSIDE-TRADING POLICY SUMMARY

 

This chart summarizes certain rules described m PVC Financial Services Group, Inc.’s Insider Trading Policy (the “Policy”). It is intended to be used as a reference to help you in your compliance with the Policy. However, you should not use this summary in place of the Policy because, in addition to containing more detailed information on the rules summarized below, the Policy contains other rules and standards on topics that are not included in the summary. The Policy also applies to the following members of your immediate family: your spouse, minor children, older children who live in your household or who rely primarily on you for financial support, and any other relatives (by blood, marriage, or otherwise) living in your household. You are responsible for these family members’ compliance with the Policy, and you must seek approval of and report their personal securities transactions in accordance with this Policy as if such transactions were for your own account.

 

Securities Transaction Restrictions for All Employees, Directors, and Family Members:

 

                  If you are aware of material, non-public information concerning any issuer or its securities, including but not limited to PNC, you are prohibited from buying, selling, or recommending securities of that issuer. Nor may you disclose such information to others except as set forth in this Policy.

 

You are prohibited from conducting the following activities regarding PNC securities:

 

                  transactions in any derivative of a PNC security, including but not limited to puts, calls and options other than stock options granted by PNC subject to certain exceptions for employees who received PNC securities in connection with an acquisitions

 

                  day trading (buying and selling the same security during one calendar day)

 

                  short selling (selling the securities at a specified price and on a specified date without owning the securities on the trade date)

 

Pre-Clearance Approval/Reporting Requirements for Restricted Employees and Their Family Members

 

                  Restricted Employees include members of the senior staff committee (as of the date of this Policy), the Marketing Committee Section 16 Officers, designated employees of Mergers and Acquisitions, and other employees designated by theDirector of Corporate Compliance

 

                  If you are a Restricted Employee, you must obtain the approval of the Corporate Secretary or designate before buying or selling PNC securities (including securities issued by PNC affiliates that are publicly traded), changing elections or making intra-plan transfers involving PNC securities or phantom shares, using PNC securities to secure a loan (including a margin account) or making a gift of PNC securities. Subject to certain exceptions, before buying or selling any publicly traded security other than securities issued by PNC or a PNC affiliate you must pre-clear through the Insider Transaction Authorization System. You also must provide to Corporate Compliance duplicate grocer confirmations and statements of purchase or sales of any publicly traded security and report in Corporate Compliance within 7 calendar days any trade in a publicly traded security that was made other than through a broker.

 

Pre-Clearance Approval/Reporting Requirements for Outside Directors and Their Family Members

 

                  Members of the Boards of Directors of PNC and PNC Bank, National Association must obtain the approval of the Corporate Secretary or designate before buying or selling PNC securities (including securities issued by PNC affiliates that are publicly traded) using PNC securities to secure a loan (including a margin account), making a gift of PNC securities or reallocating investments within the Directors Deferred Compensation Plan. You must also have your broker(s) send duplicate copies of confirmations of all your purchases and sales of PNC securities (including securities issued by PNC affiliates) to the Corporate Secretary, and report to the Corporate Secretary with 7 calendar days any trade in PNC securities that was made other than through a broker.

 

Other Pre-clearance Approval/Reporting Requirements

 

                  As a supplement to this Policy, there are special policies and procedures on personal securities transactions that are applicable to certain business units within PNC. Employees o these business units are subject to additional requirements as set forth in special policies for their business unit, which may include pre-clearance and/or reporting requirements. You will be informed if you are in a business unit that has special policies applicable to you.

 

Securities of Clients

 

                  Employees of “Designated Units” are prohibited from purchasing or selling client securities. You will be infomed if you are in a Designated Unit.

 

Securities of Affiliates

 

                  Certain PNC employees may be subject to different or additional restrictions with respect to their transactions in securities issued by PNC affiliates that are publicly traded companies. You will be informed of any such restriction if they are applicable to you.

 

33



 

PNC INSIDER-TRADING POLICY

 

Introduction

The purpose of this Insider Trading Policy (“Policy”) is to further compliance by PNC Financial Services Group. Inc. (“PNC”) and its subsidiaries, employees and directors with the federal securities laws and regulations. The Policy is designed not only to protect us from civil or criminal liability under these laws, but also to protect our reputation for integrity.

 

The Code of Ethics contains additional standards with respect to confidential information, and should be read in conjunction with this Policy. Further, your business unit may impose additional requirements. You may also be subject to Office of the Comptroller of the Currency requirements for fiduciary activities, Securities and Exchange Commission requirements, and other requirements of various self-regulatory organizations.

 

Certain of the following standards and rules are, of necessity, general in nature. In practice, there may be situations that warrant exceptions or interpretations that must be approved by the General Counsel’s office of PNC (“General Counsel”).

 

If you have questions regarding the Policy, you should contact the Director of Corporate Compliance or the General Counsel. Further, if you suspect a violation of this Policy, you should contact the Director of Corporate Compliance or the General Counsel, or use any of the reporting procedures set forth in the PNC Code of Ethics.

 

You are required to be familiar with and abide by this Policy. You must read it carefully and retain it. New employees will be required to certify in writing that they understand and will comply with the Policy. From time to time employees may also be asked to re-certify in writing that they have followed the Policy.

 

References to “PNC” apply to PNC Financial Services Group. Inc. and all organizations directly or indirectly under its control. References to an “affiliate” apply to the organization under the control of PNC with which an employee or director is associated.

 

What is “Insider Trading”

“Insider trading” generally involves the purchase or sale of securities while aware of material, non-public information (“inside information”). A person who communicates inside information (a “tipper”) to another person (a “tippee”) may also be liable if the tippee purchases or sells a security while aware of such information.

 

Penalties for insider trading violations are substantial. Civil penalties may be as high as three times the profit gained or loss avoided as a result of an unlawful purchase or sale of a security. For controlling persons who knowingly or recklessly fail to take appropriate measures designed to prevent the occurrence of insider trading violations, civil penalties of up to the greater of three times the profit gained or loss avoided or $1,000,000 may be imposed. In addition, criminal fines and jail terms may be imposed.

 

34



 

What is “Material Information”?

Material information generally means information relating to a company that issues securities (an “issuer”), such as information about its business operation, or securities, the public dissemination of which would likely affect the market price of any of its securities, or which would likely be considered important by a reasonable investor in determination whether to buy, sell, or hold such securities.

 

What is “Non-Public Information”?

Information that has not been disclosed to the public is generally non-public. To show that information is public, there must be evidence that it is widely disseminated. Information would generally be considered widelydisseminated if it has been disclosed, for example on the Dow Jones broad tape, news wire services such as AP or Reuters, radio or television, or in newspapers or magazines, or public disclosure documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, such as prospectuses, proxy statements, and periodic reports.

 

Examples of Inside Information

It is impossible to provide a complete list of information that may constitute inside information, but it may include:

 

                  Unpublished financial reports or projections;

 

                  Information about current, proposed, or contemplated transactions, business plans, financial restructurings, or acquisition targets;

 

                  Dividend increases or decreases;

 

                  Extraordinary borrowings or liquidity problems;

 

•     Material defaults under agreements or actions by creditors, clients, or suppliers relating to a company’s credit standing;

 

•     Proposed or contemplated issuance, redemption, or repurchase of securities or stock splits;

 

                  Significant expansions or contractions of operations, including acquisitions, mergers, divestitures, and joint ventures, and purchases of sales of substantial assets;

 

                  Major new product developments;

 

                  Significant increase or decrease in business or information about mayor contracts;

 

                  Institution of, or developments in, major litigation, investigations, or regulatory actions or proceedings; and

 

                  Developments regarding a company’s senior management.

 

Statement of General Policy Applicable to All Employees and Directors

 

The following rules relate to your personal securities transactions. For purposes of these rules, your personal securities transactions include thesecurities transactions of your immediate family members, and the securities transactions of accounts in which you or your immediate family members have a beneficial interest orover which you or your

 

35



 

immediate family members exercise investment discretion or control. If you or an immediate family member exercises investment discretion or control over non-related customer accounts in the normal course of employment responsibilities, those accounts are not subject to the pre-clearance and reporting requirements described below. However, transactions in such accounts may be subject to review by audit or compliance personnel.

 

Immediate family members consist of your spouse, any minor children, older children living in your household, older children who rely primarily on you for financial support, and any other relatives (by blood. marriage, or otherwise) living in your household. The personal securities transactions of your immediate family members are subject to this Policy. You are responsible for their transactions being in compliance with these rules, and you must pre-clear and report their personal securities transactions as if such transactions were for your own account.

 

1.                                        General prohibition on insider trading:

 

                  If you are aware of inside information concerning an issuer or its securities, including but not limned to PNC, you are prohibited from buying, selling, or recommending securities of that issuer. You also may not disclose such information to any other person, unless:

 

                  that person is employed by PNC and has a need to know such information in connection with his or her employment or supervisory responsibilities:

 

                  that person is employed by an outside firm (such as a law, accounting, or investment banking firm) retained be PNC and needs to know the information in connection with the service to be prodded be the firm to PVC: or

 

                  disclosure is otherwise authorized by the General Counsel.

 

2.                                        Special rules regarding PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. securities:

 

                  You are prohibited from purchasing or selling PNC securities beginning 15 days before the end of a calendar quarter until the second business day after PNC release, its earnings results for that quarter (the “Blackout Period”). This prohibition does not include exercising with cash or already owned PNC securities an option on PNC securities granted by PNC and holding the underlying securities received as a result of the option exercise. All pending purchase and sale orders regarding PNC securities that could be executed during a Blackout Period must be canceled before the beginning of the Blackout Period.

 

                  You are prohibited from engaging in transactions in any derivative of PVC securities, including but not limited to puts, calls, and options. You are also prohibited from day trading (buying and selling the same securities during one calendar day)

 

36



 

and short selling (selling the securities on a specified price on a specified date without owning the securities on the trade date) PNC securities. The receipt or exercise of an option grant or other derivative security pursuant to a PNC compensation plan is not a violation of the Policy.

 

Note: There is a limited exception to the prohibition on derivative transactions or employees who have received PNC securities in connection with an acquisition. This exception is not available to PNC executive officers who are subject to Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. You will be informed if this exception applies to you. If this exception applies:

 

                  You may sell or “write “ covered call options, or purchase protective puts (either alone or in combination, as, for example, in establishing a collar), provided that such derivative instruments relate only to the number of PNC shares you originally acquired in connection with the acquisition.

 

                  You may not enter into these transactions during a Blackout Period or at an c time when you are aware of inside information regarding PNC.

 

                  You must remain “covered” (that is, you must not sell the underlying PNC shares with respect to which you have entered into the derivative transaction) at all times during the term of the derivative instrument.

 

                  You may not exercise am such instrument during a Blackout Period or at any time when you are aware of inside information regarding PNC. (The exercise by a counterparty to such a derivative transaction would not be deemed to violate this restriction.)

 

                  If you fail to meet a margin call or otherwise default on a loan secured by PNC securities, and the PNC securities are liquidated during a Blackout Period or while you are aware of inside information, you may be deemed to be in violation of this Policy.

 

Pre-Clearance and Reporting Requirements

Restricted Employees and Directors (each as defined below) are subject to additional pre-clearance and reporting requirements. If you are subject tothese requirements, under no circumstance may you effect a transaction in any securities while you are aware of inside information, even if you have received pre-clearance. The ultimate responsibility for determining whether you have inside informationrests with you. Pre-clearance of any particular transaction under this Policywill not necessarily protect you from liability under the laws prohibiting insider trading.

 

Restricted Employees

Restricted Employees include members of PNC’s senior officer committee (the Marketing Committee, as of the effective date of this

 

37



 

Policy), executive officers who are subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, designated employees of Mergers and Acquisitions, and other employees designated by the Director of Corporate Compliance. You will be informed if you have been designated a Restricted Employee.

 

If you are a Restricted Employee, you must obtain the approval of the Corporate Secretary or designate before:

 

                  buying or selling PAC securities and securities issued by PNC affiliates that are publicly traded companies.

 

                  making changes in elections or intra-plan transfers involving PNC securities or phantom shares under any PNC compensation or benefit plan.

 

                  using PNC securities to secure a loan (including a margin account), or

 

                  making a gift of PNC securities.

 

You must also pre-clear through the Insider Transaction Authorization System before buying or selling any publicly traded security other than securities issued by PNC or a PNC affiliate.

 

Restricted Employees must have their broker(s) send duplicate copies of trade confirmations and periodic statements of all of your purchases and sales of publicly traded securities to Corporate Compliance at the same time the broker sends confirmations to you. In addition, you must report to Corporate Compliance any transaction in a publicly traded security other than through a broker-dealer not later than 7 calendar days after such transaction.

 

The pre-clearance and reporting requirements do not apply to security transactions involving open-end mutual funds (such as money market funds), unit investment trusts, and U.S. government or federal agency obligations; reinvestment of dividends pursuant to an issuer’s dividend reinvestment plan (but do apply to additional voluntary purchases or sales effected through such a plan); purchases of PNC securities under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan; or other situations where the Director of Corporate Compliance determines that pre-clearance or reporting is not necessary.

 

Outside Directors

 

Members of the Boards of Directors of PNC and PNC Bank, National Association must obtain the approval of the Corporate Secretary before:

 

                  buying or selling PNC securities and securities issued by PNC affiliates that are publicly traded companies,

 

                  using PNC securities to secure a loan (including a margin account),

 

38



 

                  making a gift of PNC securities, or

 

                  reallocating investments within the Directors Deferred Compensation Plan.

 

If you are a director, you must have your broker(s) send duplicate copies of trade confirmations of all of your purchases and sales of PNC securities (and PNC affiliates’ publicly traded securities) to the Corporate Secretary at the same time the broker sends confirmations to you. In addition, you must report to the Corporate Secretary any transaction in PNC securities other than through a broker-dealer not later than 7 calendar days after such transaction.

 

The pre-clearance and reporting requirements do not apply to the reinvestment of dividends pursuant to PNC’s dividend reinvestment plan (but do apply to additional voluntary purchases or sales effected through the plan).

 

Other Pre-clearance and Reporting Requirements

A business unit may have or adopt policies governing the personal securities transactions of some or all of the employees of that business unit. For example, certain fiduciary, investment advisory, securities brokerage, and similar business units have supplemental policies governing the personal securities transactions of their employees. Such additional restrictions may include the pre-clearance of securities transactions or reporting requirements. You will be informed if you are in a business unit that has special policies applicable to you, and you will be required to be familiar with and abide by these policies.

 

Securities of Clients

Employees of certain business units (“Designated Units”) are prohibited from purchasing or selling securities of their client. Employees will be informed if they are in a Designated Unit to which this restriction applies.

 

If you are in a designated unit and acquired securities of a client in a transaction permitted by the Insider Trading Policy in effect before this Policy, or before commencing employment in your business unit, you may continue to hold such securities, but may not acquire any additional securities of that client. You must disclose this investment to your business unit manager and Corporate Compliance, and must obtain clearance from your business unit manager and Corporate Compliance before selling any such client securities.

 

Securities of Affiliates

Certain PNC employees may be subject to different or additional restrictions with respect to their transactions in securities issued by PNC affiliates that are publicly-traded companies. You will be informed of any such restrictions if they are applicable to you.

 

Information Barriers

Because PNC is a diversified financial institution, one business unit may have inside information about an issuer while another business unit that does not have such information may wish to buy or sell that issuer’s securities or recommend a purchase or sale of such securities.

 

39



 

Information Barriers are policies and procedures designed to separate business units that are likely to receive inside information from business units that purchase, sell, or recommend the purchase or sale of securities. Information Barrier policies and procedures will be implemented for each applicable business unit.

 

Policy Presentation

A video tape that includes a summary of insider trading laws and review of this Policy will be shown to each new employee of PNC. All new employees will be required to certify in writing that they have seen or listened to the video tape, understand this Policy, and will comply with the rules and standards set forth in this Policy. Existing employees may from time to time also be required to provide a written certification that they have followed this Policy. Periodically, the rules set forth in this Policy will be reviewed with all employees through meetings, internal communications and publications, or other means.

 

Audit

The General Auditor of PNC has the authority to audit compliance with this Policy and the policies of the business units. Each employee must cooperate with such an audit, including requests to provide documentation.

 

Noncompliance

If you fail to comply with this Policy (including the refusal to re-certify compliance with it upon request or cooperate with an audit), you will be subject to disciplinary action, which could include termination of employment. In addition, apparent or suspected violations of laws applicable to PNC’s business may be reported to appropriate authorities.

 

This Policy is not intended to result in the imposition of legal liability that would not exist in the absence of the Policy.

 

40



 

DRUG ABUSE POLICY SUMMARY

 

Summary

We are committed to promoting and maintaining a drug-free workplace. An employee’s illegal rue of drugs interferes with effective and safe job performance, which is a matter of company concern. For this reason, it is our policy to prohibit employees from illegally using, possessing, distributing, selling or manufacturing, or being under the illegal influence of drugs while working or while on company property.

 

“Drugs” refer to, but are not limited to, controlled substances and any potentially mind-altering chemicals. This includes, but is not limited to, depressants (barbiturates); stimulants (amphetamines); cocaine; narcotics (opiates, such as heroin, morphine and codeine); hallucinogens (PCP, LSD); methadone, marijuana and other cannabinoids; legally obtainable drugs, with prescriptions (Darvon, Valium, Librium); and over-the-counter drugs. According to the PNC Bank Drug Abuse Policy, a job applicant who is offered employment must successfully pass a drug screening test as a condition of employment. Failure to pass the test will render the offer null and void. In addition, an employee may be asked to submit to a drug screening test where there is reason to believe that he or she may have violated the Drug Abuse Policy. Further, in the future, drug screening tests may be conducted on those employees whose jobs are of a sensitive nature and whose use of drugs, therefore, would pose a risk to the company or the security or safety of co-workers and the public.

 

We have developed procedures and guidelines for determining whether to require an employee to take a drug test. The procedures include possible consultation with designated legal and Human Resources personnel and/or a medical evaluation. Because employees will only be required to take a test when there is reasonable cause to believe that the employee may have violated the Drug Abuse Policy, and after specified procedures have been followed, the employment of an employee who refuses to take a drug test will be terminated.

 

All drug screening tests will be conducted by an independent, certified toxicology laboratory, and all test results will be reviewed by an independent Medical Review Officer.

 

We have the right to search all company property assigned to employees and personal possessions brought onto company property or premises. The privacy of employees will be preserved to the extent possible.

 

Employees who violate the Drug Abuse Policy will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including employment termination.

 

Employees are encouraged to seek help with any drug abuse problem and are reminded of the availability of the various corporate benefit

 

41



 

programs. Any eligible employee may voluntarily participate in a recognized drug rehabilitation and/or other appropriate counseling program to treat an existing drug use problem provided that he or she has not previously violated the Drug Abuse Policy. In that event, admitting to drug use and participating in a drug rehabilitation and/or other appropriate counseling program will not be considered a violation of the Drug Abuse Policy as long as the employee successfully completes the program and agrees to be subject to random drug screening tests for a period of two years and one month following initiation of the program.

 

Any employee who participates in a drug rehabilitation and/or counseling program, whether voluntarily or as a result of disciplinary action, will be subject to random drug screening tests for a period of two years and one month following initiation of the program.

 

Employees who are convicted in a court of law or plead guilty to the use, possession, manufacture, distribution and/or sale of drugs occurring on company premises are required to notify us in writing within five days of such conviction or plea.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, management has the right to take whatever disciplinary action it deems advisable, and deny any or all benefits under the Drug Abuse Policy, if such employee has violated any other PNC Bank and/or company policy or procedure.

 

Any employee who wishes to review the PNC Bank Drug Abuse Policy should contact his or her market Human Resources representative.

 

42



 

PNC BANK ELECTRONIC MEDIA POLICY

 

Introduction

PNC Bank (“PNC”) employees may have access to and use one or more forms of electronic media, for example, e-mail products such as OfficeVision and Lotus Notes, online services, the Internet, the World Wide Web, PNC Intranet and electronic devices such as cellular phones and facsimile machines. PNC encourages proper use of these media because they make communication more efficient and effective and because they are valuable sources of information.

 

The purpose of this Electronic Media Policy (“Policy”) is to summarize key elements of what constitutes the proper use of electronic media by PNC employees. The Policy applies to your use of all electronic media and services when:

 

                  accessed on, or from, company premises:

 

                  accessed using company computers, facsimile machines or other equipment;

 

                  using PNC’s leased or purchased services (e.g., the PNC corporate network, the company’s Internet connection or external service providers); or

 

                  the media is used in a manner that identifies the employee with PNC Bank (e.g., you join a chat room or publish a comment on the Internet referencing PNC).

 

You should be aware that the Policy applies even when using your own personal computer, cellular phone or other resources, if one of the above factors applies.

 

This Policy is part of the PNC Bank Code of Ethics. Other PNC policies and procedures may also be applicable and should be considered.

 

Electronic Media: Company Property and Business Use

Electronic media and services are resources provided by the company to facilitate company-related business. Employees need to demonstrate a sense of responsibility and good judgment, just as with any company resource.

 

                  You may not create, scan, fax, download, copy, or send articles, jokes, stories, chain letters and other similar items of personal interest to another employee, person or entity.

 

                  You may not use e-mail products for any purpose unrelated to performance of your job duties, such as to sell raffle rackets or tickets to personal dinner events, unless directed by your supervisor or manager. Solicitations are governed by PNC’s solicitation policy ($ 2.09.4, Code of Ethics).

 

                  You may never use electronic (or any other) media to communicate offensive, harassing, pornographic or other inappropriate material.

 

43



 

Should you have questions on what is appropriate business use of electronic media, please contact your supervisor, your Human Resources representative or any other Key Contact as set forth in the Addendum to PNC’s Code of Ethics.

 

Software and Copyrights

Only software developed, owned or licensed by PNC Bank may be installed on PNC computing resources and used for the purpose of promoting PNC’s business. All employees are required to comply with software copyright laws and licensing agreements. Unauthorized duplication of licensed software and documentation is strictly prohibited.

 

Electronic Media Privacy

PNC Bank does not guarantee the privacy of communications transmitted over company established electronic media links. You should assume such communications are not private, and you should observe the Confidentiality section of the PNC Bank Code of Ethics ($ 2.01). Especially with cellular phones, you should assume that a third party may have the opportunity to overhear your conversation. Your use of electronic media, and the content of your communications, is subject to monitoring by PNC for operational, maintenance, security, business, legal of regulatory reasons.

 

System Security

PNC policies regarding system security are set forth in PNC’s Information Security Policy Manual; detailed Internet security controls and design requirements are provided at $1100, No. 1104. Important considerations you should be aware of:

 

                  Any business requirement resulting in file transfers over the Internet must be approved by your cost center manager.

All files downloaded from the Internet must be from “known” reliable sources and must be scanned with PNC Bank standard anti-virus software.

 

                  You may not use the Internet to communicate sensitive or confidential information unless management approved encryption standards are implemented. The Confidentiality section of the Code of Ethics ($ 2.01) should be observed in any communications using electronic media.

 

                  Access to the Internet from company resources ( i.e., from PNC equipment or through PNC employees) must be provided through secured corporate gateways, approved and configured in accordance with PNC Information Technology Services standards. Passwords maintained on Internet-based systems must be different from passwords used on PNC Bank systems.

 

                  Certain Internet browsers and other similar technologies which are used to access World Wide Web-based resources and services, include the ability to store information locally in files that can be retained for an indefinite period. Browsers must be configured to ensure that any “temporary” information used during online sessions is not permanently stored on local user computers.

 

44



 

You should also be aware that the network services and World Wide Web sites can identify individuals and companies accessing their services, and can and do monitor access and usage.

 

Questions regarding any Information Security policy can be directed to the Information Security Hotline at 1-800-289-1732.

 

PNC Products and Services: Public Relations and Customer Interaction

Products and services provided by PNC, regardless of the media used, are subject to a variety of legal and regulatory restrictions applicable to such matters as advertising, product and service availability, costs and fees, and disclosures and descriptions. Existing guidelines regarding product functions and features need to be complied with by all employees. The policies and procedures that govern employee behavior regarding customer contact are applicable to all interactions via electronic media.

 

                  Employees should not use their status as PNC employees to set forth opinions, comments or information that may be contrary to PNC’s interests. Therefore, participation in online chat rooms and publication of information involving PNC must be conducted with care. You may not use company resources to create your own personal Web site.

 

                  Any negative or misleading information found on electronic media concerning PNC Bank should be referred to Public Relations immediately. Individual employees should not respond to such items.

 

                  The standards for the Internet apply the same basic, corporate identity standards as those used in print which meet the objectives of visual clarity and consistency.

 

                  Lines of business creating a PNC Intranet must observe corporate standards, including those defined for the PNC logo.

 

The Public Relations Department should be consulted if you have any questions.

 

Enforcement

In today’s business environment, electronically distributed information can be transmitted much more quickly than in the past, so it is important to use caution and abide by the above principles in all stages of the use of electronic media.

 

Any employee found to be abusing the privilege of company-facilitated access to electronic media or services is subject to disciplinary action, which may include termination of employment. Please speak to your supervisor or manager if you have any questions or contact the resources identified above. You may also use your Key Contacts and Reference Guide in your Code of Ethics Addendum to help you reach the appropriate person at PNC to assist you.

 

45



 

PNC BANK CUSTOMER INFORMATION

 

PRIVACY PRINCIPLES

 

Introduction

At PNC Bank, our mission is to meet the desires of our customers. As financial services professionals entrusted with sensitive financial information, we respect the privacy of our customers and are committed to treating customer information responsibly. Our Customer Information Privacy Principles serve as standards for all PNC Bank employees for collection. use, retention, and security of individual customer information.

 

PNC Bank Collects and Retains Only Customer Information That Is Needed

We limit the amount and type of customer information we collect and retain to that which is required to establish and manage customer accounts, understand customer needs, provide customer services, offer new products and services, and comply with legal and regulatory requirements.

 

PNC Bank Employees Are Responsible For Customer Information Protection

We limit employee access to customer information to those employees with a legitimate business need for the information. We have policies, procedures, employee orientation, and communication programs designed for the protection of customer information. It is the responsibility of each PNC Bank employee to comply with our Customer Information Privacy Principles policies and procedures. Failure to comply subjects our employees to disciplinary action.

 

PNC Bank Strives To Maintain The Accuracy Of Customer Information

We have implemented internal controls and procedures designed to keep andreport customer information as accurately and completely as possible.We respond promptly when a customer tells us his or her information is notaccurate.

 

PNC Bank Limits The Internal Disclosure Of Customer Information

We share non-transactional personal information, such as applications,financial statements, and credit reports, among PNC Bank companies. We provide our consumer customers the opportunity to opt-out of such inter-company information sharing, except where such information is used to enable one PNC company to service customer accounts for another.

 

PNC Bank Limits The External Disclosure Of Customer Information

We do not disclose customer information outside the PNC Bank companies, except:

 

                  to conduct our business (for example, in connection with completing customer transactions, transferring customer

 

46



 

accounts, or sharing information with credit reporting agencies, persons verifying account status, or persons providing services for us).

 

                  when we suspect fraud or are otherwise required or permitted to do so by law or regulation.

 

                  when a customer requests or gives us permission to do so, or

 

                  to make available products or services we believe may be of interest to our customers. Those companies outside PNC Bank that we select to offer services or products to our customers must agree to respect the privacy of our customer information.

 

PNC Bank Respects Our Customers’ Solicitation Preferences

We honor our consumer customers’ requests to be excluded from marketing solicitations.

 

PNC Bank Provides Our Customers Access To Our Privacy Principles

Our Customer Information Privacy Principles are readily available to our customers through brochures, customer mail, web-sites, and toll-free telephonenumbers.

 

PNC Bank Provides Security Safeguards To Protect Customer Information

We use advanced technology and information management techniques toimplement security, audit, and control programs designed to protect customerinformation.

 

PNC Bank Protects Customer Information On Our Web-sites

We protect the privacy of customer information sent to and from ourweb-sites. In addition to the security and privacy standards that are appliedto traditional banking transactions, we also use specific controls designed to identify and authenticate all our online customers and prevent and detect unauthorized access to our web-sites.

 

These Privacy Principles are effective as of October 1, 1998 and may be modified from time to time.

 

47



 

PNC STOCK OWNERSHIP POLICY

 

(POLICY REGARDING OWNERSHIP OF STOCK IN PUBLICLY HELD SUBSIDIARIES)

 

Purpose

This is the stock ownership policy contemplated by Section 2.05.8 of the PNC Code of Ethics. The purpose of this policy is to avoid conflicts of interest or the appearance of conflicts of interest on the part of PNC personnel who are responsible for the relationship or transactions between PNC and its publicly held subsidiaries, while promoting ownership of stock in PNC and its publicly held subsidiaries.

 

Scope

This policy applies to PNC personnel who act, and exercise decision-making authority, on behalf of PNC with respect to the relationship or transactions between PNC and its publicly held subsidiaries. This policy does not apply to directors, officers and employees of a publicly held subsidiary whose principal employment or relationship is with that subsidiary.

 

Definitions

 

1.     For purposes of this policy, PNC includes PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries other than the publicly held subsidiary in question.

 

2.                PNC personnel includes directors, officers and employees of PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and any of its subsidiaries other than persons whose principal employment or relationship is with the publicly held subsidiary in question.

 

3.                Publicly held subsidiary means any entity in which PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. directly or indirectly owns at least 25% of the outstanding capital stock or other equity interest and that is subject to periodic reporting requirements under the federal securities laws.

 

Relative Ownership Requirement

PNC personnel within the scope of this policy shall not acquire or hold an equity interest in a publicly held subsidiary of PNC that materially exceeds in value of such person’s equity interest in PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.

 

Your equity interest will be based for this purpose on the fair market value of securities (including phantom stock units) owned directly or indirectly through employee benefit or deferred compensation plans, owned beneficially through trusts or other vehicles, or that may be acquired upon exercise of stock options, whether exercisable or not.

 

Your equity interest includes securities owned by your spouse, any minor children, older children living in your household, older children who rely primarily on you for financial support, and other relatives (by marriage or otherwise) living in your household.

 

Monitoring Requirements

PNC personnel within the scope of this policy should monitor their compliance with this Policy.

 

PNC personnel subject to this policy have 90 days from discovering an instance of noncompliance to reestablish compliance with this

 

48



 

policy, unless an exception is granted or, under applicable insider trading policy or law, securities transactions to reestablish compliance are restricted in this time frame. In the latter event, compliance must be reestablished promptly after such restriction lapses.

 

Questions

Questions regarding this policy should be directed to PNC’s General Counsel or Corporate Secretary.

 

49



 

PNC POLICY FOR EMPLOYEES HOLDING DIRECTOR AND OFFICER

POSITIONS IN OUTSIDE PROFIT AND NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS

 

Introduction

The purpose of the PNC Policy for Employees Holding Director and Officer Positions in Outside Profit and Non-Profit Organizations (“Policy”) is to establish certain rules and procedures for employees who hold or are considering taking a position as a director, trustee, officer or other similar position in a for-profit or non-profit corporation or other organization outside of PNC(“director officer positions”). This Policy applies to all outside director officer positions you currently hold as well as to any future positions and should be read together with the entire PNC Code of Ethics. It is your responsibility to understand and comply with this Policy and the PNC Code of Ethics.

 

If you have any questions regarding this Policy, you should contact your manager, your Human Resources (HR) representative, the Corporate Ethics Office, or any of the Key Contacts identified in the Addendum to the PNC Code of Ethics. References to “PNC” apply to The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and/or its subsidiaries.

 

Serving at the Request of PNC

Employees will be deemed to be serving a director officer position in an organization outside of PNC at the request of PNC only if they obtain written approval from the CEO or the Vice Chairman of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (or in the case of the CEO or the Vice Chairman, from the Board of Directors or its Corporate Governance Committee).

 

Note: “At the request of PNC” means at the request of the PNC entity by which the employee is employed unless otherwise specified on the written approval form.

 

Approval Requirements if You are Serving at the Request of PNC

 

      Employees who are asked to serve in a director officer position in an outside organization at the request of PNC must submit the “Form of Approval to Serve at the request of PNC” to the Corporate Ethics Office. Prior to submission for final approval by the CEO or the Vice Chairman, the request must first be approved by the employee’s Manager, Business CEO or Director of Staff Function, Business HR Manager (as applicable), and Regional President. You can obtain a copy of this form on Lotus Notes, from PNC’s internal website, from your HR representative, or from the Corporate Ethics Office.

 

                  The CEO or the Vice Chairman will be deemed to be serving at the request of PNC if the outside director officer position is approved by The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Board of Directors or its Corporate Governance Committee.

 

                  Approvals for all such requests will be based on the best interest of PNC. Approvals will be reviewed annually by the CEO or Vice

 

50



 

Chairman or, in the case of the CEO or the Vice Chairman, by the Corporate Governance Committee, and may be modified or withdrawn at any time.

 

                  Employees will be considered for possible coverage in their capacity as outside directors officers under PNC’s directors and officers liability insurance policy and for possible indemnification by the applicable PNC entity only with respect to outside director officer positions approved as being at the request of PNC in accordance with this Policy, subject in each case to applicable law and governing documents. Any exceptions must be approved by the CEO or the Vice Chairman of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (or, in the case of the CEO or the Vice Chairman, by the Board of Directors or its Corporate Governance Committee).

 

Public Office Directors/Officers

Employees considering or accepting a director officer position that is also a public office position (such as a school board director) must comply with the PNC Public Office Policy, which is Exhibit 8 to the PNC Code of Ethics.

 

All Other Outside Director/Officer Positions

Employees otherwise wishing to serve in a director officer position in anoutside organization are not required to provide notification or to obtain approval from PNC. However, the following rules apply:

 

1.                You may not serve if the outside organization is a PNC competitor.

 

Note: For purposes of this Policy, a competitor means any organization wherever located, that engages in any of the same businesses as PNC. Further, if an outside organization is or has a bank, thrift or other depository organization anywhere within its group of affiliates, all members of that group are considered competitors.

 

2.                You may not serve if you involvement with the outside organization would interfere with or impede your ability to perform your job duties and responsibilities at PNC.

 

3.                You may not serve if your involvement with the outside organization would create a conflict with, or be reasonably perceived as conflicting with, the interests of PNC. If you accept a director officer position in an outside organization and a conflict of interest (actual or perceived) develops, you may be required to leave the outside organization or to resign your position with PNC.

 

4.                Under certain circumstances, you may not serve if PNC holds an equity interestin the outside organization. It is your responsibility to ask the outside organization if PNC holds such an interest. If so, you must contact the Corporate Ethics Office to determine whether or not you may accept the director officer position.

 

Note: Equity held by PNC includes equity held for PNC’s own account and equity PNC holds as a trustee or other fiduciary. Equity interests may also include options, convertible debt and other instruments.

 

51



 

Certain Additional Responsibilities

By serving as a director officer in an outside organization, you will also have certain responsibilities to that organization. You should be sure that you understand and comply with those responsibilities.

 

There may be occasions where contracts or transactions involving PNC are discussed or decided by that outside organization (e.g., the outside organization is interested in obtaining a loan from PNC or in engaging PNC as a trustee of a plan, program or fund, such as a pension plan or an endowment fund). In these instances, after disclosing your relationship with PNC, you should not participate in such discussions or in the decision-making process. If you are a director of the outside organization, you should ask the Board secretary to reflect in the meeting minutes that you did not participate in the discussions and did not vote on that matter because of your relationship with PNC.

 

Date Collection

PNC may collect information related to director officer positions held by PNC employees in outside organizations from you for marketing or other business purposes. Neither a request for information related to outside director officer positions nor anemployee response to such a request will mean or imply that the employee is serving in such position(s) at the request of PNC.

 

Exceptions

Any exceptions or amendments to this Policy must be approved by the PNC Ethics Policy Committee or the Director of Compliance or as otherwise provided in this Policy.

 

52



 

PNC PUBLIC OFFICE POLICY

 

Introduction

The purpose of the PNC Public Office Policy (“Policy”) is to establish certain rules for employees who campaign for or seek appointment to a public office, who serve as public officials, or who serve as members of another candidate’s political campaign committee (“public office positions”). This Policy applies to all public office positions you currently hold as well as to any future positions and should be read together with the entire PNC Code of Ethics. It is your responsibility to understand and comply with this Policy and the PNC Code of Ethics.

 

If you have any questions regarding this Policy, you should contact your manager, your Human Resources (HR) representative, the Corporate Ethics Office, or any of the Key Contacts identified in the Addendum to the PNC Code of Ethics. References to “PNC” apply to The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. and or its subsidiaries.

 

General Rules

Service in public office position is not at the request of PNC. Employees wishing to serve in a public office position are not required to provide notification to or obtain approval from PNC. However, the following rules apply:

 

General:

You may not serve if your involvement would interfere with or impede your ability to perform your job duties and responsibilities at PNC.

 

                  You may not serve if your involvement would create a conflict with, or be reasonably perceived as conflicting with, the interests of PNC. If you accept a public office position and a conflict of interest (actual or perceived) develops, you may be required to leave your public office position or to resign your position with PNC.

 

                  You may not represent or act on behalf of PNC in connection with any matter or transaction between PNC and your campaign, the governmental entity you serve, or the campaign of any other political candidate for which you are a member of the political campaign committee.

 

While You are Campaigning for or Seeking Appointment To a Public Office or Serving as a Member Of Another Candidate’s Political Campaign Committee

Before beginning a campaign for public office or accepting such position, you must receive confirmation from the solicitor or other counsel for the governmental entity that your service as a public official would not prevent PNC from doing business with that governmental entity.

 

                  All correspondence concerning campaign business, including but not limited to, campaign, fundraising, must be on campaign letterhead exclusively and may not contain any reference to your status as a PNC employee other than to factuallystate your employment history.

 

                  Your may not engage in campaign business during working hours. To avoid any appearance of sponsorship or endorsement.

 

53



 

PNC’s name may not be used in any campaign material or in any fundraising activities, other than to factually state your employment history.

 

                  You may not take a paid leave of absence to work on your or another candidate’s campaign, except earned vacation time. If you take an unpaid leave of absence, either you or the campaign must promptly reimburse PNC for any benefits ( e.g., insurance) provided by PNC to you during that leave of absence

 

                  You may not solicit contributions from any employee of PNC Capital Markets or any other PNC employee without the first obtaining preclearance from the PNC Legal Department.

 

                  Your campaign (or the campaign you are serving) may not use PNC’s facilities, equipment, supplies or personnel in connection with the campaign effort.Volunteer efforts conducted after working hours off PNC premises are permitted, but PNC equipment and supplies may not be used in such efforts.

 

                    You may not direct or coerce any PNC employee to provide services to a campaign or make the provision of such services a condition of employment. You may not ask PNC employees to work on your or another candidate’s campaign, even on a volunteer basis, unless you have obtained perclearance from the PNC Legal Department.

 

                    PNC does not make political contributions to any candidate or campaign committee. You must therefore avoid any circumstance involving the use of PNC facilities or personnel that could be interpreted as an in-kind corporate contribution to a campaign.

 

While Serving as a Public Official

You may not solicit business between PNC and any governmental entity of which you are a public official.

 

                    If at any time you are contemplating a change in your PNC duties that would involve the municipal securities business undertaken by a PNC affiliate, you must have your situation reviewed by the PNC Legal Department before accepting any such position.

 

Certain Additional Responsibilities

By serving as a public official, you will also have certain responsibilities to the governmental entry you serve. You should be sure that you understand and comply with those responsibilities.

 

There may be occasions where contracts or transactions involving PNC are discussed or decided by the governmental entity you serve. In these instances, after disclosing your relationship with PNC, you should not participate in such discussions or in the decision-making process.

 

Data Collection

PNC may collect information related to public office positions held by PNC employees from you for various business purposes. Neither a request for information related to public office positions nor any

 

54



 

employee response to such a request will mean or imply that the employee is serving in such position(s) at the request of, or as a representative of PNC.

 

Exceptions

Any exceptions or amendments to this Policy must be approved by the PNC Ethics Policy Committee or the Director of Compliance.

 

55



 

KEY CONTACTS AND REFERENCE GUIDE

 

The Reporting Procedures outlined in PNC’s Code of Ethics provide a number of individuals you may contact regarding notifications, prior approvals, report potential Code violations or concerns or any questions regarding the Code. This Key Contacts and Reference Guide lists those persons you will be dealing with most frequently regarding Code matters and how to contact them, as well as resource materials and how to obtain them. You are encouraged to call anyone with whom you feel comfortable.

 

KEY CONTACTS: (For the most up-to-date Key Contacts list, please check online at http://www.intraweb.pncbank.com and select “Code of Ethics” under Employee Workbench.)

 

Business

 

Name of Contact

 

Phone

 

Fax

 

Mail Stop

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Human Resources/Employee Relations Representatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employees working in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BlackRock

 

Rosemarie Bruno

 

(212) 409-3155

 

(212) 409-3123

 

XX-R345-29-1

Corporate Bank/ Treasury Management

 

Jim Popp

 

(412) 768-2378

 

(412) 762-3985

 

P2-PTPP-02-1

PNC Advisors/TPS

 

Judi Haas

 

(412) 762-3433

 

(412) 705-3446

 

P2-PTPP-18-1

PNC Mortgage

 

Sharon Lawrence

 

(847) 549-2830

 

(847) 549-2568

 

S1-S075-01-4

Regional Community Bank

 

Mike Givler

 

(215) 585-5835

 

(215) 585-8884

 

F2-F070-10-4

Staff Services

 

Marilyn Crump

 

(412) 762-2193

 

(412) 762-2256

 

P2-PTPP-02-1

Employees in Other Areas

 

Linda Williamson

 

(412) 762-5413

 

(412) 762-2256

 

P2-PTPP-02-1

Security Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PNC Bank Helpline

 

1-800-937-4445 (select option #2 then #4)

Director of Corporate Security Services

 

John P. Ericksen

 

(412) 762-7761

 

(412) 762-0726

 

P2-PTPP-06-1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Compliance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For any matter under the Code:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director, Corporate Compliance/Risk Management & Administrator of the Code

 

Eva T. Blum

 

(412) 762-2748

 

(412) 705-0829

 

P1-POPP-22-2

Sr. Compliance Manager

 

Michelle O. Manning

 

(412) 762-8234

 

(412) 705-0829

 

P1-POPP-22-2

Code of Ethics Manager

 

Peg Holmes

 

(412) 762-8205

 

(412) 705-0829

 

P1-POPP-22-2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For any matter under the Code:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Helen P. Pudlin

 

(412) 762-7987

 

(412) 762-5920

 

P1-POPP-21-1

 

 

General Counsel

 

(215) 585-5174

 

(215) 585-8564

 

F5-F012-02-7

 

56



 

REFERENCE GUIDE

 

PNC Code of Ethics Forms—All Code Forms are available on PNC’s Intraweb, Lotus Notes or from your Human Resources Department. Sample copies of the forms are attached as Exhibit 1 to the Code.

 

Form

 

Description

 

 

 

Notification/Approval Form (Exhibit 1-A)

 

This form is used to provide notification or obtain approval under the Code. Matters which require notification or prior approval are summarized in Section 1.02 of the Code

 

 

 

Form for Approval to Serve at the Request of PNC

(Exhibit 1-B)

 

This Form is used to obtain all necessary approvals in accordance with the PNC Policy for Employees Holding Director and Officer Positions in Outside Profit and Non-Profit Organizations (attached as Exhibit to the Code).

 

How to Obtain Corporate, Business or Departmental Policies—References to corporate, business or departmental policies are made throughout the Code. The person from whom you may obtain the policy or ask questions is referenced below.

 

Policy

 

Code Section/
Exhibit

 

Contact

 

 

 

 

 

Bank Secrecy Act Policy

 

$2.16

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Compliance Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regional Consumer Bank (302) 429-1775

 

 

 

 

 

Community Reinvestment Act/Fair Lending
Compliance Statements

 

$2.17

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Compliance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CRA Officer (412) 762-8234

 

 

 

 

 

Customer Information Privacy Principles

 

Exhibit 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

Information Security Helpline

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-800-937-4445 (Select Option #2, #1)

 

 

 

 

 

Drug Abuse Policy

 

$2.09.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee Relations Representative (see prior page)

 

 

 

 

 

Employee Expense Reimbursement Guide

 

$2.09.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee Relations Representative (see prior page)

 

 

 

 

 

Equal Employment Opportunity Policy

 

$2.06.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

Employee Relations Representative (see prior page)

 

 

 

 

 

Information Security Policy Manual

 

$2.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

Information Security Helpline

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-800-937-4445 (Select Option #2, #1)

 

 

 

 

 

Insider Trading Policy—All Employees

 

Exhibit 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Compliance Officer—General Regs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(412) 762-8729

 

 

 

 

 

                  Brokerage Personal Securities Trading Policy

 

Exhibit 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director of Securities Compliance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brokerage & Capital Markets (412) 768-8664

 

 

 

 

 

                  Asset Management/Trust Personal Securities Trading Policy

 

Exhibit 2

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Compliance Officer—PNC Advisors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(213) 585-810

 

 

 

 

 

Lobbying Policy

 

$2.11

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Counsel (412) 762-1901

 

 

 

 

 

MSRB Rule G-37 Policy

 

$2.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director of Securities Compliance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Brokerage & Capital Markets (412) 768-8664

 

 

 

 

 

Product Tying Restrictions

 

$2.07

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Compliance Officer—General Regs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(412) 762-8729

 

 

 

 

 

Records Retention Policy

 

$2.14

 

 

 

 

 

 

Information Security Helpline

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1-800-937-4445 (Select Option #2, #1)

 

 

 

 

 

Regulation O Policy

 

$2.05.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Compliance Officer—General Regs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(412) 762-8729

 

57